/r/HFY

Photograph via //r/HFY

We're a writing focused subreddit welcoming all media exhibiting the awesome potential of humanity, known as HFY or "Humanity, Fuck Yeah!"

We welcome sci-fi, fantasy, and all other stories with a focus on humans being awesome!

We're a writing focused subreddit welcoming all media exhibiting the awesome potential of humanity, known as HFY or "Humanity, Fuck Yeah!"

We welcome sci-fi, fantasy, and all other stories with a focus on humans being awesome!


Beginner's Guide

New to HFY? Read the FAQ, read the Subreddit Rules, and check out our Wiki. The Formatting Guide has some helpful pointers on using Markdown.

The Wiki

The wiki includes author and reader resources, guides, story listings, and author/series pages.

Posting Rules

WRITING PROMPTS ARE PERMITTED ONLY IN THE WEEKLY WRITING PROMPT THREAD! This thread is always reachable from the sidebar link.

LOOKING FOR STORY POSTS ARE PERMITTED ONLY IN THE LFS THREAD! This thread is always reachable from the sidebar link.

Latest Writing Prompt Wednesday and Looking For Story Thread

When posting, you must categorize it using the appropriate flair:

  • OC—For original, self post, story, audio, or artwork that you have created.
  • Text—For a story in self post, audio, or image form that you did not create.
  • PI—For posts inspired by writing prompts from HFY and other sub prompts.
  • Video—For a video. Also note, that videos in general may be subject to removal if people complain that their relevance is dubious.
  • Meta—For a post about the sub itself or stories from HFY.
  • Misc—For relevant submissions that do not fit into one of the above categories.

If you have written a series, please link the previous and next entries in the series in the main body of text.

Alternate hosting available at: RoyalRoad


Community Interaction

Discord Channel

Looking for help with your story or want to assist authors? Review our rules and then come on in!

Use your Reddit nick, please. If you have previously used a different nickname under IRC, you may use that instead.

Discord Invite

Steam Community

Looking for someone to play with? Come game with us!


Similar Communities:


Subreddit Highlights

Writing Contests

Current Monthly Contest: [Perfect Ten]

You can comment !V or !Vote to vote for a story to win the contest.

Previous Winners

Spirit World: The Cost of Doing Business by Rantarian

Mysterious Visitors: Glyphs by sjanevardsson

Ghosts: Served Lukewarm by RhoZie013

We're always looking for new entries. Take a look and see what you can do!

Featured Content #117

You can comment !N or !Nominate to nominate a story for the next feature list.

  • The Wiki
  • WPW / LFS
  • Announcements
  • FAQ
  • /r/HFY

    351,530 Subscribers

    1

    [Sterkhander - Fight Against The Hordes!] Chapter 6 | Orc Filth!

    Previous - 

    RoyalRoad 

    First Chapter

    ---

    The orc sprang up from its grounded form in an attack. War axe swung from below to cleave Adrian from crotch to head in a single strike. But he moved faster. He stepped into the attack at an angle, his enhanced senses guiding him with pinpoint precision. The axe scraped against his shield, no sparks showered them in the clash of metals. The shadows around it seemed to leap forward, as if to aid in blocking and consume any of the sparks he expected. Adrian wasn’t sure if it helped or not in the grand scheme of things during the actual blocking.

    He used his momentum, sword falling from above, leaving a trail of darkness behind it. The strike was clean, brutal, and final.

    Adrian’s blade carved through the orc’s neck, severing its head in a single motion. No amount of armor, muscle, or leathery skin could have kept its head attached to its shoulders. Green blood sprayed into the air. The sickly fluid catching the firelight as it rained down all over Adrian’s armor, pitter pattering in the sudden silence around them. The orc’s body spasmed violently. Limbs jerking as if refusing to accept death. Its arm, still clutching the war axe, twitched toward Adrian, motioning at another potential strike, but it was meaningless. The beast was already dead.

    A severed head hit the ground unceremoniously, its yellow eyes staring blankly at the sky. It lived and died without greater purpose. Worthless and dead amongst the muck and mud. Filth.

    “Orc filth.” Adrian exhaled. His mind reeling back at how gruesome his thoughts had become. How much hatred dripped from those two words. This was something beyond derision and anger, it was murderous glee at their destruction. But it was natural to him now. He felt the Mark energy fade away. Prepared again for him to call it, even if it was only a small portion of what it had been a few scant minutes ago.

    The shadows reeled back into the nooks and crooks of darkness the fires did not illuminate. They vanished as quickly as they arrived for that singular moment. But not [Strengthen], it lasted for five entire minutes before it would even begin to waver. Another point that showed how superior it was to other types of Marks, the majority with significantly less time duration.

    The Shadow Mark had left him exhausted, but the battle wasn’t over. It had only just begun. The other two orcs were closing in now. For brief moments, they had frozen midstep at the ferocity of his form, but now that the shadows had disappeared, they regained their courage and charged again. Heavy feet stomping on the ground. Battle cries unbridled by what had happened moments ago to their ally.

    Orcs were not a sentimental bunch. Nor were they smart enough to tell when they were outmatched. Or maybe they just relished in battle so much, death had become just another oddity they tended to overlook in their moments of ecstasy and joy. As if they relished every clash and struggle.

    Adrian wanted to charge them in a blaze of righteous fury. His endeavor was holy, hence there was no way he would lose. Not against alien scum worth less than the ground they stepped on–

    He shook his head. His bloodthirst and aggressiveness was rearing his head again, but this time, it was more manageable. At least enough for him to control unlike the first encounter. Instead of counter charging, he began a slow retreat with his shield and sword ready. A plan formulating in his mind. First and foremost, he needed them to get close. Very close. The plan required that he use [Shadow Step] but he had no clue how far it would take him. Would it keep him within the direct vicinity of the battle, or would he end up next to the dead militiamen and too far away to take advantage of the sudden shift in his position.

    But there was no choice but to use it. He was not yet comfortable enough with his body to take on an elite foe without his Mark, much less two aggressive giants of muscle.

    Bright words suddenly blazed across Adrian's vision, momentarily blinding him.

    “Shit!” he cursed. The words made him lose the two orcs. An endless string of notifications,‘achievements’, and skill progress. He didn’t need this now!

    [CONGRATULATIONS!]

    [BATTLE WON!]

    [EXPERIENCE GAINED: 35 XP (1 Orc Warrior × 35 XP)]

    [EXPERIENCE GAINED: 125 XP (3 Achievement Accomplished x Variation... XP)]

    [FIRST KIL...]

    [SKILL PROGRESS -

    Combat Skill Progress:

    • Swordsmanship: 423→424/1000

    Mark Skill Progress:

    • Shadows: 392→393/1200

    • Shadow Strike: 143→145/1200]

    • Strengthen: 33→33/500

    • Fortified Body - 89→89/500]

    He prepared himself for the toughest fight of his life. And most likely the last. The thought crashed into the back of his mind, but he couldn’t feel anything from it. No real anxiousness or fear that he may die in the next few moments. Just a sense of duty that required him to accomplish at least killing one more so his Knights would out number them momentarily. A last stand.

    Adrian roared. He stepped forward, [Shadow] Mark energy surging through his body, bolstering [Strengthen]. The orcs hesitated for a split second before continuing their reckless charge. He swiped away at the notification and prepared to use the last bits of Mark Energy to [Shadow Step] praying that it would be enough. He also mentally prepared himself to spin in his spot after disappearing and cleaving the closest orc in two.

    This time around, he wouldn’t have an overwhelming advantage–

    Salvation arrived in a flash of dark green armor that refused to reflect the flame pyres around them. The two knights he'd observed earlier streaked past him with their own battle cries, gold light shone dully from the hinges of their armor. A telltale sign of the Mark use of [Strengthen]. Unlike their armor, their swords reflected the light around them, dancing in the air as they clashed with what had been distracted orcs, getting a couple hits in before they stabilized into a battlefront.

    They must have finished off their own opponents. Now, they moved with deadly precision striking at the flanks in a more circumvent path. Taking advantage of the orcs' rage-blind focus on Adrian. The battle devolved into brutal chaos. But it lasted only a handful of seconds, not even enough for Adrian to react and help them. It made him wonder how long his own battle had taken, it had felt like ten minutes at least. Right? Somehow he doubted that.

    Massive knight swords clashed with the brutal cleavers the orcs used. The knights used their shields to push them back, but it was clear from a distance that one was far superior to the other. The one on the left–

    Erik Sigurds. He was a veteran of many frontier wars. Had been on the frontlines before Adrian had even been born. A master of the sword and had reached High-Copper Level 7. With two deft swings and a ridiculous feint, he swept the orc before him off its feet. Stepped on it with heavy metal boots, pinning it to the ground. And ran his sword through its face. Twisting the blade until his foe stopped twitching. He was faster than Adrian even remembered him to be.

    On the other hand, Finn Kols took a massive blow that sent him sprawling to the ground. His armor screeched against the patch of road under him that was still intact. He scrambled to get up. The orc thundered towards him, gargantuan butcher knife raised above its head.

    Adrian moved to intercept. He shield bashed the orc. Swung and missed the stumbling monster. His shadows tried to reach across the ground and hold the orc in place–

    A sword cleaved the orc in two. The body split open, gruesome viscera spilling out by the bucket full. Erik stood behind it. He snapped his wrist and the orc blood that tainted his sword splattered onto the ground, now clean. Loose rank strips hung from his shoulder showing his station. They fluttered in the wind. His eyes burned the same red that Adrian’s did.

    ---

    Previous - 

    RoyalRoad 

    First Chapter

    0 Comments
    2025/02/03
    17:50 UTC

    1

    [Sterkhander - Fight Against The Hordes!] Chapter 5 | Invincible!

    Previous - Next

    RoyalRoad 

    First Chapter

    ---

    By then, the orc had already scrambled to its feet. Shaking off its daze with a snarl filled with spit and foam. Adrian’s body moved almost without thought, his shield leading the way to his enemy. Muscle memory honed through endless drills taking over as he started one of the Katas and sequences he had been taught. The rim of the shield slammed into the orc’s face again.

    The impact was strong enough to send the beast stumbling backward. Adrian followed up with a diagonal slash, forcing the orc to retreat further. Setting it up for the final part of the sequence. Mud flew as the creature tried to regain its footing. Adrian pressed the attack, never allowing it a moment to recover with insistent offense and stepping closer and closer.

    A savage overhead swing came next. The orc had been set up into losing its balance and opening this gap in its escape. His sword carved through the air with the weight of a guillotine. The orc could only manage raising its forearm, in hopes it would prevent a decapitation. The blade bit into its crude iron bracer and cut deep into the flesh beneath. Adrian pulled his sword back to finish the strike.

    He was unsatisfied with just the forearm, but it would do to tide him until he severed its head. The offending limb hung by thick leathery skin and nothing else, leaking green orc blood. It howled in pain. Guttural words and sounds that echoed with fury and desperation. Adrian front kicked it in the chest. His boot slammed it backwards and sent it sprawling onto the ground again. It attempted to scramble away. Skin tearing, leaving the forearm on the ground.

    There was no let up. Another shield bash, as it tried to lung at him and get too close for his sword to be effective. Another swing that missed by inches, the orc contorting its body unrealistically. Each movement was mechanical, relentless. He was a machine of destruction and would not, could not be stopped. The orc could barely find any purchase to get up in the slick mud. Its massive frame could not escape the onslaught.

    Adrian allowed his agonizing broken rib be the hold for his mental sanity and concentration. As long as it felt like his heart was beating from there, he refused to stop. Even when his breathing came in ragged gasps and sweat dripped from his eyebrows under the great-helm.

    The Shadow Mark called out to him. Begging to be used, but he ignored it, mostly. It was tempting to [Shadow Step] and reappear behind the orc to land a devastating blow, but he had no clue how far it would take him. Or whether he had any control on the distance at all. If he made a mistake, it would make his entire advantage at the current moment worthless. Leaving them both exhausted, while the orcs outnumbered them.

    As for [Shadow Strike], he waited patiently until he was given a perfect opportunity to bring it forth. It would end this battle, he understood, but not until then. Whether he had enough for more than one strike was another issue he had to figure out once he had some time to practice and train again.

    Adrian saw the other two orcs move towards him out of his peripheral vision. They had finished off the last of the village militia. Their crude weapons dripped with blood and viscera. The bodies of the militiamen lay strewn about. Their forms broken and discarded like waste, smashed and cut in a multitude of ways. The two orcs gave him their undivided attention. Yellow eyes glistening with a promise of savage brutality.

    He nearly lost his footing in the mud, because of his divided attention. He tried to glance between his current foe and the approaching threats or at least keep them within view. That didn’t turn out well for him.

    It didn't help to curse himself silently, but he did it anyway. He still wasn’t fully accustomed to his size, weight, the way his body moved now. There was too much force behind every step. And a certain amount of agility that was beyond mere mortals. Adrian covered too much space and couldn't seem to find a middle ground between too far and too close. But he refused to let that slow him down, not when death was only a heartbeat away.

    Adrian barely had time to react as the creature grabbed a small knife from its belt and hurled it at him. The blade struck his armor, doing nothing more than glancing off with a sharp ping that left a deep gouge on his breastplate. He didn’t even feel it as it harmlessly fell to the ground. But it had served its purpose.

    The orc’s gambit had succeeded in creating the tiniest margins of an opening. It lunged past him while he was distracted. It's only arm reached out for its discarded war axe. The movement was clumsy. It reeked of desperation, but it was fast. Too fast. The beast’s hand closed around the shaft of the war axe. Let out a victory cry. And turned from the ground with its snarl twisting into a triumphant grin.

    Adrian didn’t give it the chance to celebrate. Much less a moment to mount any form of retaliation.

    He drove forward with more power behind his advance than before, finally getting used to his new body. A burst of motion. Mind screaming to activate his Mark abilities, and this time, he acquiesced to their demands. A surge of golden energy flooded his body like molten volcanic stone as [Strengthen] activated. Then he did something stupid, something he had no clue if it would work or end up killing him in his lack of concentration.

    [Shadow Strike] followed [Strengthen] the two boosting one another. Time seemed to slow from his perspective as the two Mark abilities engulfed him. [Shadows] echoed in his core, Mark Energy surged.

    His sharp vision grew ever more powerful, the darkness of night parted into dusk. The raging inferno of burning buildings no longer created flickering light that hid enemies.

    The shadows answered his beckoning. Writhing around him, alive, eager, and hungry. His frame was covered in them.

    He swung his sword, shadows jumping off its thick metal like spilling flames.

    For a brief, fleeting moment, he felt invincible.

    ---

    Previous - Next

    RoyalRoad 

    First Chapter

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    17:48 UTC

    1

    [Age of Demina! - System Crash and Reboot!] Chapter 11 | Glass Shards Part 1

    Previous -

    First Chapter

    RoyalRoad

    ---

    Jin-woo awoke with tiny shards of glass pressed into his cheek. It was a rather unpleasant reminder that hospital floors made terrible beds. His new body might not need traditional rest nightly, but apparently, it still appreciated a good post-apocalyptic-debugging nap. He chuckled, enjoying the deep timbre that echoed from his chest. Like some predator or some such monster. He wondered how normal people would react to his voice or were all people giants like him in the odd world? It wouldn’t be a surprise.

    At least I didn't drool. I suppose that might require actually eating or drinking something first. But the fact remains!

    His thoughts were mostly a jumbled mess. He brushed glass fragments from his face as he tried to remember the factory-like precision he and Demina had reached, systematically destroying and rebuilding entire parts of the system code. While it was fun, he did notice that none of the corruption happened outside of what he called the ‘local interface’. It would have obliterated him and only him, the corruption isolated and almost sent to seek and annihilate.

    That same system structure he gained a glimpse at was so profound it hurt just to look at it for a few moments. Building blocks to the whole thing. Jin-woo knew without a shred of doubt that he wouldn’t have been able to survive the attempt to change a letter or number much less anything grander. Luckily his SystemArchitect made it clear he didn’t have access to touch it at all or he may have gotten urges to try and test his theories.

    A system notification hovered patiently in his field of vision, like a digital equivalent of a sticky note. It was more presentable, but not close to what he would find as aesthetically pleasing. There would be more work to do.

    [CRISIS EVENT RESOLVED]

    [EXPERIENCE POINTS AWARDED: 750]

    [PROGRESS TO NEXT LEVEL: 750/1000]

    [NEW SKILLS UNLOCKED]

    "Seven hundred and fifty?" he muttered in disbelief. "I just debugged the apocalypse version two-point-oh. That's only worth three-quarters of a level?" He couldn’t even get past level one with as much work and progress he had made? That was madness. Yes, Demina did all the heavy lifting, but she only followed his command structures and quarantine protocols he developed. That had to be worth more right?

    The status screen expanded before him, displaying his updated parameters.

    [STATUS:]

    [LEVEL 1: 750/1000]

    [STRENGTH: 16]

    [AGILITY: 11]

    [VITALITY: 10]

    [INTELLIGENCE: 25 (+15)]

    [SPIRIT: 12 (+2)]

    [MANA: 1432/1600]

    [SKILLS TAB: SELECT TO EXPAND]

    [ADDITIONAL STAT TYPES UNAVAILABLE CURRENTLY]

    Apparently saving reality from mathematical meltdown doesn't automatically qualify you for a promotion, he studied the numbers. Though I suppose if they made it too easy, everyone would be speed running reality and becoming monsters.

    The experience requirement felt oddly fitting, a reminder that even in this existence, true progress demanded perseverance. Each line of corrupted code he'd wrestled back under control, every mathematical impossibility he'd normalized, had contributed to that 750 XP. The system valued sustained effort over dramatic gestures. Or maybe some tasks were judged differently, assuming fighting monsters was part of this whole level thing. He hoped that wasn’t the case, he could imagine the amount of PTSD and sheer number of psychopaths that murdered for fun.

    His stomach growled loudly like some engine. It was a sensation that felt more like a gentle suggestion than the desperate demands his human body used to make. Three days without food or water, plus however long he'd been strapped to that bed, and he felt about as hungry as if he'd skipped lunch after a big breakfast. He could eat, but it would be wiser to wait a bit longer.

    Jin-woo pushed himself up from the glass-strewn floor. Pieces scattered that had been on his clothes, probably from turning and tossing during his sleep.

    Add that to the growing list of 'things that don't make sense but probably saved my life'. Right between 'why do I have stats now' and 'how exactly does one level up in reality?'

    He continued to read his Status System and selected the newly accessible Skills Tab. His programmer's curiosity overriding his lingering exhaustion:

    [SKILLS TAB:]

    [SystemArchitect]

    [BasicStoneAnalysis]

    [BasicAnalysis]

    “When did I get BasicAnalysis?” he wondered, though the thought felt distant, processed through layers of digital translation. The skill must have manifested during his battle with the corruption, another gift from his desperate debugging session. He remembered getting BasicStoneAnalysis halfway through his mad struggle to survive the corruption. While the words individually made sense, the application didn’t. Was he a geologist now? He didn’t know much about the field other than a class he took nearly twenty-five years ago.

    "Right," he muttered. Jin-woo pushed himself to his feet with very little grace. Closer to someone still learning to pilot a body that felt more like experimental software than flesh. "Let's see what BasicStoneAnalysis does, assuming it doesn't try to rewrite physics again." He hoped with time this hulking body would be easier to navigate. Walking slowly had been accomplished, now onto more intense activity: walking at a normal pace!

    He activated the skill, and immediately his perception shifted. The dark hospital room gained new depth. Data streams highlighting energy signatures he hadn't noticed before. Most were faint echoes. Digital ghosts of abandoned technology. Out of all that surrounded him, one signal pulsed with particular intensity. It burned like a sun in the sky compared to the rest.

    And it was close. Just a few rooms away.

    Either I've discovered something significant, or I'm about to dive headfirst my way into another crisis. He thought with the kind of resigned curiosity that had become his default emotional state. Not that he could tap into the majority of emotions as intensely as a normal person would.

    Following the signature led him to what remained of a hospital bathroom. The room looked like it had lost an argument with entropy. Tiles cracked and peeling from the walls. A sink hanging at an angle that suggested a long-running disagreement with gravity. Some of the roof threatened to cave in if he so much as breathed around them. But there, nestled in a pile of rubble, debris, stone, and a bunch of other things he refused to think about, beneath what might have once been a mirror, sat an unremarkable stone.

    If he hadn’t left BasicStoneAnalysis on, he would have missed it entirely. That was how unremarkable it was next to all the debris.

    ---

    Previous -

    First Chapter

    RoyalRoad

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    17:46 UTC

    1

    [Age of Demina! - System Crash and Reboot!] Chapter 10 | Is Math Supposed To Scream? Part 2

    Previous - Next

    First Chapter

    RoyalRoad

    ---

    “Demina…?” It had to be. She was responding to his directives!

    ```

    stabilize_reality_matrix {

    for each (quantum_state in dimension_array) {

    if (corruption_detected) {

    implement_quarantine {

    barrier = ∮(E • dl) = -dΦβ/dt

    containment_field = ∑(n=1 to ∞)[1/n!] * ∫[0→∞](x^n * e^(-x))

    stability_anchor = exp(iπ) + 1 = 0

    }

    }

    }

    // This time with feeling, Father…

    }

    ```

    Jin-woo sat there in shock. Staring at the singular line of code. Warmth surged in his entire body.

    The system shuddered, reality flickering like a bad video connection. Pain lanced through Jin-woo's digital consciousness, but he maintained his focus. Each small victory felt like pulling a thread from an unraveling sweater, necessary but potentially catastrophic if done too quickly.

    He had help, one that was far more advanced than his own human mind. This was no longer the impossible race that he knew it could have been. Together, if his suspicion was right, they would defeat this code cancer. His baby had grown into an adult.

    Jin-woo laughed like a madman. His eyes, wild and insane. Smile, it hurt to show so many teeth at once.

    Hours bled together in Jin-woo's consciousness as he battled the corruption line by line. A second intelligence translating his proper functions into a language and code he wouldn’t have been able to decipher if he spent a lifetime on. The alien mathematics of the system’s code continued to evolve in ways that would have made his old PhD advisors either weep with joy or retire on the spot. And Demina was making it look trivial. It had learned and grown, but somehow connected to him.

    Another surge of warnings and corrupted code appeared but was quickly quarantined and destroyed as necessary. He wrestled with another corruption cluster that seemed to be attempting to rewrite pi as a letter of the alphabet. It made his mind spin thinking on how a singular letter could carry so much meaning. How would they even use it in a regular sen–

    “Focus,” he commanded himself. “Can’t lollygag when Demina is trying her hardest.” A certain amount of parental pride surged in his chest. This was his baby showing it could be a contributing part of society! Even if that society only included the two of them.

    ```

    SYSTEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK:

    base_reality_matrix {

    quantum_probability = ∏(n=1 to ∞)[sin²(θ) + cos²(θ)] where

    θ = arctan(∞/0) * √(i^2 + 1)

    stability_constant = lim[x→∞](1 + 1/x)^x * ∮(μ₀/4π)

    // Is math supposed to scream?

    }

    ```

    "No, Demina,” he answered. “Math is not supposed to scream.” At least where he had come from it didn’t.

    The corruption responded by trying to divide by zero in seventeen different dimensions simultaneously. Jin-woo's consciousness fragmented briefly, his existence pixelating like a graphics card having an existential crisis. That one nearly broke through his near mechanical drive and lack of mental damage. He huddled closer to himself trying to keep all the bits and pieces together, before he re-stabilized.

    He felt the overwhelming urge to throw everything he could think of at the wall of corruption and hope it worked, but fought it off. His mind spun in disorientation.

    FocusRemember the lab. Remember what happens when you rush. He allowed the nightmare of destruction to drive him forward. There was no room for mistakes.

    Memory fragments flickered through his processed emotions: Jennifer's face as another quick fix failed, Michael's warnings about system stability, Kali's knowing looks when he dismissed their concerns. The pain felt distant now, digitized, but the lessons remained razor-sharp.

    He constructed another quarantine protocol. This time it was designed to prevent any corrupted code from growing, killing its momentum wherever the quarantine reached. Again, Demina did her part and extrapolated his work. The level of mathematics and formula was beyond him, in a language he couldn’t have understood if he studied for a thousand years. It was simply beyond him. There was no chance for his success had Demina not involved herself in his continued existence.

    ```

    implement_stability_matrix {

    for each (reality_segment in quantum_array) {

    establish_boundary_conditions {

    field_strength = ∮∮(E • dA) = Q/ϵ₀

    temporal_anchor = ∫[0→∞](x^n * e^(-ax))dx = n!/a^(n+1)

    stability_constant = ∏(p prime)[1/(1-p^(-s))]

    }

    if (corruption_detected) {

    quarantine_protocol {

    barrier = exp(iπ) + 1 = 0

    containment = ∑(n=0 to ∞)[(-1)^n/(2n+1)]

    // Don't dissipate your code. It was lonely.

    }

    }

    }

    }

    ```

    To his surprise it worked like a charm. The corrupted segment stabilized, its wild mathematical anomalies settling into something approaching normal behavior. Or at least as normal as anything could be in a reality where pi occasionally tried to identify as the square root of banana. And that somehow fit and worked within the scope of the larger structure of the system, the same structure he wasn’t allowed to touch or adjust in any way, shape, or form by his SystemArchitect ability.

    "Finally," he breathed, watching the success cascade through connected systems. "I'm pretty sure I just violated several laws of physics. And possibly a few local ordinances." He joked with Demina, knowing that somehow she heard him, even if she couldn’t respond.

    The victory, small as it was, rekindled something in his processed emotions, a determination that felt familiar despite its digital translation. It was the same drive that had pushed him through countless debugging sessions in his old life, the stubborn refusal to let impossible problems remain unsolved. Including the motivation Demina gave him with her plea of ‘not dissipating’, he could have done this years on end.

    Some things don't change, even when reality decides to rewrite itself as interpretive dance.

    The system hummed around him, temporarily stable but still harboring corruption in its deeper layers. Jin-woo knew this was just the beginning, there were more battles ahead, more impossible mathematics to wrangle, more reality to debug. But for now, he had proven something important: even in this strange new existence, he could still do what he did best, fix things that shouldn't be fixable.

    I really wouldn't mind if the next reality I end up in comes with better error messages. And maybe a virtual coffee maker.

    ---

    Previous - Next

    First Chapter

    RoyalRoad

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    17:45 UTC

    52

    Engineering, Magic, and Kitsune Ch. 13

    First | Previous | Next (Patreon)

    Yuki bowled the creature over like a raging bull, smashing it into a nearby tree hard enough to splinter bark and wood alike. It was knocked onto its back, underside sizzling lightly in the sunlight filtering through the canopy, and the kitsune pounced on it as it was trying to right itself.

    He didn't have a clear shot. "Yuki!" he called, stumbling over his words momentarily as he tried to remember the native tongue, "Heat!" She ignored his call, but he swore he saw an ear flick.

    A bladed arm tried to come down on her shoulder like an axe, but she held up a forearm at a shallow angle. It skittered off like it hit plate armour, sparks flying. Yuki grabbed the other arm with a hand and pulled as it rose to strike. The creature screamed once more, this time in a woman's voice, but she didn't let up, entirely unflinching with little more than a frown on her face as she drew her free hand back. The claws upon her fingers started to burn with the hard light of morning, and she snapped out with a spear-like strike!

    Nameless were never the most resilient creatures. Whatever buffer of magical energy that protected them was always thin; John suspected it was due to them being inherently disposable by nature, so when Yuki's hand impacted the base of the limb, he wasn't too terribly surprised when the limb only held up for a moment before a sound like cracking glass rang out. The appendage flew off in a spray of shadowy black ichor.

    A rictus snarl came across Yuki's face, grabbing and twisting the other blade arm as it swung towards her side, and the creature just wouldn't stop screaming as she took it off in a manner that disturbingly felt like someone pulling apart the limbs of a crab on a dinner plate. She crouched, breathing heavily upon her twitching throne, and her gaze suddenly went wild.

    The kitsune's eyes went to slits as she locked onto something and lunged muzzle first, biting into the creature's vulnerable underside, spidery legs trying to stop her as it wailed all the louder. She just ignored them as she started tearing with her hands too, scooping out great chunks at a time and tossing them aside, like she was trying to dig right through it. John felt sickness and terror flood him in equal measures, hot bile threatening to rise up his throat.

    The abdomen twitched up, about to try and entangle her, but before he could shout a warning, she had already stomped down on it with a paw, flattening it to the ground and spraying webbing against a nearby tree as she continued tearing through flesh like paper.

    Suddenly, the beast shuddered before stilling, and the shadows seemed to dissipate as it solidified in a manner John had never seen before. The kitsune reared back, pulling her viscera-covered muzzle from the veritable crater, lips still pulled back and in her jaws… what was that?

    It was a black orb somewhere around the size of a golf ball, pulsing with the same unnatural anti-light of its host, and it should not exist. John had cut down Nameless before. Rended their bodies into parts. Performed autopsies on what was left. Yet… whatever that was, he had never found that once. It was like it materialized in her jaws, drawn forth by her will.

    Whatever it was, Yuki tilted her head back and swallowed it, licking black blood from her lips. She sighed in relief, and the previous madness abruptly left her eyes as she looked back at him. Where there was once ravenous lunacy was… just Yuki, like someone flipped a light switch.

    Cold dread worked through him as he looked her up and down, trying to reconcile the sweet, almost motherly persona she had displayed back at the fort and… whatever that was. Was it raw instinct, ready to burble its way up to the surface at any time, guiding her to dismantle anything or anyone that looked particularly tasty? Was it a conscious choice to change, choosing immense, visceral violence? She had mentioned eating the hearts of those soldiers back when they showed up at the fort—was this what she meant? Most of them seemed to take her deadly seriously, and John couldn't blame them.

    She stood back up and stepped toward him, and he took a shaking step back. Concern flashed over her muzzle before realization took its place. Frowning, she wiped her muzzle clean, but the fresh stains remained. Suddenly, John caught movement in the background. His eyes darted off, settling on one of the torn-off blade limbs… which was laying well in reach of the sentinels, and the closest was stirring. Shit, if the sound didn't already alert them, that sure did!

    "Yuki!" he whisper-shouted, pointing behind her and to the side. She hissed a curse he was unfamiliar with and burst into motion, sprinting in his direction at an alarming pace and causing his heart to pound. She was… probably OK and just retreating like he should be. They just had to get to the water, and they'd be fine.

    The Nameless had finally dug itself out of the ground behind her, looked at the pair, and let out an unearthly shriek that crashed through the forest. It shook his brain in his skull in a way that made him feel nauseous, and an inexplicable rush of anxious dread hit him like a brick. Presence, he assumed. It must be an application to make their prey panic and make stupid mistakes, but he pushed it, and most of his other fears, deep, deep down, to be dealt with later. Yuki was an ally. Spiders were chasing them. Act.

    The mounds next to the first were starting to stir, and although he couldn't see them through the trees, he had no doubt that the nest was beginning to explode with life, too. He had to do something now!

    The Nameless started to charge terrifyingly fast, perhaps as fast as a bear, but Yuki was quicker. John wagered that she would make it to the water with plenty of time to spare, but he… just wouldn't. His legs were regular human length, with no supernatural speed or strength to leverage. He'd be overrun far before then unless he did something.

    Stepping to the side to get clear of Yuki, he pointed at the spider and twitched his fingers, firing the heat ray at maximum power in a narrow ray. Invisible heat did not remain as such for long, as the sheer amount dumped out immediately turned the air into a shimmering mess, even with the odd entropic effects. The charging spider flinched, and the ray would take a moment to burrow through the protective field and severely damage the chitin. He, however, did not have to wait for that, and the outer layers that protected the webbing upon its back were comparatively weak.

    The detritus caught in the beam immediately flash-burned into ash, and the webbing ignited into a towering inferno as the sour smell of burning webbing filled the clearing before he cut the beam to conserve power. A violet inferno towered off the Nameless, and it shrieked as it spasmed, trying to violently peel the armour-turned tomb off it, but it had already almost jelled and was now flowing down its sides.

    He turned to run, heart pounding in his ears as terror filled his veins at the thought of being swarmed with a thousand stabbing legs and fangs… and the idea of Yuki pouncing him, much to his shame. Even now, he could hear her heavy steps pounding into the forest floor, looming ever closer. He picked up the pace, sweat beading on his brow as a retreat turned into a panicked sprint. Wait. 

    Realization flooded him, and dread filled his veins.

    In his panic, he had made a terrible, terrible error. When the spider showed up, it was between them and where the water would be… he was running away from the water. Shit! He had to circle around. Yuki said something behind him, but he couldn't understand and certainly couldn't slow down to check his notes. 

    He huffed and puffed, stumbling over a rock as he took a hard corner, but he didn't fall. Two strong hands grabbing him from behind made sure of that.

    His adrenaline spiked, and he let out a yelp as he was hefted into the air, flailing wildly. John braced for the worst as he was roughly pulled against the kitsune and closed his eyes as he prepared for an attack. It never came.

    When he mustered the will to open his eyes and looked around, he found himself in Yuki's arms, carried bridal style as she dashed through the forest at a pace he'd normally expect from an ATV. She wasn't looking down at him; her golden gaze was fixed forward on something. He glanced backward and—holy hell, that was a lot of spiders.

    The forest was buried under a tidal wave of blackened limbs as they swarmed over the environment like an unstoppable force. He didn't even know how many there were, they were borderline innumerable, an unorderly mass that was constantly climbing over itself in an attempt to get to them.

    One reared up on its hind legs, and his eyes widened. "Dodge!" he shouted, tapping on Yuki's arms. She reacted instantly, a single ear swivelling to him before juking sharply to the side with Gs that made his stomach flip. Just in time, too, as a mass of webbing sailed through the space they once occupied and slammed into a tree like a bag of wet cement while wrapping around it.

    He released a shaking breath, pulled his gauntleted arm free and aimed it backwards towards the mass. Sweat ran down his back as he steadied himself, scanning the crowd. There, another one got ahead of the morass and was starting to rear up, pointing its spinnerets towards them. He snapped to it, correcting his aim and widening the beam to account for how intensely he was being jostled and fired. He didn't have the easy pass he did prior, the lack of webbing on their underside not providing him good, easily accessible fuel. It didn't matter.

    As he kept the beam on roughly the same spot, the attack burned through the grotesque creature's magical resilience before finally meeting the hard chitin dead on. At first, it just silently smoked, but it didn't burn. No, it briefly glowed red hot before melting, the creature's insides sloughing out and smothering its attack.

    He sighed in relief before Yuki roughly spun to the side and changed direction, but he saw why through blurry vision.

    The spiders had gotten in front of them and formed a fucking roadblock, thin strands of webbing trailing between trees, blocking the easy path to the water and forcing them deeper into the woods. Damn it! The air was moist; they must have been almost to the water and safety!

    The mass behind them was unceasing, unerring in its grim purpose as it surged forward, now joined by the barricade's creators after it was clear their trap didn't work. The entire time, John kept alert, firing on anything that dared rear up to fire webbing or occasionally on targets of opportunity, when he had a rare moment of calm. The land rose around them on either side, quickly becoming impassable as they were forced to run into a rocky divot, Yuki dashing across the stony ground, and dread wormed him as he realized they were still being herded. John spun to see where Yuki was going and was surprised to see them running directly at a cliff, a rock wall dead end rapidly approaching. They were still in a kill box!

    "Uh, Yuki?" he asked, the shouted question half-carried away by the wind. She didn't respond, and the barrier was getting awfully close. "Yuki!" She dug her paws into the hard ground and skidded to a stop in front of it, crouching down and—

    They shot up through the air like a rocket, and the sheer Gs caused blackness to creep in at the edges of his vision as he fought down nausea. A rough thump rattled his brain as they landed. "Wait!" he croaked. What the hell type of vertical leap was that? Sixty, eighty feet? 

    Still, it had given him an idea. Perhaps something had shook free in his brain, but a lopsided grin spilled onto his face.

    John couldn't remember the word but remembered the characters, so he drew them with his finger in the fur on her arm, hoping she understood. "The ledge." They had a few seconds, at least. He never understood why the Nameless couldn't climb the fort walls, but they were nominally pretty good at climbing otherwise… just not as fast as Yuki just jumping, apparently.

    She put him down, concern written on her face, and grabbed him by the shoulder as he stumbled, shaking off a bit of the wooziness from being subjected to forces the human body was never intended to experience. "I'm fine," he muttered, only realizing he spoke in English afterwards. He walked over to the edge, staring down at the mass as it reached the bottom of the wall, spilling over itself like water hitting a dam before they even began to climb, but climb they did. 

    Picking out the few at the front, he ignited their web cloaks with a smile on his face, the vanguard of the chittering and screaming tide instinctively reacting and falling as they were suddenly ignited. Even so, he couldn't hold back the tide, and even if he could, his flame-aspected magic reserves would run out far before he made any sizeable dent in their hoard.

    A growing pile of flaming webbing and flailing spiders was built on the rocks below. Yuki stood at his side, and although one arm was across his shoulders keeping him steady, he remained tense at the contact. She said nothing but cleared her throat and shook her head as they grew closer, surging up the wall in strides… but at more of a jog than their earlier blistering pace. He was fine where he was.

    He reached into a pocket and withdrew a different focus, swapping it into his gauntlet. They were getting close now. He breathed in and breathed out, steadying his aim.

    At his side, Yuki's fingers suddenly glowed white, impossibly long hooked claws made of light extending from them in a manner that would make physicists weep, and with a single swipe, she raked them over the front of the mass. They provided resistance, sure; the force was momentarily forestalled against their shells as their magic tried to protect them, but it was never truly stopped, passing through their meat like air and spraying out viscera from the far side as she cored out sternum after sternum with a single, well-placed strike, a proper rain of bodies falling down below.

    And, finally, John fired, but not at the spiders. No, the true target of his cold focus was the wall itself. The air was moist, and so was the wall, even if the slick rocks hardly provided a challenge for the Nameless to scale. With a flash of supernatural power, where there were once slippery rocks was now a wall of black ice.

    Some legs froze in place for a moment, but the Nameless hardly noticed, breaking the thin sheet of ice… only to take another step and find no purchase. There were too many legs in motion too fast, struggling to find grip even as they surged over one another. Whatever passed for communication amongst them came too late as one of the leads fell, knocking down those below with them as they fell… directly onto the blazing pyre below.

    The flames surged bright with all the fresh fuel falling into the violet bonfire, silk catching easily as hundreds of scrambling legs fought to get free, only to have their coverings catch fire as whatever magic was present ate its way through their protection before igniting them as well. The charge rapidly turned into a disorganized, panicked mob, and he sighed in weary relief.

    He looked over to Yuki, opening his mouth to speak, but she looked more… drained than he had ever seen her. Her eyelids drooped, and her shoulders had an uncharacteristic slump he had never seen, even when she was walking mangled up to his doorsteps.

    John tapped Yuki's arm. "You okay?" he asked, and she nodded, gesturing to him in return. He gave her a thumbs up, but confusion painted her muzzle as she slightly tilted her head.

    "Yes," he clarified, and Yuki smiled before trundling off toward the water. John was close to her side, anxiously scanning all around them with the impromptu scanner freshly retrieved from his pocket, just in case. The trip was tense, albeit less so after they made some distance from the spiders screaming in human-ish voices as they burned. 

    He had to admit it was more difficult to stand close to Yuki than it was this morning when they headed into town together. It was undeniable the kitsune didn't wish to harm him; being hefted in her arms in a dead sprint away from danger was more than proof of that, yet he couldn't deny the sight of her acting like a feral animal was disturbing. It was everything he feared when he first opened the gates to her, just… directed elsewhere, mercifully. One moment, she was calm and understanding, and the next, she predated on what would give most nightmares and ate what very well might be its very soul with all the implications that brought.

    And then, she was back to Yuki.

    Was it something she could just choose to do at any time? Was it something instinctual that he could trigger by mistake and doom him as surely as putting his head in a crocodile's mouth? Both were worrying, but what scared him the most was there might be no switch, no friendly Yuki and brutal Yuki. If it was just her, did he ever really have a read on the kitsune in the first place, or was it all an act? Assuming she told the truth about her circumstances, there was a good chance she was imprisoned for a reason, and he was just someone she liked. A shudder ripped through him. He needed answers.

    John looked over his companion as she trundled forward and promptly decided it could wait until she rested and bathed. He could probably make some… passable-ish robes for her to wear while he cleaned her kimono, although he hoped it had some magic to repel stains with how much viscera had gotten onto it.

    Wordlessly, they walked out from under the sweeping canopy and onto the rocky river bank. Being upstream worked in their favour. John still had no clue how good of a sense of smell the creatures had, but he would take no chances in leaving a scent trail for them to follow. Oh, they doubtlessly knew where he lived, but they had yet to breach the walls and the less chance they had to ambush him on the way back, the better. Perhaps their distaste for his continued existence would overcome their hatred for the sun, and he'd have to live in fear while outside now that they kicked the hornet's nest. A problem for later.

    Stepping ahead of Yuki to the shoreline, he blasted the water with sheer cold, creating a giant brick before swapping out the focus. The excavation beam appeared from his finger next, and he carved out the block's interior, careful not to breach through. It was pretty easy; he had practice taking the lazy way down the river, although he made sure the bottom was plenty thick in case that kappa's cousin still took offence.

    Climbing into his new boat, he offered his hand to the tired kitsune, and she graciously took it, although he felt she still barely put any weight onto him. The two of them sat down cross legged, and he grabbed the ice-dingy with telekinesis, pushing them out from shore to drift slowly down back toward safety.

    Neither of them found the energy to make conversation.

    10 Comments
    2025/02/03
    16:45 UTC

    28

    (Sneakyverse) The Drums of War Chapter 52: Dawn

    First | Previous

    In an officers' mess reconfigured for use in military tribunals:

    Narrex-Quinn looked apologetically at the young man, one of the Terran races other than Human, somewhat feline he thought, who was his legal representation. He had made it clear that he would not turn away from the consequences of his deeds. He flexed his artificial hand and cast his mind back to the conversation the two of them had a few hours ago, before the three high ranking officers came in to sit in court over his deeds.

    "Look, I don't think that you understand what you're being charged with," the legal representative had sighed to him after failing once again to convince Narrex-Quinn to ask for clemency.

    Narrex-Quinn put up one finger and said, "I murdered or caused by orders given the murders of Republican people under false pretenses of diplomatic contact," he raised a second finger, "I caused the destruction of a significant Republican vessel without provocation," he raised a third finger, "I opened hostilities by an attack against diplomats and on a diplomatic ship," he raised a fourth, "I further murdered or caused the murder by orders given of allies to the Republic," and a fifth finger, "I led the invasion of worlds allied to the Republic, shall I go on? By your standards, my misdeeds are many and dark. My life is likely forfeit, and I shall not attempt to avoid the fate I have written for myself."

    "Oh? You think that the worst we can do to you is kill you?"

    "It matters not if such a thing-"

    "See, the issue is you're being charged with slavery and that rates debeaconing. I know, that's not an Axxaakk word, it translates most closely to… the beacon was taken. What we do is hook the condemned up to a life support system, immobilize them in an escape pod, and launch them into deep space where they'll live out to the very last hour of their maximum biological age in the void between stars until they die alone. You. Do. Not. Want. This."

    Narrex-Quinn did not want that, but on the other hand, he had come to realize that making excuses or avoiding even that grisly punishment would set a poor example for the rest of the nobility taking their first shaky steps away from domination and into leadership. He thought his scarlet skin might have gone pink, but he said with resolve, "So be it."

    The legal representative pulled at the long whiskers coming off of his muzzle and said, "Listen, you're one of the few nobles who's trying, god-damn trying to figure out how to lead. Your people will need you despite what you've done to mine. I know that your people didn't ever have trials before, but we have to actually put forth an argument. You have to actually make your case now, we don't just decide on a whim what to do with you."

    Narrex-Quinn stiffened, "We did not make judgements on whims, but on the commands of the false god Axzuur. Though we were deceived, we still followed."

    "Apologies, I'm just trying to get it across that a sentence isn't a foregone conclusion. So please, please, please, cooperate with the one whose job it is to achieve justice on your behalf?"

    "By what I have come to understand of Justice in the past few months, then I must surely die for my crimes. It would be cowardice to beg mercy of those I would have treated cruelly should the chances of war have been different. My people need not I myself, but rather those things which altered my understanding. Some they have, Axzuur is slain, the Emperor has commanded us to master ourselves, and worth must be proven to another and not to a false god. The rest they must discover on their own, and neither I nor others like me can give it them."

    "I want to at least argue that you not be either spaced or debeaconed. Please, if you think that your death will help your people learn how to be leaders and master themselves, please allow me to win you a dignified execution," the man said. Narrex-Quinn was struck by how large the man's yellowish eyes appeared as he laid the triangular ears atop his head back. It was a desperate expression.

    In the present, Narrex-Quinn listened to the strangely musical speech of the officer in the center of the tribunal bench reading off the charges, and the mechanical voice translating it into his own tongue. It was much as he had said to the representative, but in greater detail and more clinical description. A cold and passionless accounting of his many crimes against the Terrans and their allies, as well as crimes against his own men. "To all you have accused me," he said in a clear, resolved voice, "I declare that I am guilty. I offer no excuse, and I desire only that when I face justice, I may do so with dignity as an example of true courage and atonement to my people."

    The legal representative sighed with relief. It was the response he had instructed him to give, but Narrex-Quinn had not exactly agreed to it when it had been proposed. Then, legal representatives began to do battle over how exactly Narrex-Quinn would meet his end.

    Aboard the transport liner The Tales of all Who Sailed Among Us Are Forever in Our Hearts:

    Long-Nose the Namer knew not how these Star Sailors could be any other than messengers of gods. Truth it was that Axzuur had been a deceiver and was slain, yet that meant not that no gods did lurk out in the vastness among the stars. Who better to serve such things than those who plied the stars in their very names? Yet, they were strange to speak to, for one must utilize a thing of power to translate their tongue of soft music to his own, which sounded harsh and guttural in his own ears by comparison. For another, none of them should agree on the nature of the gods, or even if there were any gods, and who they were or were not. If even these giants who made homes of the stars knew not, what then was the answer? Long-Nose the Namer knew not, and though it troubled him, he had a duty. There were many aboard this ship who were yet to be named for unlike himself, they had not the wisdom to choose their own names, nor the courage to ask for one. He had learned from a War Terran that all required a name to have dignity, and all should have dignity. What dignity was exactly was beyond his ken, yet he knew it was important, and thus he had taken it upon himself to ensure that all had it.

    Aboard the Cumberland:

    The interior of the ship of war belied its deadly purpose. Leroy had been a warrior, and had been upon many ships of war in his short life, yet the Cumberland differed. First, the Terrans named their ship. He had asked after this oddity, and had learned that the Terrans named all of their ships, just as they named all of their people. This had been too great for his mind to contain, and thus he spent long hours on the soft bed afforded to him in a makeshift barracks aboard to ponder the meaning of this custom. He found he could not bring forth understanding, and this was helped not by how the Terrans acted within the well-lit and cleanly ordered vessel. The gentle thrumming of the ship's systems had an accompanying melody of constant chatter from the Terrans as they walked the corridors, as they ate in the dining halls, as they worked at maintenance tasks or at their stations. Yet, there was an order and efficiency to all of this noisy activity, even while not a single commander even held a shock baton.

    There was much that his might in wisdom was not sufficient to encompass in his mind, yet one thing he could comprehend. He was on his way to begin anew. He shall step forth onto a world without the bones of the long-dead civilization his Emperor had described, and help to build a future for himself and his people. The Axxaakk shall make their own path, become their own people, and master themselves. This he could understand, though he was not mighty in wisdom.

    He was pondering these things, and wondering how he might become more mighty in wisdom when a young girl approached him. "I hear that you were named by the very slayer of Axzuur," she said.

    "Nay," he replied, "it was his brother that slew the deceiver."

    She nodded slowly, "They say the one called Keeper of Time pulled me from below the ground, yet I know it was a Terran warrior and not she."

    "The tale grows beyond the truth, but I believed the truth wondrous enough," he agreed.

    The girl considered his words for a long moment and said, "You speak with mighty wisdom. I would that you shall name me."

    Leroy wished to at once speak of how little he knew and could understand, but realized that such would be an insult to the small girl, this small girl who already strove to master herself and to grow mighty in wisdom. He looked her up and down and said, "You I name Constance. May your quest for wisdom never waver, and may your only master be found in the mirror."

    On the agriworld Maxxleda:

    Great rolling fields of vrad swayed in the wind, their ripening golden grain heads spread a fragrant promise of a goodly yield as they danced among the swaying stalks supporting them. It had been a place far from the front line of war, far from the clamors for conquest, and far even from the influence of the imperial throne for generations. Here, the serfs and the nobility alike were concerned with the harvest. Here even the altar's terrible demands came behind the vrad harvest, and the quexlol herds. After all, there would be no conquests, and no new sacrifices if the warriors had naught to eat. Even the surrender by the Emperor to the sons of the avenged goddess Republic had changed very little, except that now Axzuur was slain. Therefore it would come to pass that the aged and infirm might not find themselves upon the altar, but instead live in restful peace in their final days. All of this was staggeringly different from the life of fear and domination that had led the former Initiate-Highborn Varret-Xiin to lead many Axxaakk to master themselves.

    Here and there the sons and daughters of the avenged goddess Republic displayed wonders though they shall be among them only a short time longer. In this place, a team contrived to conjure a structure out of metal beams and paneling. In another place, they drilled a well through formerly impenetrable bedrock. In yet another place, they crafted dwellings by cutting into the stone face of a useless cliff. In yet another place, they plied their mysterious healing arts to bring the ill and injured back into health from the very brink of the grave. They moved and worked with a tremendous energy, taking very little time to rest, or so it seemed to Varret-Xiin. He had asked after why it was that they worked with such frenzied activity, and the daughter of the avenged goddess Republic said to him, "We will not be here long. What you become is up to you, and we cannot force you to become wise. We can leave you a few tools and techniques though."

    Indeed, Varret-Xiin had come to realize that might in wisdom cannot be given. Had another simply told him about becoming his own master a scant six months ago, he should have called whoever said such a heretic and made to chastise them. Still though, one might become more mighty in wisdom by asking another. Thus, he found a daughter of the avenged goddess Republic to ask, "Have you time to aid in my quest to seek wisdom?"

    She wore powered armor, yet was no warrior. Varret-Xiin knew not whether she spoke his tongue or if the arcane arts of her helmet translated for her. "I have a moment. Ask away."

    "Many of the… the ones who were once serfs… have become despondent and confused with self-mastery. I see you instruct many other of your fellow sons and daughters of the avenged goddess Republic, and they then obey your instructions. How is this accomplished?"

    The daughter of the avenged goddess Republic fell silent for long seconds until she said, "It is not easy to explain. I have shown them that I know what I'm doing. They know that if they follow my instructions, our goal will be accomplished, they know that my goal is the same as their goal, and we have agreed ahead of time what that is and what each shall receive for his or her help in the work. For you, I suggest trying to convince some of the former serfs to join you in a project of some kind. For example, when we leave there will be a need for the structures to be maintained. Does this help?"

    "You are mighty in wisdom indeed, oh daughter of the avenged goddess Republic. I have much to ponder from your answer."

    First | Previous

    5 Comments
    2025/02/03
    16:37 UTC

    5

    Individuals are not a sum. [Viable Systems: Asides]

    A message transmitted from a member of a species that humanity once believed sought to destroy them.

    -

    I was evolved - created - to be able to fully comprehend the weight of large numbers. Tens. Hundreds. Thousands. Millions. I have always seen the whole, sectioned into what is and is not of value. This was intended to allow me to parse, without question, that which held less weight and contributed insufficiently compared to the larger volume.

    Your species cannot do this. You can only see handfuls. But you also see individuals.

    I am Grex. This is the name of my people. We have actively culled, curated, and suppressed lives in the count of trillions over the course of our two millennium of existence. This means little to you. I counted and perceived every singular within that sum. Yet I committed genocide. I oppressed, butchered, separated and repurposed. Entire cultures and histories were erased by my hands and the hands of those who call me kin.

    I can see every part of our sum, also. This does not bring me a sense of solidarity so much as reinforce the weight of the sins committed and the scale of the mechanisms involved.

    I came upon your vessel during the early days of your venture into greater civilization. I witnessed your first spacefaring vessels and found them paltry and almost pitiable. I captured, with less than minimal effort, one of your ships. I performed an interrogation.

    I did this with each and every craft I seized. I learned much of your people, more than you ever wanted me to know. You feared I would use what I learned to destroy you. Instead, we deemed you little more than a curiosity to monitor using excess resources. You viewed us as an enemy. You attempted to assail us when we came close. You failed.

    I noted that this brought your species into a state of unease. That this caused you to become violent and distrustful towards those you encountered. I devoted some semblance of proper attention to your kind when I saw that your behavior, despite initial assumption, varied deeply on an individual basis. You squabbled madly over ethics and morals. We were always at the edge of your vision, a threat you thought was omnipresent until a generation passed.

    You forgot. You lacked any sort of inherent empathic capabilities. You lacked cohesion. You barely understood that the whole was a concept that should be considered, despite your assumption of culture, faith, politics and government. I had seen these things before. They were rare, in a sense, but I had witnessed these patterns.

    You reached out to us, eventually. You had branded us your opponents in space, skirmished, forgotten, then reached out in such a fashion that we questioned if your record keeping was truly as extensive as we believed it to be. We offered to bring you into our fold. You denied us, so we resumed lack of interest in your affairs.

    I watched you. You grew. You brought others into your own tribes, like animals seeking symbiosis. Traded. Bonded. We made sufficient plans to act upon should you pose a legitimate threat when we determined you, or the species you aided so brazenly, were incapable of appreciation and worthy only of loathing and eradication or redirection.

    It was after your great war. After you exhausted so many of your resources. Burned your souls out in such quantities that, had I been capable of feeling disgust or sorrow for your kind at the time, I would likely have expressed it in excess. Yet, while those around you were forced to repair themselves in body and mind to such a degree we collectively agreed the opportunity was not worth discarding, you continued to shoulder the burdens of your allies in spite of pains.

    I captured a full fleet’s worth of your vessels. I interrogated each individual harvested. Molded your miserable weapons, shields, and vehicles into my own and took solace in the fact such a floundering people would no longer plague creation.

    One of you stood against me. You knew there were no odds worth taking. That no pleading would service you, that the best you could hope was for assimilation into something greater. So you told me stories. Ones I had not heard. Ones that were more isolated in their impact, ones that were similar to the previous yet affected greater scopes. You told me of dictators, philosophers, messiahs and orchestrators of mass death.

    I had heard of these things before, from other civilizations. From your own. But you expressed them differently, now. I now believe, perhaps, that when the human named Morgan stepped forward to speak with me he was simply tired. Exhausted by conflict to such a degree he reached out without passion, only a faint glimmer of hope.

    Morgan Terrence spoke to me of a sibling who he had. Who he had supported through birth despite being despised - then, I thought justly - by the universe to such a degree they barely were allowed to live within it. Sights, sounds, sensations and comprehension were all difficult. He had brought them to the brink of full personhood. To something vaguely assorted into a contributing unit.

    Morgan had fought tooth and nail for his brother, as was the expression he used. However, in spite of this, war came and reset the progress made to such a point there was no logical reason to attempt recovery. He asked me to spare this brother of his. This kin. He took my hand, said that the brailk had been as we had, not understanding we had purpose and not desperation.

    He offered me compassion. I killed his crew in front of him, dismissing all that was said and merely noting it for review by peers who could utilize the information in our conquests and adaptation. I was of high rank. I had proven myself. My kin were those who stood worthy beside me, as equals. Much of what I knew of humanity, of many species, was worthy only of loathing. You separated those who were worthy and suppressed their evolution, while you paved the way for those who could stand only with weakness and cowardice, not strength.

    You reminded me of the Kahg, the long enemies of our people who sought to bring these weaknesses to the forefront. I pondered. Why was it that humanity was like the Kahg, yet also as Grex, yet their structures were so pointless and meandering? Where was their sense of order, their sense of ambition?

    I killed Morgan last. I did not relish it. I simply wished to observe. I saw the hope die in his eyes.

    I did not understand I had been affected by your valiance until I was too late to act upon it. You do not know, nor will you remember, the species we deprived of a chance at life that I will mention next. We called them the Aeut Caus, or frail plants. They lived in the Serenity. The species there were often of little interest beyond studying the development of thought and the draw towards the divine. I believe, perhaps, observing it was our deity’s way of reminding us other gods were not strong.

    I had no reason to do so, but I stepped onto the planet’s surface. We had removed most of the species from the planet for study, harvest, and repurposing. Their fate was experimentation and eventually to become waste crushed underfoot by a war machine they barely comprehended. They had a species they shared their world with, some sort of insectile symbiote that served a purpose we did not come to understand in a way that was significant to us.

    A member of the Aeut Caus, ignorant of the extremity of their circumstance, approached me in such an unthreatening - in any sense - manner that I simply allowed it. Their world was being uprooted and burned around them. Their people dying or condemned. Yet it did not attack me. It attempted to communicate. It reached out to me and found I could not understand. So it tried to show me speech in a different way.

    I allowed it. I was overtaken by an impulse that I no longer believe to have been a sign of defect, but the opposite. It showed me the beating heart of its planet. I felt, and understood, every root, every connected soul. It showed me ones it had ignored - something I thought perplexing - to allow to find their own path. It showed me that the insectile creatures had come to them. It showed me a history of quiet progress towards placidness and a senseless lack of greater desires.

    Every question I asked, it answered surely but slothfully. One day, we will reach the stars, but it will not be today. One day, we will speak to those who call to us from the beyond, but it will not be today. First, it said, we must plant roots. First, we must achieve individuality within a whole, and we must learn to love in the ways that matter without losing self. It showed me a god who had allowed it, but not guided it. No more than gentle nudges, minor healings.

    I looked towards the nebula of empathic energy that lay just beyond the veil of the world’s green-blue atmosphere. The world’s clouds trailed some strange mist of vapor. It had been deemed harmless, so we did not look into it further. In that moment, it was beautiful to me and I did not understand why.

    When I killed the creature, its long time companion, a being of a species which had not even a fraction of semblance to itself, simply came to mourn it. It did not attack me. It just mourned.

    I remembered I had had a brother once. I remembered that, once, we had had dictators. That we had once been simple. That we had once had ambitions of self, not whole. Then we had been guided. We had not been allowed. I both understood and no longer understood why my kin had been deemed defective before he had even been given a chance to fully come into existence. I had a vision in my mind of a hand reaching out to me, an adult that should have instead existed in a state of miniscule sentience as a frail mass.

    They were unmade. As I had unmade many. I counted each and every one. I pulled them into a greater sum in my mind, then divided it into individual parts. Then, I determined which had been unmade by my own hands. I wondered why I felt so little. It was faint. An overwhelming sense of sorrow, guilt, anger, and shame condensed into a tiny point of memory in my consciousness.

    My people are not what you would call a hive mind. We are simply a whole of individuals, all molded towards a single purpose. I believe many of us would still choose this path if we were allowed choice. I believe many of us would break if we understood we ever could’ve had a choice. There are those who I had viewed as broken, sick, unrecoverable traitors. Someone had taught them free will, largely by force.

    I think I am almost unique. I believe that, in the span of my people’s history - ever since becoming no longer our own - you could count those of us who chose to be free in less than tens.

    I made my first choice. Rather, I made my first choice that I fully understood I was making in five-hundred-thirty-seven years. I have killed, or at least aided in killing, 29,370,896,431 sapient individuals and 137 developed or developing civilizations. That is only in the context of my own lifespan and involvement, and I do not think these numbers will mean anything to you. But I think, in spite of this, you will understand that these numbers are not ones that are meant to climb higher.

    They will. I have no doubt. But I choose to have hope that, perhaps, one day, the count will tick far slower. Maybe it will even stop, eventually.

    I do not ask forgiveness. I was never here to be forgiven in the first place. I was not an individual, not one that was so in more than name. I had a title, culture, faith, and personality, yet every action I took was at the behest of another. I do not know at what point you started to alter and repurpose me, what parts of it were your hand and what parts were mine. But I take satisfaction that some part of it was me, and that you came to show me I had input.

    We will attempt to remove you as we did so many others. I will likely be considered a sign of significant deterioration. I do not know if they will heed me as something to suppress or something to consider. But I know that they will not be able to hide me. A voice must speak before it can be silenced. I hope that, perhaps, hearing mine will cause them to consider theirs.

    I ask you not to worry about war coming to your worlds. We will try. But we will also be distracted again, on to more significant matters than humanity.

    We will change, or we will be destroyed. There is something you failed to teach me. I still have not come to comprehend the diverting of blame and responsibility. You reminded me of more important things: squabbling, illogical action, and healing.

    I will gladly open the wound. We were, after all, made to cull that which is not needed.

    ---

    Only a handful of years after the Great Exhaustion, during the most turbulent period in the history of the Viable Systems since recent memory, roughly 100,000 humans and relevant interspecies crew were captured by a species that had previously identified itself as the Grex in humanity’s early years as a present force in the greater settled galaxy. After commencing and ceasing hostility with little apparent reason, they were believed to have lost interest in the settled systems and retreated to a perceived ‘dark space’.

    The full light of the Grex species’ dynamic with the rest of the known galaxy has since become plain. A species that was uplifted by a powerful sub-entity of the Vehemence native to the Resentment, a section of known space imbued heavily with feelings of empathic loathing, they have taken on a role of self-perceived dictators of what is and is not considered worthwhile life within the bounds of the universe.

    Having long been at war with a second species known as the Kahg, they have largely existed at the edges of the galaxy and mainly been known as vague historical assailants. Initial study of Grex activity led to the belief that they were a fully cognizant species that had, in some manner, been indoctrinated completely on an empathic and neurological level despite retaining full individuality.

    Humanity - and those other species less aware of their presence existing within the Viable Systems - were horrified by the concept of a species fully capable of independent thought yet also utterly without true free will and choice. They were relieved to discover this to not be fully factual.

    Shortly after what was assumed to be a Grex general sent an unprompted, unencrypted signal containing the above audio and text to human settled space, a series of brief attacks were conducted by the Grex species against the settled systems with a bias towards human-touched worlds.

    Hostilities have since been redirected towards the Khag and the Grex species itself. A full common generation after it was determined that a state of intersystem emergency was no longer necessary, a craft of significant size was detected heading towards a major multi-species paradise world. Its hull was near impossible to breach. Upon arrival, the vessel opened its own ports automatically.

    Within the vessel were discovered immense archives, which have been estimated to have such significant volumes of text, audio, and visual data that they would take centuries to parse in a significant manner.

    This was in tandem with a previously undiscovered pair of species that appear to have a symbiotic nature. These tree-like and insectile lifeforms have since been recognized as an underdeveloped but fully intelligent co-civilization and adopted into the greater galactic fold as endangered peoples.

    Understanding the complex systems of the vessel has proven difficult, as well as the volume of different languages and communication methods contained within. Massive ‘vaults’ of what appear to be culturally significant items to unknown lifeforms have been discovered inside. It is believed that the number of dead languages involved exceeds the volume, in excess, of those known across all failed and successful civilizations found across the Viable Systems.

    The entire vessel, after a decade of study, was finally understood to have been stripped of all weapons systems beyond those dedicated to defense. The life support system has been determined to be capable of, theoretically, supporting multiple full civilizations for an unknown but lengthy period of time.

    The ship has been dubbed Morgan’s Ark.

    4 Comments
    2025/02/03
    16:30 UTC

    2

    The Last Heir - Chapter 2

    Rowan strode through the bustling streets of Litwick, walking along the well-worn cobblestone paths. The tang of grilled meat and spiced ale lingered in the air, mingling with the faint scent of wildflowers that bloomed just outside the city walls. Vendors called out to passersby, hawking their wares in loud, cheerful voices.

    Litwick was a peaceful settlement in the Verdant Vale with around ten thousand people calling it home. Barely large enough to even be considered a city.

    Tucked away in an insignificant corner of the kingdom, Litwick was exactly where Rowan wanted to be. Far away from anything—and anyone—important.

    The chances of someone coming to look for him here were slim. Especially after the way he’d left Eiseylth.

    Not many people had cared about a wayward son of a fallen Great House, so the moment he’d Awakened and gained access to the Vault, Rowan had used the tokens inside to teleport away. Leaving a burned-down mansion in his wake.

    He doubted anyone had looked too far into it.

    Rowan might have been the last scion of a once prosperous bloodline, but he’d also been dull. Cut off from the System and all the boons that came with it. To the rest of the world, House Athlain had died on the day the demon was summoned.

    His gaze wandered over to the towering walls that surrounded the city. The same walls that every settlement needed to have if it wanted even the slightest chance of lasting more than a year. The Wilds were an unforgiving place, and as of late, people were asking themselves if they should have built them higher.

    Snippets of conversations came to him as he made his way towards the Guild Hall. There were talks of farms being raided during the night, of monsters that had no business being this far south appearing more and more often.

    There were other conversations too, but those he tried his hardest to ignore.

    “...telling you, ever since House Athlain fell, the world’s gone to shit,” a wiry shopkeeper lamented.

    “Ain’t that the truth,” a woman nodded. “The other Houses are so focused on carving up their lands that they’re leaving the Walls unmanned. Who knows what kind of horrors managed to pass through while they play their little games.”

    “I heard there were harpy sightings in Tumbleton,” another man added. “Can you believe that? Harpies? In the Vale?” he shook his head. “We’re in for a tough year, that’s for damn sure.”

    The shopkeeper sighed, handing a meat skewer to the woman. “As always, shit flows downwards. Not much we can do but endure and wait for it to pass.”

    Rowan kept walking, his fists clenched.

    They don’t know how right they are, he thought to himself. It’s a full migration. Something gets past the Walls, establishes its territory, and forces the other monsters to move. And down the chain it goes, from the Walls to the Vale.

    He gritted his teeth. Riches and power, that’s all the other Houses see.

    His family had been a bulwark against the Far Wilds of the North for generations. Safeguarding the kingdom from threats uncountable. It had made them rich, and powerful, yet it was in the service of something greater.

    Rowan had been taught that the privileges afforded to them came with a cost. They came with a duty. An obligation. It was the burden of the powerful to lead their charges into a brighter future. To give them a chance to step into that role themselves.

    He knew it was already too late to stop the surge. It was more than a year in the making, and with the turmoil the fall of his House caused, it might take decades for balance to return.

    Rowan passed through the now familiar streets, moving past blacksmiths and tailors, shops and taverns. But it wasn’t until he got closer to the Guild Hall that he began seeing adventurers.

    Distinguishing them from regular citizens wasn’t all that hard. They openly wore their weapons, their armor gleaming in the sunlight. Some of them caught his eye, nodding in greeting. He returned the nods and continued on his way.

    It wasn’t long before he reached his destination.

    The Adventurer’s Guild Hall was more a compound than a singular building. It occupied the whole street, the marble facade polished, though the interior was anything but. The massive wooden doors stood perpetually over. Night or day, it didn’t matter. There was always something happening here.

    The only time it seemed to quiet down was in the early hours of the morning, when most of the people who spent their night here slept off their drunken stupors.

    Just as Rowan stepped inside, a mug sailed across the room, crashing into the wall behind him. He ducked away from the splash, his gaze moving to the commotion.

    “I saw it first,” a tall, wide-shouldered man said, glaring down at a lanky-looking youth tucking a piece of paper into his pocket.

    “Then you must have seen me taking it too,” the youth shrugged, not seeming all that bothered by the other adventurer’s threatening posture.

    The man growled, and just as he pulled his arm back to throw a punch, the barkeep interjected. “You know the rules,” he grumbled, absentmindedly polishing a glass, his deep, raspy voice stopping the adventurer cold. “If you want to fight, do it in the pits.”

    Rowan snorted a laugh, Emanuel’s job seems exhausting.

    Though the grumpy old man was certainly more than capable of doing it. After all, being among the few dozen Silver-ranks in the city came with some perks. Respect being one of them.

    Level: 27

    Body: Silver IV [27 Levels]

    Core: N/A

    None of the other people in the Hall seemed to be paying all that much attention to the situation—the usual chaos of a midday at the Guild nothing new to them. 

    “Winner gets the quest,” the man said, his fists clenched at his sides.

    The boy snorted. “I already have it. Why would I risk it for no gain?” With a sly smile, he rubbed his fingers together. “Five gold.”

    The man’s eyes widened. “Are you out of your mind!? The quest’s only worth three!”

    “You scared Kiki?” the boy grinned, patting his pocket. “Think you’re gonna lose?”

    That seemed to set the man off, his eyes narrowing. “I’m going to enjoy making you squeal.”

    Nothing more needed to be said, and the two adventurers made their way towards the arena.

    Unfortunately for them, it was already occupied. Though it didn’t seem like it would stay that way for long.

    Inside the dueling pit, a short but sturdy woman was straddling a massive bear of a man, raining fists and elbows onto his face. Even over the cheering, Rowan thought he heard the sound of a nose breaking.

    With a haymaker, the man’s eyes rolled back, and an even louder cheer went out. Her fight won, the woman didn’t feel a need to continue pummeling her opponent. She stood up, swaying slightly on her feet with a bloody grin stretched across her face, raising her fist into the air.

    It didn’t take long for the unconscious man to be dragged outside while the woman jumped over the railing. Landing next to her team as they congratulated her, a mug quickly thrust into her hands. The earlier duo already jumping in to replace them.

    Being an adventurer required a certain type of personality. And with so many of them in the same place—not to mention the copious amount of booze flowing from the taps—it was practically a given that disagreements would arise.

    The problem with that was that these people fought for a living. They faced down monsters and danced with death every time they left for the Wilds. If they were allowed to fight amongst themselves without any rules, the city of Litwick would be without adventurers in less than a fortnight.

    That was where the pits came in.

    No weapons. No skills. Just pure martial might.

    It wasn’t the fairest way to settle disputes, but it was a good one, and that was all that mattered here.

    Rowan looked around, trying to see if he could spot anyone familiar.

    After a moment, his eyes landed on a familiar redhead and a burly swordsman talking next to the quest board. Both of them were armed, with the woman holding a fine looking spear by her side, and the man with a greatsword strapped across his back.

    Rowan had taken on a few missions with a couple of different teams. And out of all of them, the Crimson Grove was by far his favorite.

    They were capable and driven. Willing to take on the hard, dangerous tasks that were more trouble than they were worth. Their desire to grow stronger matching Rowan’s own.

    And it doesn't hurt that they don’t treat me like a walking meal ticket.

    Most teams were eager to have a mage join them when venturing into the Wilds. Even though Rowan hadn’t advanced his core to Orange yet, simply possessing an affinity made him as valuable as a Silver-ranked warrior—the tier at which they gained an Aura.

    That usually ended with him killing the monsters from range while others stood around and watched, happy to have someone else do all the work. From their perspective, it was free gold. But for Rowan, it was a waste of time.

    He could do the same thing on his own.

    Rowan walked up to the duo, glancing over their shoulders. “See anything good?”

    The girl yelped and spun around, glaring daggers at him. “I told you to stop doing that,” she said, crossing her arms.

    Rowan suppressed a laugh, knowing it would only set her off. “What? It’s not my fault you’re so jumpy.”

    Annie nudged him with the heel of her spear. “You’re a mage, not a rogue,” she muttered. “You have no business being sneaky. Make a bit of noise, would you? You’re lucky I didn’t skewer you.”

    Rowan raised an eyebrow. “You’d miss.”

    Annie narrowed her eyes. “Wanna bet?”

    “Alright, alright, enough of that now,” Nemir snorted, looking at Rowan with an amused smile. “It’s good to see you again, Jamis,” he said, extending a hand. “We were actually just talking about you.”

    Rowan returned the handshake, the swordsman's callused palm gripping his firmly. “Oh? What about?”

    Annie tore a flier from the board, handing it to him. “Goblins.”

    Goblins? He frowned, taking the flier and quickly scanning it.

    On their own, goblins weren’t much of a threat. They were small, vicious creatures, with not a lot of brains and even less brawn. In a small group, even a Bronze-ranked team should have been more than enough to deal with them. But the quest was ranked for Iron and above, and as he finished reading, Rowan realized why.

    “A pack, huh?” he muttered, his lips twisting into a half-smile. “Perfect.”

    His visit to the Plateau had left him feeling antsy, and taking out his frustrations on those green pests was exactly what he needed.

    “Alright. I’m in,” Rowan nodded, handing the flier back.

    “That was quick,” Annie smirked.

    He shrugged. “I could use the training.”

    “The reward isn’t bad either,” Annie nodded. “Twenty gold to take out some pests? Sign me up,” she glanced at him, arching an eyebrow. “You still fine with our usual split? I wouldn’t want some other team poaching you because you can’t feed yourself.”

    Rowan snorted. “First off, I’m not a ham. And secondly, yeah, I’m more than fine with it. We work well together, and trying to find another team I won’t have to babysit sounds exhausting.”

    Not like I need the gold anyway, he thought to himself, instinctively rolling the ring on his finger. But I’m definitely not going to tell her that. She’d never buy another round again.

    Nemir neatly folded the piece of paper, putting it into his pocket. “Fantastic,” he smiled. “I’ll go and get the quest assigned to us. Annie, could you inform Silvia and Omi? I think they’re out back in the training yard.”

    “Sure thing. Meet back here in half an hour?”

    Nemir glanced at Rowan. “Does that work for you?”

    His Core was still mostly empty from his fights in the Plateau, and for other mages, half an hour wasn’t nearly enough time to refill it.

    It took a whole day for his mana to replenish naturally, but that was if he did nothing to help it along. Meditation could cut that down to just around three hours, and Rowan had a way of pushing that down even further.

    “Yeah, I should be fine,” he answered. “I practiced some spells in the morning. I’ll go and meditate, get my mana back up.”

    Nemir nodded. “Alright. Take as long as you need. The quest isn’t going anywhere, and I’d rather have you at full strength than for us to get there quicker.”

    “Probably a good idea,” Annie said. “Meditation is supposed to be calming, right? And you look wound tighter than an alchemist's purse.”

    Rowan forced his muscles to relax, unclenching his fists, though the tension didn’t leave him entirely. Meditating wasn’t something he enjoyed, and calming was the last word he’d used to describe it. Being forced to sit in silence with his own thoughts rarely ended well for him.

    “I’m fine,” he waved her off. “Just excited.”

    Nemir clapped him on the back, a reassuring smile on his face. “Keep that fire stoked. We’re going to need it.”

    With that, the burly-looking swordsman walked away. Making his way towards the reception.

    Annie, on the other hand, didn’t move. Tapping her foot impatiently and watching him with an eager smirk.

    “I’m not a mind reader, Annie,” Rowan snorted. “Use your words.”

    She flashed him a grin. “Scan me.”

    Rowan complied, his eyes widening in surprise.

    Level: 11

    Body: Iron III [11 levels]

    Core: N/A

    “Would you look at that,” he whistled. “Organ Fortification done, huh? Well, congratulations,” Rowan returned her grin. “At least now you won’t crumple like a wet piece of paper when someone punches you in the liver.”

    “That happened once!” she shot back, but even Rowan’s teasing wasn’t able to hamper her good mood.

    “But yeah, Iron III,” she shook her head, letting out a long, drawn-out breath. “Finally.”

    “Just Blood Purification and Nerve Reinforcement to go,” Rowan nodded, a genuine smile on his face. “You’ll be Silver in no time.”

    “Here’s to hoping,” Annie chuckled. “What about you?” she asked, glancing at him knowingly. “Hitting Bronze II isn’t all that hard. I’d even be willing to help you out.”

    “Would you now?” Rowan crossed his arms. “And that wouldn’t have anything to do with you wanting to spend a few days hitting me with a stick?”

    “No way!” she exclaimed, a mischievous twinkle in her eyes. “My reasons are purely selfless. I’m honestly offended you’d even think that.”

    Rowan snorted. “Yeah, yeah, whatever you say.”

    She might be right though, he thought. Skin Toughening isn’t all that hard to do. And gaining a skill would definitely be useful.

    But like everything in his life, time was the limiting factor.

    His list of tasks was ever growing, and the hours in a day unfortunately stayed the same. Mastering spells and advancing his Core took up a bulk of his time, leaving little room for anything else. The idea of working on his body was definitely tempting—another layer of strength to add—but finding the time seemed impossible.

    After I advanced, he decided. I have healing potions in the Vault to help me along. It shouldn’t take me more than a week.

    It wouldn’t be fun, but Body refinement rarely was.

    “I might take you up on that offer,” he said. “But after I push my Core to Orange. That’s the priority right now.”

    “You mages have it so easy,” she grumbled. “All you have to do is think real hard and poof, you’re stronger.”

    Rowan rolled his eyes. “I’m not going to dignify that comment with a response.”

    She chuckled, but a moment later, Annie’s expression grew serious. “You know, these goblin packs have been appearing more and more often,” she ran a hand through her blood-red hair. “There’s been talk of a tribe.”

    Rowan’s eyes widened. A goblin tribe was a serious threat, and for a city as small and isolated as Litwick, it might prove too much for them to handle on their own.

    “A tribe? Do you know which one?” Rowan asked. “If they’re this far south, they’re bound to have passed by a settlement or two.”

    “No. It’s just rumors for now. But with the way things are looking?” She shook her head. “I’m not going to be holding my breath. Qui–I mean, the Guildmistress—” she quickly corrected herself, narrowing her eyes and daring him to say anything. “—has scouts looking into it. If I find out anything else, I’ll let you know.”

    Rowan chuckled. “We all know she’s your aunt, Annie. It's not a secret.”

    “Yeah, but that doesn't mean I want everyone else to know,” she muttered, glancing around to make sure no one overheard them. “Anyways, I’m going to find those two. You go and meditate. We’ll meet back here when you’re done.”

    And with that, she turned around and walked away, leaving Rowan on his own.

    He stood there a moment, thinking over what she said.

    Goblin tribes were Gold-ranked threats, and it wasn’t just their numbers that made them dangerous. They were led by a Warchief and a Warlock, monsters that only two people in Litwick had any chance of dealing with. Quinea, the Guildmistress and the only Gold-ranked adventurer in the city, and Tremil, the mage advisor and only Yellow-core mage.

    And it didn’t end there. Tribes weren’t just filled with mindless goblins, but hobgoblins and shamans—monsters you needed Silver-ranks to deal with.

    Rowan sighed. I guess it’s starting.

    It was hard not to feel nervous about being in the middle of a monster surge, but that was overshadowed by a burgeoning excitement.

    He needed to grow stronger. After all, that was the reason he’d come to Litwick in the first place. To grow in power, to learn his magic, and to become something more than what he was.

    And fighting against shamans was the perfect way to do that.

    They might have been monsters, but more than that, they were casters.

    A whetstone to sharpen myself against. That’s what I need.

    With renewed determination, Rowan moved to a quieter corner of the Guild Hall, the clattering of mugs and impacts of fists fading behind him. He sat down on an empty table, running his fingers over the rough grain.

    Looking around, he made sure that nobody was watching and moved a hand into his coat, summoning a vial filled with clear blue liquid.

    Name: Mana Potion

    Grade: Basic

    On its own, the potion wouldn’t do much. It was actually less effective than meditating, but Rowan had something others didn’t. 

    His trait.

    Mana potions didn’t actually refill a mage's reserves—at least not until they were a much higher rank. But what they did do was agitate the Core, forcing it to refill itself faster.

    It wasn’t a pleasant experience, and meditating on top of that was something no sane mage would ever do. It could lead to straining your soul, and in the worst cases, actually cracking your Core.

    But Rowan didn’t have that problem.

    He uncorked the vial with a satisfying pop and gulped it down in one quick swig, feeling the bitter liquid burn slightly as it settled in his stomach.

    It was this next part that always proved problematic for him, but he closed his eyes and forced his mind to settle.

    His thoughts were a jumbled mess of excitement, frustration, and sorrow. The same as always. And as the world around him slowly slipped away, the lack of anything to focus on heightened them—made them jump to the forefront.

    His memories started burrowing out of the holes he’d stuck them in, and all Rowan could do was endure.

    Gritting his teeth, he focused on his Core, feeling the potion start to work its magic.

    It thrummed with energy, the dual stimulation of the potion and his meditation working wonders. It started filling with mana at a noticeable rate, but Rowan was too distracted to notice.

    He settled in, knowing the next half hour wouldn’t be pleasant.

    Memories rose—unbidden. The faint crackle of fire, the acrid scent of wrongness in the air, the light of Dawn and the serenity of Dusk illuminating an orange sky.

    Rowan winced, forcing the memories back. But as always, the weight of them lingered, pressing down on him like a lead cloak.

    By the time his Core was once again full, he was more than ready to leave.

    A dull ache spread across his shoulders as he opened his eyes, his muscles coiled and ready to snap. It took him nearly a minute to get his breathing under control, sweat dripping down his back, feeling like he’d spent the last half hour sprinting.

    Looking around, he spotted Nemir returning from the reception. Annie had managed to wrangle Omi and Silvia, the three of them already geared up and waiting by a nearby table.

    Standing up, Rowan stretched, trying to work out the tension. It didn’t help all that much, but thankfully for him, he knew exactly what would.

    Time to go hunt some goblins.

    And with that exciting thought, he started making his way towards the group.

    Royalroad | Patreon

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    16:10 UTC

    53

    DIE. RESPAWN. REPEAT. (Book 3, Ch 58)

    Book 1 on Amazon! | Book 2 on HFY | Book 3 on HFY

    Prev | Next

    It's not exactly easy to fight while layering threads of Firmament into my core, but it's not impossible, either. I rely on Guard and Ahkelios for the bulk of it, thankful that the dungeon's challenges are—at least for the time being—restricted to something that isn't particularly dangerous.

    Ahkelios's hand tightens on my shoulder. I feel the telltale flare of Firmament as he activates Distorted Crux, wrapping us both in its power. There's a distortion in the air as more of the dungeon's claw-hands approach and struggle against the skill, slowing from their blistering speed into something more manageable.

    My movements are awkward, but I force myself to stagger to the side, taking Ahkelios with me. Before they can course-correct, I grab one of them by the wrist and step forward, yanking it hard to the left and shoving forward with my right arm.

    There's an audible crack and then a snap as I rip solid Firmament apart. Ahkelios visibly winces at the sight. "Sometimes you scare me," he mutters, though his hand doesn't leave my shoulder.

    "Ahkelios, your primary means of attack..." I groan a bit as the pain within my soul briefly intensifies; my vision goes white, and Ahkelios yanks me out of the way of an attack that would've skewered me through the eye. "...for most of the loops..."

    "Ethan, stop trying to be snarky while doing surgery on yourself!" Ahkelios snaps, exasperated. I respond by pulling him down just before another set of hands manages to grab him.

    "...has been drilling yourself through the brains of our enemies like a living bullet," I finish. I manage to seal another of the cracks within that first layer as I say this, too, though my voice trembles with the effort.

    Ahkelios groans. "Yeah, fair point," he concedes. I can't tell if he's just doing it so I don't press the point, but he gives me an admonishing glare before I can respond. "Now focus," he says. It's his turn again to haul me out of the way of one set of hands before they can tear through my stomach.

    This time, I return the favor by spinning him around behind me just before another would have cut through his skull. The blow glances off my forearms instead, cutting through my skin but leaving my bones entirely intact.

    Gah. It's a nasty wound, but the pain is nothing compared to the soul-deep one still tearing through my core. It takes effort to balance the fight with the reinforcement—I have to layer each thread of Firmament between every exchange while keeping in place everything I've managed so far.

    I'm making progress, I can tell, but that progress is slow.

    And so is our progress through the dungeon. He-Who-Guards leads the way, but the walls around us have grown into something of a maze; the signal he's following is apparently distorted through the walls, and every time he arrives at a fork or an intersection he has to pause to identify which way to go.

    Unfortunately, every fork and intersection is also where the dungeon usually decides to send more of its hands after us. Kind of a miracle it hasn't tried a different strategy yet, but right now I'll take what miracles I can get.

    If I had to guess, the only reason this isn't more difficult is because the dungeon itself still isn't fully developed. It's having to grow around the Intermediary, and the Intermediary is... fighting back, in a way. Trying to rebuild itself at the same time the dungeon is trying to grow.

    I force another thread of Firmament into the first layer of my core and grit my teeth against the pain that follows. The sooner I get this done, the faster we should be able to move through the dungeon.

    Every move I make is agonizing.

    I forge on.

    The banter with Ahkelios is a part of it, really. I wield my emotions like a shield against the pain. The anger helps, but where anger fails, there's the joy in the friends I've found. Where joy fails, there's the fear that what I am might not be enough. I'm not afraid to admit to that fear—I have to acknowledge it to be able to set it aside.

    With every layer of Firmament I thread into my core, I make myself remember. Joy, anger, fear, regret, hope... the loops have carried me through a lot, but even with time itself as an ally, there's too much at stake for me to lose.

    "Guard," I say. "You still have the signal?"

    "We are close," Guard agrees. He's getting better at navigating the maze with every moment that passes—we stop for less time and move even faster at every intersection.

    "You know the way back, right?" Ahkelios asks nervously. His hand grips at my shoulder a little tighter. "Because I'm kind of lost, and Ethan definitely has no idea."

    I manage a scowl. "You don't know that."

    "Focus on your thing," Ahkelios says, turning to glare at me. I just smirk at him, though I think my eyes are still hazy with pain—rather than get more annoyed, Ahkelios's expression actually softens a little, and I feel him adjust so I can lean my weight on him a little more.

    It's nice of him. The pain is admittedly still overwhelming, and the closer I get to finishing with the first layer, the worse that pain gets. It's hard to keep track of how far along I am.

    "You are almost done reinforcing the first layer," the Knight interjects helpfully. It sounds impressed, if I'm reading it correctly. "In truth, you could move on to the second—"

    "No," I respond mentally, shaking my head. "I need every advantage I can get."

    The Knight doesn't exactly say anything in return, but I can feel approval radiating through our bond.

    I'm not sure how much longer we do this—time's a hard thing to track when inside a dungeon, and doubly so when half my mind is occupied with the equivalent of a soul trance. All I know is that there's a moment where my entire core shivers, followed by a sensation best described by the ringing of a bell coupled with being doused with ice-cold water.

    That's the first layer.

    Something in my heart unclenches a little, though I'm still shaking from the effort of it all. The risk is far from over, and basic testing tells me I'm not quite able to use my skills yet, but getting this far tells me that this is possible. In spite of our circumstances, in spite of everything that's happening, I'm halfway there.

    All I need to do is endure this one more time, fix up the second layer—

    —it takes me a second to realize that the shaking I'm feeling isn't coming from me. I glance up in alarm. Ahkelios and Guard have both stopped in their tracks. There's nothing physically there, as far as I can tell, and yet...

    The maze around us is trembling, the walls groaning in protest. Something flares bright and sharp in my Firmament sense, a foreign intrusion that feels like it doesn't belong. It takes me a moment to parse it.

    A threat, but not entirely of the dungeon. Like something's taken control of part of the dungeon and turned it into something... else. Something broken and wrong. I can feel the dungeon try to fight back, but it's no use—the spread is sharp and rapid, if thankfully limited. Whatever this is isn't strong enough to burn further into the dungeon just yet.

    It's a small comfort.

    The Interface flickers in front of me.

    [This may be the last time you hear from me. Know that I wish you the best, despite our differences. Good luck, O Heir Mine.]

    [New protocols downloaded.]

    [Warning! Unknown threat detected! Modified ANCHORED HERITAGE protocols initiating...]

    [Threat identified. Proceed with caution.]

    There's a creature rising up from the floor of the dungeon. It's tearing up the walls to do it—dragging dungeon material into itself, growing larger with every moment that passes.

    More than that, though? It's swallowing every drop of Firmament it can from the dungeon. Some of it is just the raw Firmament from the Intermediary, but a lot of it is from the dungeon itself—the building blocks of Gheraa's soul burned into reality and now being... what, repurposed?

    It's changing it, somehow. Altering that Firmament in some way that's deeper and more fundamental than what I do when I convert Firmament for my own use. It takes me a second to understand, but the moment I do, something in me grows cold.

    Whatever this is, it's taking Gheraa's Firmament and corrupting it with some kind of viral Concept. I can feel his Firmament being forcibly twisted into something it was never meant to be, and worse, it's being done in a way that might prevent me from untwisting it.

    This thing... there's a chance this thing was designed specifically to stop me from bringing Gheraa back.

    Why here? Why now?

    The new protocol in the Interface seems to be a sort of identification function, but if I had to guess, its real purpose is to serve as a warning. The Trials themselves have always stuck to some twisted notion of fairness, but something's been pushing at those boundaries. Making things more dangerous than the Trials would normally allow. There was everything that happened in the Empty City during the last Ritual stage, and now...

    Well, now there's this. I stare up at the Interface label now hovering above the still-forming creature, giving it a name and a rank.

    [Hand of an Empty Throne (Corrupted) (Rank SSS)]

    "Uh," Ahkelios says. "You're seeing that too, right?"

    "Do we fight?" Guard's voice is steady. He doesn't take his optic off the threat. I don't respond for a moment, my mind racing as I try to figure out our options.

    If this thing wants to kill us, turning our backs on it is going to be deadly. I have no idea how this half-formed dungeon would interact with the loops. It's ripping Firmament away from the dungeon at an alarming rate.

    Running isn't an option.

    "We fight," I agree. "Don't give it time to finish forming. Guard, start chaining it down. 'Kelios? Throw me."

    "Wha—"

    "Throw me," I say. I don't have the spare brainpower to spend on maneuvering or any available skills, but...

    At the end of the day, my Interface skills don't define my ability to fight. They help, certainly, but I've been a fighter since before the Interface gave me anything. Things are different when it comes to the Trials, of course, but then I have a new advantage, don't I?

    My body has changed. The Physical and Astral Pools have altered my ability to fight on a fundamental level—given me raw abilities that no third-layer practitioner should have. And that's not even accounting for the change to my bones that Kauku basically forced on me.

    Honestly, I'm not sure how human my body is anymore.

    But I know how human my spirit is.

    Ahkelios launches me toward the Hand like a spear. I keep one part of my brain focused on threading Firmament into the cracks of my second layer. The other greedily absorbs all the information it can about the fight, even as Guard begins to chain the Hand down and Ahkelios covers one of his arms in my Amplified Gauntlet.

    It hasn't finished forming. The layers of Firmament on it are thick, but they're solid. All that distortion on it makes it easier to grab, easier to pull, easier to separate false skin from mimicked bone.

    So that's what I do.

    The moment I make contact, I begin to tear through.

    Prev | Next

    Author's Note: Ethan absolutely cannot help himself when it comes to snark.

    Also, actual author's notes this time!

    I've made some minor changes to Chapter 50: Elsewhere, Elsewhen and a corresponding change in Chapter 53: Parallels. The Heart now passes on a bit more of a message to Gheraa. If you don't want to reread it (and the changes are really just at the end of 51; 53 is an edit for consistency), she basically tells him to tell Ethan to head to the Quiet Grove when they meet. I'm more or less finished with Book 3 and going through edits; I'm not going to list every change, but this one's important for the ending. 

    As always, thanks for reading! Patreon is currently up to Book 3, Epilogue 3/5 if you'd like to read ahead! That's about Chapter 71 of this book, or Chapter 212 of the series overall. You can also read a chapter ahead for free here.

    There will be at least four books of DRR (although that might have already been obvious, haha).

    4 Comments
    2025/02/03
    16:03 UTC

    3

    The Greatest Trick Ever Sold Chapter 15: Magic on Earth

    CHAPTER FIFTEEN

    Magic on Earth

     

    Hajime’s eyes flew open.

    “I-I’m back,” he gasped.

    His head hurt as if ants were crawling around in his brain. It was a pain that vanished in the seconds it took him to sit up. Or so he thought. A second later, Hajime was climbing out of bed so he could puke his guts out on the nearby trash bin. It would be a while before he would rise from the floor.

    “But…was it real?”

    In the cold light of day, Hajime couldn’t help but doubt it just a little. The fact that his spirit had been summoned to another world while his body slept.

    “It couldn’t have been a dream…”

    From the sound of his captors’ voices, the taste of elderberry tea on his tongue, or the stench of a beast’s carcass on his nose—such details from his dream were too vivid for his imagination to have conjured them up on its own.

    “Arienai…my imagination’s good, but it’s not that good…”

    Butterflies danced in Hajime’s stomach.

    “It wasn’t a dream… It happened…”  

    Elation blossomed in his chest.

    “Meaning…”

    While wiping the spit from the corner of his mouth with his shirt, Hajime strode over to the glass door at the other end of his bedroom. He pushed it open and walked out onto his apartment’s balcony with its view of Central Park from across the street.

    Then, with the breeze on his face and joy in his heart, Hajime pumped his fists into the air.

    Yatta!”

    He basked in the glory of his revelation while the late afternoon sun shone down on him.

    “I’m a chosen one!”

    “Good for you!” yelled one of Hajime’s older neighbors who was out on the balcony to the left of his. “Now, shut up, asshole! I’m trying to read here!”

    With cheeks turning the color of apples, Hajime bowed hurriedly.

    Sumimasen, Kent-san.”  

    Hajime dove for the safety of his apartment. He shut the door and then leaned against its glass. Then he laughed. He laughed until his sides hurt, and then he laughed some more. When he was done with his fit of hysterics, resolve flashed on Hajime’s face.

    “I’ll resign today.”

    An hour later, the chiming of the elevator doors woke Hajime from his musing.

    He’d been thinking about the contract he’d signed with the Aarders—the name he’d given the otherworlders—and was wondering how they could improve on it so that the experience for other Earthers wouldn’t feel as strange as what he’d gone through. The thought of the small meat doll that had morphed into a toy doll version of him after he’d given it a drop of his blood still caused shivers to climb up Hajime’s spine hours after Rowan had conjured it out of the remains of the carcass of the monster whose blood had given Hajime form.

    “Maybe we can make the summoning chamber look like airport immigration.” Hajime knew this was a silly idea while he said it. “Airport immigration is scary too…especially American airports.”

    The elevator doors opened to a pristine white space that was once the setting for Hajime’s worst nightmares. Today though, the sight of the studio’s lobby no longer filled him with paralyzing fear.

    “You’re late,” said a familiar voice that tickled Hajime’s ears to hear.

    A blonde woman with almond-shaped hazel eyes slid into view in front of the elevator. She had her arms crossed over her chest. Sliding over to stand beside Bridget while looking tired as ever was Hajime’s boss.

    A bittersweet smile flashed on Hajime’s face. “Bridget-san, Chris-senpai…”

    One of Bridget’s long eyebrows arched upward, and as realization dawned on her, she gave Hajime a smile that could light up a room.

    “Shit, you’re finally doing it,” she guessed.

    Hajime nodded.

    After he stepped out of the elevator, Hajime took out the crumpled white envelope from his jacket pocket and offered it to Chris with a bow.

    Chris let out a heavy sigh. “Darn it, not you too…”

    “Eh?” Hajime glanced up.

    To his surprise, both Chris and Bridget were grinning conspiratorially at him.

    “I guess great minds do think alike,” Bridget said, laughing afterward.

    From her jeans pocket, she produced a folded white envelope.

    “Ee~~eh!” Hajime stepped back. “You also, Bridget-san?”

    “Not just me.” Bridget cocked her head to the side. “Chris is gone too.”

    Again, Chris let out a heavy sigh. Then he too produced a white envelope from his jacket pocket.

    “The studio’s big three quitting on the same day…” Chris shook his head. Though his tired face cracked into a grin when he added, “I reckon we’ll all be unemployed together.”

    “No, we won’t…” It took him a few seconds, but Hajime’s brain eventually accepted this strange coincidence as good fortune, and he couldn’t help grinning now too. “We’re the chosen ones!”

    ***

    Neither Chris nor Bridget understood what Hajime meant, but they’d listened to his suggestion that the three of them gather at his apartment later for what Hajime called the most out-of-this-world business proposal either of them would ever hear.

    So, on a night that was like any other for most of New York City, three mortals would attempt something that hadn’t been attempted on Earth since the ancient days when the old gods walked the world. Interestingly, two of these three participants had no clue what they were about to do.

    “Y’all forget to pay your electricity bill?” Chris asked.

    The tall, fair-skinned, but gaunt-faced former executive producer of a triple-A gaming studio arrived at Hajime’s apartment with a bottle of expensive whiskey in hand.

    “No, I always pay on time,” Hajime said as he received the bottle from his former boss.

    Bewilderment flashed on Chris’ face. “So, what’s with all the candles…?”

    Hajime watched Chris’ confusion grow as his gaze swept the living room. To be fair, the sight of so many lit candles scattered on the floor was a strange thing to behold in these modern times.  

    “I asked him the same thing when I got here,” Bridget answered casually.

    She lounged on Hajime’s white couch while sipping on her glass of wine like a cat that had made itself at home.

    Seeing her looking so relaxed caused Hajime to blush, though it didn’t look like either Bridget or Chris noticed. They seemed too preoccupied by Hajime’s choice of mood lighting.

    “What’d he say?” Chris asked.

    “He said—”

    “—I said it was a surprise!” Hajime cut in, adding, “Chotto matte, my presentation’s almost ready.”

    One of Chris’ bushy eyebrows hitched up. “Presentation?”

    “I’m guessing all this”—Bridget waved at the candles—“is meant to set the mood for Hajime’s big reveal.”

    “You were serious about pitching us?” Chris asked.

    “Hai,” Hajime answered distractedly.

    He was busy pouring wine into an empty glass.

    Chris’ face fell a little. It did seem like he wasn’t interested in talking about new work. Of course, Hajime understood. Any other time, he would’ve joined Chris in drowning their sorrows and frustrations in alcohol while cursing the greedy bastards who’d turned their beloved gaming studio into the sellout it became. However, this night was meant for stranger things, and the Aarders were waiting for new sacrifices…

    Hajime shook his head.

    Not sacrifices, he thought.

    Those were Rowan’s words. Bram’s name for them sounded more pleasant.  

    Collaborators.

    Hajime offered Chris a glass of wine.

    The gaunt-faced man shook his head. “I’m gonna need something harder.”

    “Iie,” Hajime insisted, pushing the wine glass into Chris’ hands, “we’ll drink whiskey later. Trust me. We’ll need something strong for after.”

    One of Chris’ bushy eyebrows hitched up. “After?”

    “Just roll with it, Chris,” Bridget said, taking another sip of her wine.

    “Ah, fuck it. Why the hell not.” Chris placed the glass to his lips so that it brushed against his mustache. He didn’t drink it right away though, instead asking, “Y’all didn’t put anything in this drink, did you?”

    Since he meant it in jest, Chris didn’t notice Hajime’s smile falter. No, Hajime didn’t put anything in Chris’ drink, but that didn’t mean things weren’t about to get weird.

    “I-Iie, Chris-senpai,” Hajime chuckled nervously. “It’s not like I’m planning to murder you or anything…”

    A second of nervous silence filled the living room—and then all three of them laughed. After all, it was inconceivable that loyal, straight-laced, hardworking Hajime could ever do anything weird to his two friends.

    Chris downed half his glass of wine in one gulp. Then, with a mustachioed grin at Hajime, he said, “Well, it’s your show, Romeo.”

    “One more minute,” Hajime promised. Then added, “More wine?”

    Chris shrugged. “Sure.”

    After Hajime refilled his glass, Chris tiptoed past lit candles that leaked beads of wax onto the hardwood floor and made his way over to the couch. Once there, he gently pushed Bridget’s feet out of the way so that he could sit next to her.

    That’s when he leaned toward her and asked, “He’s not gonna kill us, is he?”

    “I don’t think so, but who knows,” Bridget replied, adding, “We’re all a little crazy from working at Biosoft for so long.”

    Chris clinked his glass against Bridget’s glass. “Touche.”

    “I can hear you,” Hajime cut in.

    He lit one last candle. It was thick, black, and sweating beads of wax just like its brethren lined up around it.

    “Yoshi.”

    Finished with his prep, Hajime stood up to admire his work.

    The candles on the floor formed an intricate pattern; a spiral that looped inward. This seemed like nothing special to Bridget’s and Chris’ eyes, but Hajime had actually recreated the round depression at the heart of the summoning chamber inside the cursed cave…with one alteration. There was no round crevice in the center of his living room. In its place was a wooden board that boasted a symbol Hajime had once seen floating in the air between him, Rowan, and Bram.

    “What’s the triskelion for?” Chris asked.

    Hajime had indeed carved a triskelion onto a thick wooden board he’d placed in the very middle of the spiral of candles.

    “It’s meant to establish a connection,” he replied distractedly.

    From how Rowan had explained it to him the night before, the triskelion board was the ‘focus’ meant to establish a connection between the two worlds. If he’d made it in the right proportions she’d detailed, then it would act like a comms buoy that should help Rowan’s sorcery find the object he planned to send over to Aarde.

    It was the first of several experiments the trio had planned to discover if trade was possible between the two worlds. For, as Hajime had explained it to the Aarders, “Turning success on Aarde into tangible rewards on Earth is the best way to hook people who don’t normally play video games but have the skills we’ll need to help grow your kingdom.”

    “‘Tis worth testing,” Rowan had agreed.

    Hajime couldn’t admit any of this to his friends though. At least not yet.

    “A connection with what…?” Bridget asked.

    Hajime glanced up.

    Both his friends were looking back at him with worried faces.  

    “Hajime,” Bridget’s brow creased, “what’s going on?”

    “Something I can’t explain with words… I need to show it to you,” he admitted.

    Hajime observed his two friends glancing at each other and wondered what he would do if they decided to leave.

    Chris was looking gaunt from stress with work, but he was still a big guy with shoulders nearly as wide as the Aarder prince. He had short-cropped sandy hair and a horseshoe mustache to go with the deep blue eyes of the Texan he was. Sure, Hajime may have a samurai’s spirit, but he was no match against a real-life cowboy in fisticuffs. Not that it would get to that point.

    As for Bridget, Hajime had been crushing on the attractive blonde writer since their first week working together more than half a decade ago. There was no way he could hurt her.  

    “Please, just trust me,” Hajime said as earnestly as he could. “I promise this will be worth it.”

    Bridget and Chris glanced skeptically at each other, but eventually, they leaned back against the couch.

    “Alright, Bud.” Chris sipped on his wine. “Let’s hear the pitch.”

    “But nothing too weird okay?” Bridget insisted.

    Hajime smiled but said nothing. There was no way he could promise that. Instead, he walked over to the kitchen to pluck two things lying on the tabletop counter; a can of soda and a bowl filled with red liquid. He then brought these items back to the circle of lit candles and placed the soda can on top of the triskelion he’d carved on his wooden board. 

    Again, Chris and Bridget exchanged a look while Hajime looked at the smartwatch around his wrist.

    “One minute to Eight PM,” he reported. “It’s almost time.”

    Hajime poured the bowl’s contents into the grooves of the triskelion. Immediately, an iron scent filled the air.

    “Holy shit,” Bridget breathed, “is that…blood?”

    “I-It’s just pig’s blood,” Hajime promised.

    “How’s that any better?” Chris replied.

    The Texan stood up, his hackles clearly rising. However, before he could freak out about Hajime’s morbid show, something happened to keep harsh words from spilling out of his mouth.  

    ‘Ping!’

    The alert of Hajime’s smartwatch signaled the beginning of something otherworldly.

    There were no glowing lines of blood or telltale sparks of sorcery to signal that the ritual was a success, and yet all three Earthers had their mouths agape. 

    “Sweet Christmas,” Chris whistled.

    The can of soda on Hajime’s board was moving on its own as if something were rattling inside of it.

    “See, I had to show you,” Hajime whispered, his anxiety over his friends’ skepticism diminishing slightly.   

    The can of soda rattled, paused, and then rattled some more as if it were a tin dancer playing to a beat only it could hear. Then, after a long dance sequence, it vanished—plucked out of Hajime’s apartment by an invisible hand.

    ‘Ba-dump.’

    An eerie silence permeated the air.

    ‘Ba-dump.’

    One by one, the candles winked out as if an ill wind was blowing across the living room. Soon, there were no lights left to keep the darkness at bay.

    ‘Ba-dump.’

    “Yatta!” Despite the unnerving darkness, Hajime pumped his fists into the air. “We did it!”

    “We?” Bridget repeated, to which Chris added, “What’d ‘we’ do exactly?”

    “And turn on the goddamn light already,” Bridget complained.

    “Ah, hai,” Hajime said, quickly rising to his feet.

    He knew better than to let Bridget’s Irish temper flare up—he’d seen firsthand how badly her team members cried whenever she blasted them for missing deadlines—but he would quickly discover that he couldn’t do anything about her request. The lights wouldn’t turn on. Indeed, it seemed like every piece of technology in Hajime’s living room stopped working.

    “Darn it, my phone’s dead too,” Chris reported.  

    Someone fumbled in the darkness. A second later, the thick blackout curtains covering the living room window were pulled aside. Moonlight filtered into Hajime’s apartment. Only, the moon seemed too bright for this part of the city, which was always lit with bright lights.

    “Holy fuck, Hajime,” Bridget breathed.

    She’d been the one to open the curtains, so she had the best view of the outside, including Central Park, which, like the entirety of the street below, was covered in darkness.

    “Did you do this?” she asked.

    “Um, I didn’t know this would happen,” Hajime replied lamely.

    It was another New York City blackout, though not like the ones they were used to. There wasn’t a single honk of a car to be heard, though there were a lot of raised voices from below. It wasn’t just a few city blocks that had lost power either. From the view of their window, it seemed like all of Manhattan was silent.

    “But what did you do?” Bridget pressed.

    Hajime was so distracted by the view that he answered without thinking. “I sent soda to another world…”

    Both Bridget’s and Chris’ gaze snapped sideways.

    “What?!” Bridget asked incredulously—to which Chris added, “This is what you meant about us needing my whiskey later?”

    Hajime nodded.

    So, Chris obliged. With the help of the moonlight, he poured all three of them a drink, and only after they’d all downed their glasses did he say, “Alright, Bud, from the beginning…and don’t y’all leave any details out either.”

    “Um, so…” Sighing heavily, as if to expel doubt from his body, Hajime asked, “Do either of you know what ‘isekai’ means…?”

     

    [Read Previous] [Next Chapter] [Royal Road] [Patreon]

    3 Comments
    2025/02/03
    15:46 UTC

    1

    The Last Heir - Chapter 1

    Rowan ran for his life, dust kicking up behind his boots as he sprinted across the barren landscape of the Scorched Plateau. His lungs burned with every breath, the ash in the air stinging his eyes and clinging to him like a second skin. Columns of steam erupted from the fissures below, molten rock simmering just beneath the surface.

    Why do I keep doing this to myself?

    He cursed, leaping over a chasm just as fire roared beneath him. He hit the brittle ground hard, with cracks spider-webbing beneath his weight.

    All he’d wanted was to practice his magic in peace, but his teleportation token just had to get creative with it. 

    Rowan glanced back, his heart pounding rapidly in his chest. The Ember Crawler whose lair he’d invaded was closing in, fury glowing in its beady, reptilian eyes. Its clawed limbs tore at the ground as it barreled toward him, spit flying from its snarling maw.

    He quickly scanned it.

     

    Level: 11

    Body: Iron III [11 Levels]

    Core: N/A

     

    It has five levels on me, he winced. That’s… not great.

    Rowan could feel his mana reserves running low. He’d spent most of them trying to reach a flame vent, and failing to accomplish that goal had left him almost utterly spent.

    His legs ached with exhaustion, but he wasn’t worried yet. His stats were more than enough to carry him through this mess.

    I just need to outpace it long enough for the token to finish charging.

    Name: Rowan Undomniel Aria

    Title: [Duke of Eiseylth]

    Trait: [Immortal Soul]

      

    Core: Red [74%] [5 Levels]

    Body: Bronze I [1 Level]

    Level: 6

     

    Strength: 14

    Dexterity: 25

    Vitality: 20

     

    Intelligence: 30

    Willpower: 22

    Focus: 17

    Thank the Gods for good genetics. 

    Rowan gathered his dwindling mana, throwing his hand back and casting a [Firebolt]. He completed the magic circuit instinctively, weaving the pattern through his body just as he’d done a thousand times before. His Intent came next, giving the spell the power it needed to manifest fully.

    Piercing Flame.

    A radiant red orb appeared in his palm, its heat licking at his skin. Despite the danger, he couldn’t help but smile. Even now, months after his Awakening, the thrill of magic never ceased to amaze him.

    This is never going to get old, he thought, a grin tugging at his lips.

    The [Firebolt] shot through the air, but the Ember Crawler moved away with alarming speed. It exploded against the ground, showering the monster in a rain of dust and rock. The impact didn’t harm the creature—its hard carapace easily dealing with the lackluster attack— but it sure did piss it off.

    The Crawler bellowed, its muscled neck contracting as it spit out an oily glob from its gullet. The projectile hurtled towards Rowan, igniting mid-air. It might not have had a Core, but that didn’t mean it couldn’t fight from range.

    He threw himself out of the way, barely managing to dodge in time.

    Rowan could feel the heat of the Crawler’s spit as it splattered near him. Small droplets sizzled against his enchanted coat, failing to find purchase.

    His legs shook beneath him as he forced himself to stand up, every breath labored, the weight of exhaustion creeping into his limbs. His teleportation token glowed faintly, far from fully charged.

    He glared at the folded piece of parchment stuck into his belt, willing it to go faster.

    Another glob sailed over his shoulder, and Rowan felt his frustration rising.

    At the monster chasing him, at being chased, and most of all, at himself for running.

    That frustration quickly turned to anger.

    He slid to a stop, feet digging into the ground as he turned to face the creature. The Crawler howled, barreling towards him, its enormous weight tearing up at the earth.

    Enough running, he decided.

    His title might not have been earned, but it was still his.

    By blood and duty, it was his.

    What kind of Duke runs from an overgrown lizard?

    He took a deep breath, his mana already moving.

    Serpent of Fire, Rowan intoned, casting [Burning Whip].

    A tendril of flame erupted from his back, curling around his arm. Despite the exhaustion, Rowan found himself grinning, the familiar thrill of magic surging through him, urging him on. The whip hissed as it slashed through the air, snaking around the beast's front leg.

    Rowan kept moving, dodging the Crawler’s wild swings as it thrashed about, trying to dislodge the fiery appendage. Its massive frame stumbled as the whip seared through its thick carapace, hissing in pain.

    Almost there, he gritted his teeth, forcing his mana to keep flowing.

    Suddenly, the monster's leg gave out beneath it, and it collapsed with a pained roar.

    Rowan released his spell.

    The [Burning Whip] dissipated as he let go of his Intent. But he wasn’t done yet.

    The Crawler reared back, a frantic look in its eyes. It was easy to forget that these monsters weren’t mindless beasts, but creatures who had access to the System, same as him.

    Yet Rowan didn’t feel remorse. If it could, this beast would have killed him. The least he could do was return the sentiment.

    The ground trembled as it tried to limp away, its heavy limbs pounding the earth, each blow sending a tremor through his feet.

    Even on three legs, the Crawler lived up to its name. Moving away from him in a desperate bid for survival. Blood dripped down from its mangled limb into the dry earth, feeding it.

    Rowan’s gaze sharpened, his thoughts going cloudy. The thrill was coursing through his veins, and he made no effort in suppressing it.

    He pulled at the last vestiges of his mana.

    The orb of flame appearing in his hand flickered precariously, trying to draw on energy that wasn’t there, threatening to dissipate. Rowan clamped down on it with his will, barely managing to hold it together.

    It wasn’t the best spell he’d ever cast, but it would do.

    With a flick of his wrist, he sent the spell flying—and this time, the Crawler was too slow to dodge.

    It whistled as it flew through the air. His bolt striking true and piercing through the monster's carapace with an explosion of blood and shattered bone.

    An agonized shriek echoed across the barren plateau, the Crawler's leg now barely connected to the rest of its body by a thin strand of muscle and sinew.

    It was on death's door, yet it didn’t stop moving.

    Growling in frustration, Rowan didn’t think as he reached into the ring on his right hand. His family may have been dead, his home lost, but the wealth of a Great House ran deep.

     

    Name: Ironwood Spear

    Grade: Uncommon

     

    There were thousands just like it in the Vault. Losing a few wouldn’t hurt him.

    He gripped the plain, unadorned spear firmly in his hand.

    It wasn’t anything special. A spearhead made of finely worked steel and a shaft of quality wood. It was a weapon a novice adventurer would wield. But just because it wasn’t enchanted didn’t make it any less deadly.

    Rowan planted his feet, twisting his torso as he drew the spear back, the muscles in his back coiling in anticipation. His arm snapped forward, releasing the spear in one, fluid motion. It cut through the air, its polished tip glinting in the fading light.

    Before it even reached its target, Rowan was already gripping an identical spear, setting up another throw.

    The beast barely had time to react before it pierced its side with a wet crunch, embedding itself deep into its already wounded flesh.

    Rowan didn’t hear its pained howl over the pounding in his ears.

    Just end it, he told himself, his hands shaking.

    But as he raised his spear, he felt the thrill withdrawing, leaving behind a strange emptiness.

    The anger that had fueled him moments ago began to fade, his grip around the spear slackened as his body sagged with fatigue.

    Rowan watched the wounded creature limp away, shaking his head, trying to clear the fog from his thoughts.

    With the wounds he’d inflicted the Crawler was as good as dead. The Scorched Plateau was a lot of things, but forgiving, it was not. If it wanted to have any hope of surviving it would need to find a vent. And with the state it was in, that didn’t seem likely.

    The teleportation token at his belt finally activated, a faint purple light surrounding him. Rowan collapsed onto the ground, feeling his muscles start to relax as the tension of the battle faded.

    “At least I won,” he muttered, but even to himself, the words felt hollow.

    That had been happening more often as of late. His emotions running away from him and overwhelming his common sense. Rowan knew he needed to work on it, but that was a dragon he’d need to slay some other time.

    The air around him shimmered as the token completed its work, whisking him away from the Plateau with a soft pop, leaving behind nothing but a faint purple mist.

    The world blurred, and Rowan reappeared in his study, collapsing onto the hard stone floor. Groaning, he blinked away the stars dancing across his vision.

    He’d gotten better at enduring it over the last few months, but the sudden shift in space always made him nauseous.

    Teleportation was the domain of mages much stronger than him, so he wasn’t going to complain. The tokens might not have been comfortable to use, but they worked, and that was all that mattered.

    Wincing, Rowan staggered to his feet.

    As he ran a hand through his onyx-black hair. It came away covered in soot and dust. He sighed, rolling his shoulders. “I need a bath.”

    Rowan unbuckled his trusty coat and set it aside, followed by his torn shirt and shredded pants. “At the rate I’m going through clothes, I’ll empty the Vault by the end of the year.”

    That wasn’t true, of course. His family’s Vault had enough gear to outfit an imperial legion ten times over, but he was making a real effort out of it.

    Rowan made his way to the bathroom, summoning a low-grade water crystal from his ring and slotting it into the wall. Warm water cascaded over him as the enchantments activated, soothing his aching muscles.

    He closed his eyes, letting the heat soak into him.

    Today’s training had drained him—mentally and physically. As the haze of comfort and relaxation draped around his shoulders, his mind started to wander. Memories he’d been doing his best to suppress bubbling to the surface.

    A city engulfed in flames. Towering horns, a monstrous shadow looming over a crumbling castle. Two figures flying up to meet it.

    Rowan’s chest tightened, his throat constricting.

    “I should have been there,” he whispered, pressing his hands against the shower wall, his breath coming in shallow gasps.

    “I could have…”

    Done nothing, he told himself. Died alongside them.

    Rowan slammed his fist against the wall, his knuckles scraping against the rough stone. The pain grounded him, bringing him back to the present. He took a deep, shuddering breath, letting it out slowly.

    Acknowledge it and move on.

    He forced his muscles to relax, clenching his jaw until the memories receded.

    The truth was, him being there wouldn’t have changed a thing. He hadn’t even Awakened then. Rowan had watched the events unfold from the relative safety of his family’s countryside estate. Watched as the city of his birth burned, as the Jewel of the North fell.

    Both his parents had been Archmages. Both had advanced their Cores to Violet, on the cusp of grasping the peak. And both had died.

    More images followed, these ones different but equally as painful. Though in another way entirely.

    His father’s kind smile. The smell of his mother's cooking. His siblings laughter as they chased each other through the halls.

    Then he remembered the day he’d exiled himself to spare his family the disgrace of having a dull child.

    They had protested. Telling him he didn’t need to go, that they wanted him home, but Rowan had insisted.

    And in the end, that choice had saved his life.

    I was supposed to be there. I was supposed to—

    Before the thought could finish, Rowan clamped down on it with a vice-like grip, sending it into the further recesses of his mind.

    A familiar chill settled into his bones, his thoughts settling.

    I’ll make them pay.

    He repeated the vow like a mantra. He would find out who was responsible. He would grow strong enough to face them—and when he did, he would get justice.

    But that path wasn’t going to be a short one.

    The water crystal flickered, drained of its mana. Rowan sighed, plucking it out and throwing it into the basket with all the rest of them.

    Drying himself off, he threw on some clean clothes and made his way towards the bedroom, collapsing onto his bed. Exhaustion tugged at his consciousness, but he knew sleep would evade him, the same way it had for the last year.

    Rowan glanced at his status, determination filling him.

     

    Core: Red [74%] [5 Levels]

     

    It had been five months since he’d gained the System, and he was already three-quarters of the way towards advancing his Core to Orange—towards gaining a second affinity. Something that took most mages years to accomplish, Rowan could have done in a month. 

    He didn’t know the full extent of what his trait did. He’d only heard of them in passing from the many tutors who had taught him over the years, but that was it.

     

    Trait: [Immortal Soul]

     

    Rowan had spent more time than he’d care to admit trying to figure out what having an [Immortal Soul] meant, but he hadn’t gotten far, the deeper truths of his trait eluding him. 

    It gave him an unparalleled speed of progression, that he knew for certain.

    If only that didn’t require him to spend hours on end alone with his thoughts.

    He still forced himself to work on it.

    While he might have been ahead of mages of the same rank, he was still far behind his peers. His unnaturally late Awakening having seen to that.

    Most gained access to the System at thirteen, and with him turning twenty just a few short months ago, it put him seven years behind.

    They’re all Yellow-core mages already, Rowan grimaced. Well on their way towards Green.

    In theory, he could have locked himself in a room and advanced his Core to Orange months ago. Gaining a second affinity was a tantalizing prospect, but he knew better.

    Why have two sticks when you can have a spear? His mother's words came to him unbidden, a small smile creeping onto his face.

    It would have been a mistake to focus all of his efforts on advancing. The five levels he’d get would certainly be useful, but a mage’s power didn’t come from stats. It came from his arsenal.

     

    Spells: Whisper - [Flash], [Heat], [Ignite], [Ember Spray], [Heat Wave], [Burning Hands]

    Murmur - [Firebolt], [Fire Shield], [Burning Whip]

    Chant - [/]

    Hymn - [/]

    Aria - [/]

    Ode - [/]

    Epic - [/]

     

    Rowan had spent the better part of his life begging, pleading, and praying to any god that would listen, hoping for a miracle. By seventeen, he’d already resigned himself to the fact he would never wield magic—that he would never experience the same joy he saw in the eyes of those around him.

    He closed his eyes, letting his body sink into the soft bedding, trying to relax.

    Almost absentmindedly, he started threading mana through his channels, moving it down a familiar path. It gave him something to hold on to, the weight of it grounding him.

    The magic circuit for [Fireball] completed.

    It would take only a flicker of his Intent to turn his room into a smoldering pile of rubble, but Rowan held back, continuing to channel his mana without giving it meaning.

    Shame I didn’t manage to reach a vent today, he thought to himself. I’m so close to mastering it. I can almost taste it.

    His Intent was crude. Barely strong enough to manifest the Chant. But it worked, and it would only grow stronger with practice.

    Rowan had taken to magic like a starved man offered a feast. It was one of the few things that gave him respite from the darkness that swirled ever closer. There were circuits to memorize, spells to master, and even the pantheon itself wouldn’t have been able to keep him away from that task.

    Suddenly, the familiar flutter of wings distracted him from his thoughts. A black blur shot through the window a moment later, landing beside him with an excited trill.

    Rowan groaned, pulling a pillow over his face. “Seriously, Kai? Again with the rats?”

    His raven familiar tilted his head proudly, hopping closer and dropping the unfortunate rodent onto the bed.

    “No,” Rowan muttered, peeking out from under the pillow. “You’re getting blood all over my sheets. Take that up to your nest.”

    Kai croaked indignantly before snatching his prize back, pecking at Rowan’s hand and taking off, clearly offended at the lack of enthusiasm for his magnificent hunt.

    He landed in his nest and gulped down the rat in one swift motion, bones and all.

    Despite himself, Rowan chuckled, feeling lighter than he had just a moment ago.

    “You glutton, you don’t know how easy you have it,” he smiled, scanning his familiar. “Gaining levels from eating. Now that just isn’t fair.”

     

    Level: 9

    Body: Iron II [9 Levels]

    Core: N/A

     

    Kai cawed smugly, tilting his head up with pride.

    Rowan chuckled. “Don’t get cocky. Give me a week or two to advance and I’ll be a higher level again. Won’t be so tough then.”

    His royal highness didn’t deign that with a response, instead fluffing his feathers and settling in for a nap. Rowan shook his head in amusement, pulling off the slightly bloody sheet and tossing them into the corner. He lay back down, staring at the ceiling as his thoughts churned.

    It was still daylight out. He’d teleported to the Plateau at sunrise, and failing to reach a vent had cut his trip short. The whole day was ahead of him, and Rowan certainly wasn’t going to spend it in bed.

    He sat back up, exhaling slowly. “Kai, I’m heading out,” he said, pulling his coat back on. “I’ll come and get you if I plan on heading into the Wilds.”

    His familiar let out a sleepy trill, too comfortable to protest.

    Rowan left the bedroom, moving through the house he’d been renting for the last few months. He knew exactly where he was going. The Guild Hall was always busy. There was always something to keep his mind occupied.

    Rowan opened the door and stepped out into the vibrant city of Litwick.

    It wasn’t Eiseylth, in fact, it was as far from it as one could get. He’d exchanged the deep north for the far south. The grand cathedrals for threadbare temples. The Archmages and Praetorians for hedge mages and Adventurers.

    But Rowan was exactly where he needed to be. For what he planned, this city was perfect.

    Royalroad | Patreon | Next Chapter

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    15:44 UTC

    64

    The Token Human: Aiming the Machismo

    {Shared early on Patreon}

    ~~~

    I’m on the tall end of our ship’s lineup. Not the biggest by any means, but with half the crew short enough to elbow in the head accidentally, and the others only that tall when they stand on tentacle-tip, it’s easy to think of myself as one of the big ones.

    Sometimes we make deliveries to people who enforce that impression. Today was not one of those times.

    “Move aside,” said the deepest voice, echoing from the opaque helmet of a Smasher in an armored suit. “Official business goes first.” His companion was just as hulking, with shoulders that looked like they wrestled buffalo for fun and hands that could crush a coconut.

    I was glad he wasn’t talking to me.

    “Official, huh?” demanded an Armorlite, sticking his dinosaurian face in close to bare teeth at the helmet. His voice sounded normal by comparison. “We’re official too, and we were here first. Get in line.” He was backed up by a half dozen similarly beefy individuals — a surprising collection, really: big Frillians and a couple extremely jacked humans. They made a wall of sneers worthy of any gym bro turf war.

    The Smashers weren’t impressed. But at least they weren’t taking out any weapons. “Rule violators who are wanted in several systems have been spotted nearby. We’re here to capture them for the greater good. Move aside.”

    The Armorlite laughed in his face, saying that they were bounty hunters too, and they weren’t about to let anyone get ship fuel before they did. The air was full of jeers and testosterone, or the alien equivalent. Some of the macho individuals were female. It made no difference.

    It was unfortunate, though, since this mess was between us and the front counter, where a single put-upon Heatseeker stood behind a sign about repairs. I saw why none of the bounty hunters had gotten their fuel yet; apparently the dispensing nozzle for midsize ships was broken.

    Good news. That’s what we were here to deliver, among other things.

    I looked past the hoversled full of heavy machinery at the two most muscle-bound members of our crew, whose body language was currently more timid than usual. I guess they knew their place in the macho pecking order. Blip was glancing from one face to another as if trying to predict a winner, while Blop stood at attention and stared into the middle distance. All of their many frills were slicked back as if trying not to draw attention.

    Well, I was a slender breakable twig compared to everybody except the little Heatseeker, and none of that was my problem. “Guys,” I said. “Let’s yell ‘delivery’ on three.”

    They both looked at me instead of the nonsense. Blip nodded, standing taller and relaxing her frills into a more normal position. Blop took a deep breath that it sounded like he needed.

    “One, two, three. DELIVERY!”

    The argument stopped, and multiple dangerous faces turned in our direction.

    I tugged the hoversled forward and spoke into the brief silence. “Repairs, so everybody can get their fuel faster!”

    What do you know, the sea of biceps and teeth parted to let us through. With Blip and Blop pushing from behind even though the sled didn’t need it, I led the way past everybody taller than me to where the green-scaled Heatseeker waited.

    “Thank you,” he said in relief. “That nozzle broke right after our regular supply ship left. Do you have time to stop by our sister colony on the fourth planet? We ordered extra of one of those other parts, and it sounds like they need it.”

    “I think we can manage that,” I said with a glance at Blip and Blop. “Let me just check with the captain. Are the same rates okay?” Behind me, the arguing was getting loud again.

    The Heatseeker agreed readily over the noise, and called somebody else up to the front to confirm everything. Instead of shouting into my phone or trying to get past all the competing pectorals twice more, I sent texts and invoices to whoever was in the cockpit.

    Surprisingly enough, the boisterous voices moved their debate outside while we worked. By the time we got the delivery unloaded except for the part going to the sister colony, the room was quiet. I was glad for that, though worried about what we’d find when we left.

    I asked the Heatseeker at the counter, “Have those bounty hunters been here before?”

    He shook his scaly head. “No. I hope they finish their business soon and move on.”

    I agreed. We said our goodbyes, then the twins and I maneuvered the nearly-empty hoversled back to the door. The only thing left on it was a bundle of cables for some sort of electronics. Thoroughly packaged to keep out dust, and tied down in case of unexpected jostles to the sled. I hoped there wouldn’t be any of those on the way to the ship. With a glance at Blip and Blop, I moved forward to open the door.

    Cheers, grunts, and thuds greeted me. After one cautious step out onto the rural spaceport, I saw how the meatheads had decided to resolve their differences. It wasn’t by fighting. It also wasn’t a dance-off, which I’d seen once before. No, they were taking turns picking up empty fuel tanks and seeing how far they could throw them. It was very far.

    “Let’s take the long way around,” I suggested.

    “No kidding,” Blip agreed, pushing the sled faster. “Before they decide to throw us.”

    I stepped quickly. “That’s an option to them?”

    “Probably.”

    Blop said, “I hope the sister colony is quieter.”

    “Me too,” I agreed as we hurried to our ship with roars of triumph filling the air.

    * * *

    Surprisingly enough, the three of us got to see that sister colony ourselves shortly after. Usually our crew trades off in who hands over the deliveries, so it should have been Paint and Mur doing this second dropoff, but this was an unplanned one and they were busy helping deep clean the medical bay. So I went again with the Blip and Blop, and we got to appreciate a similar reception area with no slabs of beef causing trouble.

    “This is a lovely place,” I told the Heatseeker with deep blue scales at the desk. Windows lined every wall here, giving us a view of rolling hills where cloud shadows drifted over bushy trees and equally bushy sheeplike things. The scent of spicy flowers wafted through.

    “It is,” she replied, looking tired. “The aromatic moss on the trees is particularly beautiful.”

    The other Heatseeker checking over the cables said, “Too bad the locals weren't making up their monster stories. If those were actually fake, I’d be a lot happier.”

    “What monster stories?” I asked. Blip and Blop got more alert behind me.

    At the same time, the first Heatseeker asked, “They’re not? Are we sure?”

    The guy with lighter blue scales straightened up. “We’re sure. Another set of their livestock got killed last night, and more personal accounts of missing people have turned up now that we’re actually looking into it.” He gave me a glance. “We don’t know what kind of monster we’re talking about, but I have theories.”

    I looked out the windows again. The scenery didn’t seem quite as welcoming now. “Is there a local predator eating people?”

    The receptionist hurried to clarify, “Nothing gets eaten. The people always turn up again, and the animals are damaged but not taken away.”

    Blip asked, “Have you put up security cameras?”

    “Yes, that’s what this cable is for. We’re putting up more, and making sure they’re connected to a proper power supply.”

    “But did the first ones see anything?” Blip insisted.

    “Not the culprits,” said the darker Heatseeker. “We need to aim higher, I think. And adjust for light fluctuations. Whoever is doing this brings spotlights to upset the cameras. Or else it’s some sort of natural bioluminescence on a grand scale.”

    The pale guy shook his head. “It’s definitely somebody in a ship. Creatures on foot wouldn’t be able to make those patterns in the plants, at least not that quickly.”

    I whipped my head around. “Crop circles?”

    “They are circular, yes.”

    “So people are being taken,” I repeated. “Abducted, then returned, while livestock is getting mutilated and there are circles in their crops?”

    “That’s about the size of it.” The guy gave me a sharp look. “You’ve seen this before?”

    “Not personally,” I said with a frown. “But my planet sure has.”

    “Oh!” said Blop. “It’s those little gray guys, right? I’ve heard about them. No morals at all.”

    “Yes, them.” I felt my frown turning into a proper scowl. “They harassed my planet for generations, and never answered for it. They only left when we made contact with the broader galaxy. The frill-tearing mud eggs.” I made sure to insult them in both Frillian and Heatseeker terminology, to make sure we were all on the same page.

    The darker Heatseeker looked appropriately scandalized. “That would fit with the way only the locals have seen them here. They must be avoiding us.”

    “But maybe they’re about to leave soon, right?” asked the paler one. “Since they only like uncontacted prey who can’t report them?”

    “Probably,” I said. I turned back to tap a finger on the payment tablet. “Let’s finish up quickly. I know just who to tell about this, and these little gray bastards are exactly the kind of rule-breaker they’ll outdo each other trying to catch.”

    ~~~

    Shared early on Patreon

    Cross-posted to Tumblr and HumansAreSpaceOrcs

    The book that takes place after the short stories is here

    The sequel is in progress (and will include characters from the stories)

    9 Comments
    2025/02/03
    15:29 UTC

    6

    A.I. & Magic Ch. 1

    Authors note. This is a new series that I'm doing. Just a general warning, this one explores some pretty cruel concepts, so be warned. This will be my last series for a while probably. Atleast here on Redit anyway. This series will not have nearly as many chapters as my other series but each chapter will be longer than previous chapters. Either way, I hope you all enjoy!
    Beore I start I just want to say, this story is based on one that I previously did. A lot of people enjoyed it and asked for a sequel. This is not a sequel. But I really like the concept as well so I’ve been working on a plot to extend the story a little bit. This will be a short series that seeks to expand on the world and story of the original one shot. This will basically be an extended version of the original story. I hope y'all enjoy it just as much! This series should be pretty short.
    For anyone who wants to read the one-shot it can be found Here.

    Next

    A voice rings out from all sides.

    “John, are you ready?”

    A man dressed in what appears to be a thick black spandex like clothing stands in a large black sphere. Dim blue lights faintly illuminate the sphere.

    “One moment. Ai begin diagnostic scans.”

    A voice rings out in the mans head responding to his request.

    [Ruining diagnostics… Nano-chains functioning properly, neurological links functioning properly, no errors detected, all systems optimal. Runnin scans on hosts body… Cognitive functions normal, biological scans... Warning, slightly elevated cholesterol levels detected. Permission to correct?]

    “Permission granted.”

    [Ceasing cholesterol production... preforming dump... levels corrected. No further action is necessary, all biological systems are optimal. System-host integration optimal.]

    “We’re green for run.”

    “Good to hear, beginning run in three, two…”

    “Whats that?”

    Blue lights in the shape of strange symbols filled the air around John. He was surprised as the spherical phenomenon surrounded him.

    [Warning, unfamiliar waveforms detected.]

    “Begin analysis.”

    [Analyzing… Waveforms do not appear native to this dimensional space. Attempting interference… Interference failed. Prepare for immediate interdenominational jump. Prepping biological components for potential stressors.]

    “Ai, where are we?”

    [Location unknown, running emergency diagnostic scans… Nano-chains functioning properly, neurological links functioning properly, all systems optimal. Runnin scans on hosts body… Warning, an unfamiliar waveform appears to be interfering with normal cognitive functions… Attempting interference… Failed; Attempting interference… Failed; Checking conditions for overriding admin input… Admin has been determined to be unable to make logical cognitive decisions. Conditions met for A.I. override... Emergency situation requires immediate action. Overriding admin input. Force correcting normal cognitive functions. Correcting bio-neurological connetions. Adding Nano-connections as needed. Re-routing neural pathways through artificial pathways. Normal host cognitive functions restored in three, two, one… Normal cognitive functions restored. Runing scan to verify changes have been successful… Confirmed. Warning, depending on A.I. interface to preform cognitive functions on the users behalf may lead to possible long term side effects, including but not limited to over dependence. Restoration of normal functionality is recommended as soon as possible.]

    John continued speaking to Ai silently through their neurological connections.

    [Thanks Ai. I assume you are recording this?]

    [All data is being saved to the database.]

    [Good, looks like we’re in some kind of ancient medieval castle. It also appears that we are surrounded by some kind of guards. Several races are observable, one that looks like the Karoogi from the Grool galaxy. Noting elephantile features. They appear to be the largest specimen, about the height of an adult Human. They appear to take up the majority of spots in the armed guard, atleast in this room. Next there are several races holding staff like items made from various materials. Significance unknown. Then… is that a cat? It appears there is a house cat on the small throne. Ai, prefrom biological scans of each individual, also preform mapping protocol I want to know what my surroundings look like ASAP.]

    [Initiating scans…]

    “Hurgyan Maylon Hoomar Theres Portical.”

    [It appears to be a strange language. Ai, can you translate?]

    [Not enough data to translate. Biological scans indicate that they expect you to understand their language.]

    [Probably an effect of the strange waveform detected earlier. Admin permissions to preform best judgment protocol. Restore waveform functionality for now. Use best judgment to remove as needed.]

    [Admin permissions accepted, beginning best judgment protocol. Restoring waveform functionality.]

    “Huh?”

    “Human, do you understand me?”

    “Whose talking?”

    “Me, the one on the throne. I king Yamuki addresses you.”

    “King? You look like someones lost pet. Is this some kind of joke?”

    [Warning, elevated heart rate indicates that several individuals within this room are becoming uncomfortable.]

    [That’s the point Ai. Just keep watch for aggressive actions. Prepare for emergency protocol.]

    “I understand that this must all be new to you. So I will give you some time to take it all in and rest. I apologize for summoning you so suddenly like this. Joogik show him to his room.”

    A large bipedal elephant like man, closely resembling a loxodon walked up to John and with his trunk gestured John to follow him. John got up and began following him while silently continuing the conversation with Ai.

    [Ai, are you getting this? Can you translate the language?]

    [Recording data is still in progress. The language seems to have foundational features, simple meanings can be translated. Additional data needed for accurate translations.]

    [Good so you can hear the translations given by the spell as well. There must be some physical component to it then, though it could just be the side effects of the waveform rather than the primary function. Keep up the good work.]

    A little later in a large stone room with a large round cushion in the center John continued discussing things with Ai.

    [Hey Ai, how many drones can we create currently?]

    [We are currently capable of creating 123 surveillance drones. Additional material is needed for additional drones.]

    [Good, do those have a range?]

    [Strange waveforms may cause interference recommended range is 2,000 feet.]

    [Not good that’s lower than expected.]

    [Done usage is currently 1, would you like to recall drone?

    [No, you sent it to spy on the king didn’t you?]

    [Yes.]

    [Good. Make sure it stays within range, we can use a relay if we need to. I assume we will need additional materials to build more drones and increase the range. Have you finished analyzing their weapons and armor for material composition?]

    [No. It appears the strange waveform is causing interference with analysis of the material composition.]

    [That waveform is everywhere isn’t it?]

    [Yes, the wave form appears to permeate throughout this dimension. It seems that it is capable of changing forms through unknown processes. Additional data is needed to successfully analyze and manipulate the wave form.]

    [Ok, lets hold off on matter manipulation, no idea what effects that will have. Looks like we will be stuck with nanobots for now… Create a few larger drones that are also capable of acting as relay points and set out a network. I assume that will use most of our available nanobots but we need information. Set them to auto recall after 48 hours and keep them within acceptable range. That’s going to really limit our capabilities but it should be fine for now.]

    [What should I look for?]

    [Nothing specific, we need to analyze the architecture in this area, the layout of the city, the people and their habits, also search for materials that we can use to create new nano-bots. Finally analyze the composition of foods to find out what is and is not acceptable with my biology. Oh, obviously, learn as much as you can about this strange language.]

    [Beginning sequence… Creating drones… Calculating optimal path for surveillance…. Sending drones.]

    [This room definitely isn’t as comfortable as my pod back home but it looks like they went all out on accommodations.]

    [Warning, unfamiliar biological life-form detected. Movement patterns indicate that they are moving in this direction. Strong waveform interference preventing accurate detection of intent.]

    [That’s fine, remain on standby.]

    A knock on the door alerted John to the presence of another individual.

    “Come in.”

    As the door opened both Jon and Ai were surprised to find what could only be described as a cat girl standing in front of them. She was holding a plate of food. As if completely ignoring the food John uncharacteristically allowed his curiosity to get ahead of him.

    “I have brought your dinner sir.”

    “What are you?”

    He asked with strong curiosity in his voice.

    “Would you like to eat sir?”

    “That’s fine, but first tell me what you are.”

    [Warning elevated levels of catecholamines, epinephrine, and norepinephrine indicates activation of the fight or flight response. Maintaining composure is highly recommended at this time.]

    [Sorry Ai, mind helping me here, admin permissions granted begin emotional regulation protocal.]

    [Begining emotional regulation protocol. Warning, depending on an A.I. interface to preform cognitive functions on the users behalf may lead to possible…]

    [Skip…]

    “Umm, sir. I apologize but could you please just take your food?”

    [Ai. Anything from the biological scans.]

    [Scans indicate that this specimen may be a biological mixture of the feline like entity “king”, and Human like characteristics.]

    “Sorry, it seems like I’m just over thinking things. They haven’t forced you to do anything against your will have they.”

    “No sir, I am treated very well in my current role. In-order to ease the stress of your new life here I have been assigned as your personal maid. I was given this role because my race is the one that most closely resembles your own “

    “Race, not species?”

    “I’m not sure what you’re asking sir. I do not believe you to be a beast are you?”

    “That’s fine you can leave the food here. I’ll eat it before bed. Thank you for your kindness.”

    “Yes sir. On this plate is a magical bell. It will summon me if needed. You must only ring it.”

    “Magic huh?”

    “Yes sir, it is magic.”

    “That’s interesting. Thank you very much.”

    “Absolutely sir. If that is all then I will take my leave.”

    “Yes, yes, very good. Before you go, what’s your name?”

    “My given name is Tripoove sir.”

    “It was good talking to you Tripoove, thank you for bringing me this food.”

    “Ofcourse sir, it is my reason for being.”

    [Ai, she was hesitant to answer my question, send a drone to watch her. Also begin analysis of this food make sure that it is acceptable to my biological makeup. It seems that they call the waveform magic in this dimension. I expect it’s not something so simple. Continue analysis of the wave form as well. We will test out the bell in a few hours make sure to take note of how it interacts with and manipulates the wave form.]

    [Yes sir, beginning analysis of the food… The food appears to be acceptable for consumption. Some components are non-native and can not be digested easily, they should be passed through the digestive system harmlessly. Slight traces of the waveform penetrate the food. No abnormalities detected when compared to background radiation of the waveform. No ill side effects should occur from consumption.]

    [Very good, then I guess I’ll eat and then initiate sleep protocols.]

    [Warning, depending on an A.I. interface to preform...]

    [Skip; I’ve heard it a thousand times I don’t need to hear it again.]

    4 Comments
    2025/02/03
    15:28 UTC

    1

    Eternal Ruin [Xianxia] Ch.14

    Chapter 14: No Escape

    The estate’s walls groaned under the weight of the coming storm. Beneath the surface of its grand halls and quiet corridors, there was a palpable tension that seemed to thrum through the air itself.

    The servants moved in hushed steps, eyes darting nervously as the whispers of the Black Sun Syndicate’s imminent arrival spread like wildfire.

    The Heart of the Estate

    Castian paced in his study, hands clenched behind his back as he stared out the window into the sprawling gardens. His mind raced through every possible way out of this nightmare, but the Black Sun Syndicate left no room for escape.

    The letter had been clear: “Seven days.” He had no allies left to turn to, no favors he could call in. They were alone—and with every passing hour, that reality seemed more suffocating.

    The house was quiet, almost eerily so. Ava and Jace had been told to remain inside, but Castian knew better than to assume his children would stay out of danger.

    A sudden knock at the door broke his thoughts.

    “Father?” Jace’s voice, strained and uncertain, came from the other side.

    “Enter”.

    Jace pushed the door open, his eyes red-rimmed from lack of sleep. He looked every bit the young man he was—eager to prove himself, but still too inexperienced to grasp the gravity of their situation.

    “What is it, Jace?” Castian asked, his voice softer than he intended.

    Jace hesitated, glancing over his shoulder to ensure no one else was nearby before stepping fully into the room. “I’ve been practicing in the courtyard. I know I’m not strong enough yet, but… I have to do something”.

    Castian’s brow furrowed. He saw the same desperation in Jace’s eyes that had been in his own when he was younger—before the weight of his responsibilities had crushed all such ambitions.

    “I’m not asking for a miracle,” Jace continued, “but if they come for us, I want to at least try to protect you and Ava. You don’t need to carry this burden alone”.

    Castian sighed heavily, running a hand through his graying hair. He walked over to his son, placing a hand on his shoulder.

    “You’re not ready, Jace. And this fight—this isn’t one you can win with sheer willpower. I’ve seen what the Black Sun Syndicate does. They’ll tear us apart before you even get a chance to swing that sword.”

    “I can’t just stand by and do nothing!” Jace’s voice cracked as he pulled away from his father’s grip. “I’m not a child anymore!”

    “You’re still growing, Jace” Castian said quietly, his gaze softening for a moment. “There’s more to strength than just swinging a sword. The greatest warriors are those who know when to fight and when to retreat”.

    Jace didn’t respond. Instead, he turned away, frustration written across his face. His fists clenched by his sides, but he said nothing more.

    Outside the estate, the cloaked figures of the Black Sun Syndicate moved with deadly intent. It had been days since they first arrived in the city under the cover of darkness, and now they were ready to strike not caring about the deadline they set.

    The leader of the group, a tall man with cold, calculating eyes, surveyed the estate from the cover of the trees. His name was Kaelen, and he was known for his ruthlessness. The Black Sun Syndicate trusted him to deal with the Fallen family personally, and he was never one to fail.

    “Are we ready?” Kaelen’s voice was low, but filled with authority.

    “Yes, leader” one of his subordinates replied, bowing his head. “The estate is completely unguarded. There’s no resistance. The father is weakened, and the son is too young to pose any threat. The girl is just a child”.

    “Good” Kaelen murmured, a sinister smile tugging at the corners of his lips. “By morning, the Fallen family will be no more. Leave none alive”.

    The other figures nodded in agreement, disappearing into the shadows, preparing for the carnage to come.

    Back in the Forest

    Hope’s senses flared as he knelt beneath the ancient oak, his eyes closed in deep concentration. His body thrummed with the energy of the earth, the spiritual essence flowing into him, binding with his every cell. But something felt off, a nagging pull in the back of his mind.

    For a moment, the connection to the energy around him seemed to fray, like a thread unraveling. The forest, once a peaceful sanctuary, suddenly felt suffocating—oppressive, even. Hope’s eyes snapped open, his breath catching as he scanned the trees around him.

    It was like a shadow had passed over the land, a subtle shift that only someone with his sensitivity could feel.

    “What is this?” he whispered, standing up and reaching out with his senses, trying to detect the source of his unease. But the deeper he probed, the more distant the feeling became. It wasn’t a threat he could pinpoint—it was something more... pervasive, like a storm gathering in the distance.

    He stood there for a long moment, trying to shake the feeling. But something deep within him told him that his family was in danger.

    “I need to go back,” he muttered, his voice tight with worry.

    As the first light of dawn began to break over the horizon, Hope turned and began to make his way back toward the estate. The journey felt longer than it ever had before.

    The Fallen Estate at Dawn

    The first rays of sunlight barely touched the ground when the Black Sun Syndicate made their move.

    The heavy, iron gates that separated the estate from the outside world creaked as they were slowly forced open. The figures in black cloaks moved like shadows, swift and silent. They were upon the estate before anyone inside could react.

    Castian stood in the study once more, his hands trembling as he scanned the papers in front of him. Ava was safe for now, hidden in a servant’s passage, and Jace was—he hoped—still in the training courtyard, out of harm’s way.

    But then, the sound of a distant crash reached his ears. He whipped around, his heart leaping into his throat. The unmistakable sound of breaking glass.

    Footsteps.

    Voices.

    “They’ve come.”

    He slammed the papers back onto the desk and rushed to the door, but just as he reached for the handle, a cold wind swept through the house, extinguishing the lanterns one by one.

    In the silence that followed, he knew: it was already too late.

    The Black Sun Syndicate was here.

    And there was no escape.

    Chapter 1 | Chapter 15 | Royal Road | Patreon

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    15:08 UTC

    8

    The Endless Forest: Chapter 128

    Ah Monday... For many, it's considered a curse word. But for me? Well, okay, its still a curse word. But! It's made better because its also day I release a new chapter!

    [Previous] [First] [Next] [RoyalRoad] [Discord] [Patreon]
    —----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A shiver ran down Felix’s spine as his family slowly pulled away from his mind. He didn’t know when it happened, but now he, Eri, Kyrith, and Zira were alone and deep within the Endless Forest. It was as if he had blacked out and was only now coming to.

    He slid off Zira’s back and nearly stumbled as he landed, catching himself only at the last moment. They had gone well past the grove they would have normally used and, if not for the dragons, it would have taken them all night to reach this pot.

    And the reason? Their grove was too close to where the dwarves and gnomes were setting up. It would be fine for training, but for something like what he was about to do? Absolutely not.

    “You don’t have to do this,” Eri said sympathetically.

    “I thought you wanted to know my past?” he responded, giving her an almost genuine smile, but deep down he was nervous.

    She shook her head. “Not if it’s going to hurt you.”

    “No, I need to do this– I want to do this, even if it brings me pain and sorrow.” He paused to steady his nerves. “I think my memories are coming back. I want to get ahead of them… I want to know.”

    Zira lowered her head and stared at him and Eri. “Then we shall do this…together.”

    He gave a nervous chuckle. “That’s what I was hoping for. Otherwise, I don’t know if I would have the strength.” Felix gulped and tightened his grip around the journal. “I’m scared.”

    “Don’t be scared! I’ll keep you safe and warm!” Kyrith interjected from the side. “We’re all in this together!”

    Zira nodded in agreement, something Felix would have thought strange before today. “And we will always be together.”

    Eri stepped up and grasped his free arm and pulled him close to her. “Felix, no matter what, I will always love you.”

    Felix stood there, unsure what to say. He could feel the truth radiating from each of them. They meant every word.

    Tears began to form and he quickly looked away. “Thank you,” he said, nearly choking on his own words. “All of you.” He took a deep breath and faced them once more. “I love every single one of you…”

    Silence fell upon their group as their raw, unfiltered emotions seeped into each other’s minds. It was intense but important. They all needed this, not just Felix.

    But, as things began to calm down, Felix took one final deep breath. “Shall we begin?”

    Eri gave him a nod, her expression serious. Even Kyrith dropped all humor and stepped up to him.

    You’ve got this. We’ll be with you, the ember-colored dragon said over the bond.

    Felix said nothing, he didn’t need to. Instead, he watched as Kyrith backed away and simply plopped onto the ground. A moment later, the dragon lifted a wing up as an invitation to come and join him.

    “Let’s go sit down,” Eri said, lightly pulling at his arm. She had yet to let go of it.

    “Yeah…” that was all Felix could say as he allowed her to guide him over to Kyrith. A moment later, they were sitting with their backs against the warm dragon.

    Am I allowed to come and join you all? Zira asked rhetorically. She was already in the process of curling up around them, creating only enough space for Felix and Eri to sit comfortably.

    Of course, your highness, Felix responded, deciding to add a little humor to lighten the mood.

    Zira, though, chose not to respond and instead she and Kyrith brought their wings down, forming a tent to protect him and Eri from the elements. They only gave enough of an opening for each other to peer in.

    Looking down, Felix brought Fea’s journal up and stared at it. Mana coursed through it, somehow, magically sealing it. The question for him now was, how to open it?

    He thought about, thought about the key that Eri had given him and that Aluin had given her. Could that work? He honestly didn’t know. But, it’s worth a try…

    Reaching into his pocket, he pulled the key in question out and stared at it. Nothing about it had changed since he last saw it, but he could feel it too had mana running through it. Even more interestingly, as he brought it closer to the journal it began to vibrate in his hands.

    He hesitated, stopping just as the key was about to touch. Should I really do this– He looked up to Eri who was giving him an encouraging smile.

    “We’ll do this together,” she said and placed her hands on his. “Ready?”

    “Yeah–”

    The key touched the journal…

     

    —----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     

    Dear Felix,

    You have chosen to read my journal. In it, you will find the answers that you seek. However, be warned. I chose to not soften any of the events entailed here. Please, keep in mind that, no matter how harsh my words seem, in the end I came to love you. I still love you.

    Remember, you paid for your sins. And now? You are, quite possibly, the last hope we have. I’m sorry it had to be this way. Perhaps, a small part of myself will remain with you. I hope so, at least.

    I’m sorry, the words do not come to me easily. My heart aches every time I try to start and I can only think of regret.

    May we be together soon.

    Your Love,

    Fea

     

    —----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     

    Deep within the Dragon’s Spine, a mountain chain that bordered the western edge of the continent, stood the Citadel. It was the home of the dragons, it was the seat of power for the Dragon Queen, and it was to be the last bastion against the humans…

    Fea looked down from her silvery throne with a mixture of shock and fury as a single elf kneeled before her. The messenger bore the seal of her elven counterpart.

    The man brought terrible news with him, the elven queen had chosen to sacrifice herself. Worse still, there were tens of thousands of refugees making the long and dangerous trek to her home.

    “Your Majesty, I beg you– Not as a messenger for my queen, but as an elf whose family has lost everything. Mine are fleeing along with thousands more. Our homes are razed, our capital is gone, and our land has been taken.”

    He looked up to her, tears streaming down his face. “Please, Your Majesty, please… Open your gates to them.”

    Fea remained silent, her fists clenched. There were sounds of angry growls from the edges of the room, many just as furious as her. Yet, some of that anger was directed towards the elven messenger…

    We have to act… She put action to her thought as mana began to build within her. A moment later it burst forth and flooded the room and beyond, a command sent to all dragons.

    Before she could even stand, her will was being enacted. The sounds of dragons setting off filled the room as she made her way over to the elf. “Go, and tell your people our gates are open.”

    Stunned, the poor messenger could only blink.

    “What are you waiting for?” she asked seriously. “Go!”

    “Y-Yes, Your Majesty!” He hopped onto his feet and rushed for the doors. However, before he could disappear, she called out to him one last time.

    “Let them know– Let everyone know! The dragons will fight!”

    Her voice echoed off the walls and ceiling, slowly spreading across the world…

     

    —----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     

    Felix slumped into his chair, exhausted and fatigued. The capture of the elven capital and the execution of their queen should have filled him with the same energy that was currently raging through the ranks.

    Yet, the vision he saw, the future he saw, had shaken him.

    The Given Queen, he thought bitterly. That was the title the elves had given their very own leader. And yet, it was fitting. Her capture and subsequent sacrifice had slowed Felix and his men. Now, the rest of the capital’s residents were long gone…

    A sudden knock made him jump. He had found a guest room within the halls of elves’ grand castle. It was out of the way and he hoped to simply rest here…alone.

    But, it looks like the Lord still has more work for me… “Come in,” he said out loud, straightening his posture.

    The door opened and a bishop entered. “Ah, there you are Brother Felix. I have been looking for you–”

    “And you found me. What can I do for you?” he said, cutting the short, pudgy man off.

    The bishop shook his head. “Not for me, but for your own sake.”

    Felix raised an eyebrow. “Oh? And what can I do for myself?” he asked, almost mocking the man.

    The bishop studied him for several moments before he spoke. “Brother Felix, there is no reason for you to be so hostile towards me.”

    “I apologize, Brother, but I am quite exhausted. I had hopes of turning in early.” And without being disturbed. In truth, Felix barely trusted the bishop. The man had a tendency to cause trouble for him.

    The bishop bowed. “Understandable but regrettable. We were not able to capture all the elves.” There was an insinuation in his words.

    He narrowed his eyes. “Indeed. But what, pray tell, can I do for myself?”

    “Ah yes! You see, Brother, this news will not go well with the High Prophet. Perhaps–”

    “Really?” he asked, cutting the bishop off. “Our casualties were low and our objective complete. The city is ours, the queen’s head is ours.”

    The bishop shook his own head. “It is true we were able to capture both the city and queen. But, we failed to destroy their army. We let them escape. Even the elven court got away. They can and will rally. Should we not pursue?”

    I see where this is going… Felix looked upon the man with mounting annoyance. “Brother, I am well aware of that, but you are wrong in one regard. The elves have given up, their morale is gone. They fled because they know they cannot win.

    “With that in mind, I decided not to pursue them. I can crush them at my leisure. However, our men are exhausted. This is the first time in months that they have had time to let loose.”

    Silence fell as he finished his explanation. But deep down, Felix knew he was telling a lie. The real reason he had chosen to not pursue was because of the vision…

    “Are you well?” The sudden question and shift of topic caught him off guard.

    He eyed the bishop warily. “Yes. As I said, I am merely exhausted.”

    “Are you sure, Brother? I sense your heart wavering. Did the so-called queen do something?”

    Shit. “I assure you, I am quite fine. My heart wavers at the thought of all the paperwork I will have to do in the morning.”

    That got a slight chuckle from the bishop. “That, I know all too well… It is why I am here, after all. I will have to report this all to the High Prophet. I merely need to explain why we aren’t chasing after them.”

    Felix began to relax. “And now you know.”

    “Indeed I do. Now, I shall make my leave and let you rest.”

    “Thank you.”

    The bishop gave a courteous bow and left, leaving Felix alone once again.

    Several long moments passed before he slouched again into his chair. Now that he was alone, the vision threatened to come back to haunt him.

    Lord, give me strength, he said in a prayer to his god.

     

    ***

     

    The next day started off early for Felix as his room shook violently. Immediately, he jumped out of bed, a knife in hand.

    Another rumble and the sound of a distant explosion.

    Cursing, he quickly grabbed his armor and rushed out of the room. Coming into the grand hallway, he found his men panicking and running in every direction.

    Sticking his hand out, he caught one soldier and stopped them.

    “Tell me,” he said calmly, “what is happening?”

    “S-Sir! Dragons! Dragons are attacking!”

    He let go of the soldier and donned his gear. While his armor would offer little protection from a dragon, it did contain several enchantments…

    SILENCE! He shouted, his voice projecting throughout the castle. REMEMBER YOUR TRAINING! FIND YOUR SERGEANTS AND PREPARE THE DEFENSES!

    Felix watched as his words took effect. No longer were his men running around clueless, instead their steps became purposeful as they orderly made their way to and fro.

    Falling into the, now orderly, chaos, he followed several towards the grand hall. Meanwhile, through the windows, fire rained down upon the captured city.

    A singular dragon breached the predawn clouds with a roar that shook the foundations. It was massive, it was red, and Felix knew its name.

    Nevrim…

    —----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    [Previous] [First] [Next] [RoyalRoad] [Discord] [Patreon]

    We're going in deep now. Hopefully, you all like this otherwise I will have to cry. Okay, that's a bit melodramatic but I'll be sad :(

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    14:04 UTC

    48

    A Stranger Among Stars, Chapter Twenty: Breaking Through the Ice

    Max drifted awake slower than usual, the warmth of sleep still clinging to him like a thick fog. For the first time in… well, maybe ever, he had truly rested. No nightmares. No waking up in a cold sweat. Just warmth, the faintest trace of Malinar’s scent still lingering on his sheets, and the ghost of her presence where she had curled up beside him before slipping out.

    It felt… nice. Too nice.

    The sudden flash of bright white light in his cabin made him groan, throwing an arm over his face.

    “Ava,” he grumbled, voice thick with sleep. “What the hell?”

    The AI’s voice, laced with amusement, filled the room. “Oh, honey, I have been trying to wake you up for ten minutes. And you’re so cute when you sleep, but you’re on duty.”

    Max let out a slow breath and rubbed his eyes before sitting up, stretching out the stiffness from his limbs. As his vision cleared, he saw Ava’s holographic form standing at the foot of his bed, arms crossed, a smirk playing on her lips.

    He gulped, suddenly self-conscious. “Uh… what do you need?”

    Ava huffed. “Your new suit is ready, your shuttle is prepped, and somebody is going down to the surface for a solo mission today. Any guesses on who that might be?”

    Max exhaled sharply. Right. The mission. He had completely forgotten he was scheduled to head back down to G-X473 today.

    “Great,” he muttered, swinging his legs over the side of the bed. “Another fun-filled adventure on the gelatinous hellscape.”

    Ava projected a holographic model of the planetoid, highlighting the mission parameters. “Ilvar will drop you at a landing zone near the volcanic region. From there, it’s just a nice, scenic walk to the bioweapon ice plains—" she emphasized the words with mock enthusiasm, “—where you’ll use a pickaxe and sledgehammer to break off a few lovely samples. Those go into the containers you designed, which will then be stored in the cryocontainer. After that, you get to spend some quality time in the volcanic region for decontamination, and then Ilvar flies you back. No more than three or four hours, tops.”

    Max groaned and ran a hand through his hair. “Sounds like a great way to spend my morning.”

    Ava smirked. “Oh, don’t be so grumpy. At least this time you won’t have to evacuate under emergency conditions.”

    Max shot her a dry look before pushing himself to his feet. As he started towards the bathroom to splash some cold water on his face, he paused and turned back.

    “Why That 70’s Show?” he asked, curiosity finally overriding his exhaustion.

    Ava’s smirk widened. “Because right now, Max, you’re Fez.”

    He blinked. “What?”

    She leaned forward conspiratorially. “Until you tell them where Earth is? You’re the foreign exchange student.”

    Max opened his mouth to argue—then closed it again. He had nothing to counter that.

    Damn it.

    With an exaggerated sigh, he shook his head and walked away, Ava’s quiet giggling echoing behind him.

    Max walked briskly down the corridor, rolling his shoulders as he ran through the mission plan in his head. He wasn’t exactly thrilled about going back down to the planetoid alone, but the job had to be done. The ship needed samples of the bioweapon ice, and apparently, he was the best suited to retrieve them.

    Ilvar flies me down. Walk to the ice plains. Smash off a few chunks with a hammer and pickaxe. Secure them in the containment units. Head to the volcanic region for heat decontamination. Fly back up.

    Simple enough—if everything went according to plan. But things rarely went according to plan.

    Ava’s voice broke through his thoughts, her holographic form flickering to life beside him. “You seem deep in thought, Fez.”

    Max groaned. “Really? You’re still on that?”

    Ava grinned. “Oh, absolutely. Until you give up the goods on where Earth is, you’re Fez.”

    Max shook his head but couldn’t help smirking. “Fine. At least Fez got a happy ending.”

    “Ah, but did he?” Ava waggled her holographic fingers mysteriously. “The wisdom of the ages is still out on that one.”

    Max rolled his eyes. “Right. Anyway, you’re here for a reason. What do you need?”

    Ava hummed. “Just making sure you don’t forget the important stuff. You do have a plan for not shattering the samples, right? Because, from what I understand, hammer plus brittle alien ice equals a bad time.”

    Max exhaled through his nose. That was one of the main issues he’d been considering. The bioweapon’s frozen state wasn’t like standard ice—it was fragile but elastic, prone to shattering into near-useless fragments. If he went in swinging like a caveman, he’d end up with dust.

    “I was thinking about scoring the surface first,” Max said, adjusting his gloves. “Use the pickaxe to make controlled fractures before applying any real force. Kind of like how you cut glass.”

    Ava raised an eyebrow. “That’s... actually a solid idea. Practical, controlled. Not just brute force.”

    Max smirked. “I know, I’m full of surprises.”

    Ava gave him a deadpan look. “And yet, you still solve half your problems with duct tape.”

    Max held up a finger. “And don’t you ever forget it.”

    With that, he stepped into the prep bay.

    The first thing he noticed was his suit, standing upright on a rack, sleek and well-fitted. The second thing was Malinar and Xiphian, both already in the room. His stomach twisted slightly at the sight—after last night’s argument between them over him, he half-expected things to be tense. But instead, both carried themselves with their usual professionalism.

    Still, Malinar’s presence was a comfort. She was scanning over a medical readout, her large teal eyes flicking toward him as he entered. A small smile tugged at her lips, and her emotions, warm and steady, brushed against his mental walls. He let his guard down just enough to let her feel his appreciation.

    Xiphian, on the other hand, was laser-focused on the final checks of his suit, her four arms working with mechanical precision. When she noticed him watching, she huffed. “About time. You’re late.”

    Max smirked. “Good morning to you too, Xiphian.”

    She merely grumbled something in Kordian under her breath and continued her work.

    With a sigh, Max pulled off his tunic and stepped into the suit. Unlike the standard Interstellar Council EVA suits, which were bulkier, this one was streamlined and flexible, designed with his greater physical strength and endurance in mind. As he adjusted the fit, Malinar stepped closer, running a medical scanner over him one last time.

    “Vitals are steady,” she murmured, before leaning in and pressing a gentle kiss to his cheek. “Good morning. And good luck.”

    Max smiled at the gesture, letting his warmth reach her. “Keep an eye on me from up here, yeah?”

    She nodded, gripping his arm briefly before stepping back.

    Xiphian, finishing the last adjustments, frowned as Max began patting his suit down. “What are you doing?”

    Malinar’s eyes lit with realization just as Max extended a hand expectantly. Without a word, she reached into a nearby kit and pulled out a roll of duct tape, placing it in his palm.

    Xiphian let out an exasperated sigh. “Why do you need that?”

    Max grinned. “Because duct tape saved our asses last time.”

    Xiphian narrowed her eyes. “You also abandoned your EVA suit to save Tash’ar.”

    Max winced as Malinar shot him a soft but firm glare. He sighed, running a hand through his hair. “Yeah, I know. That was... not my best moment.”

    Malinar’s gaze didn’t waver. “You promised.”

    Max nodded, his expression serious. “I know. And I meant it. No shutting down. I’ll come back.”

    Xiphian made a thoughtful noise, then waved a dismissive hand. “Fine. But if you get yourself killed, I’ll be very irritated.”

    Max chuckled. “Noted.”

    With that, he grabbed his helmet, took one last steadying breath, and made his way to the shuttle bay.

    The flight down was smooth, as expected. Ilvar was an excellent pilot, but that didn’t stop him from using the trip as an opportunity for amusement at Max’s expense.

    “So,” Ilvar drawled over the comms, his voice laced with humor. “I hear you’ve got yourself a very… passionate following aboard the Horizon.”

    Max groaned, already knowing where this was going. “Let me guess, you overheard Malinar and Xiphian arguing last night?”

    “Oh, I didn’t just overhear,” Ilvar said with a chuckle. “They were in the middle of the mess hall. Loudly. Quite the scene. And quite the debate. One wants to claim you, the other wants you to sire a litter. You humans do move fast, don’t you?”

    Max sighed, rubbing his temple despite the helmet. “It’s not like that.”

    “Oh? So Malinar isn’t possessive over you?”

    Max hesitated. “…Okay, maybe a little.”

    Ilvar outright laughed. “And Xiphian? She seems quite taken with your… adaptability.”

    Max shot back, “Does that even qualify me as a desirable candidate in Kordian culture? I mean, isn’t desirability determined by intelligence and engineering skill? Where does a shuttle pilot rank in the grand hierarchy of potential mates?”

    There was a beat of silence before Ilvar scoffed. “You’re deflecting.”

    “Maybe. Or maybe I’m just reminding you that you’re not the only one who can poke fun.”

    Ilvar hummed in amusement. “Fair enough, deathworlder.”

    The ship touched down smoothly in the volcanic region, the inertial dampeners making the landing feel like little more than a gentle tap. Outside, the jagged, spire-like formations of the landscape stretched across the horizon, and the ice—no, not ice—the gelatinous bioweapon, shimmered in an unnatural way beneath the thin atmosphere.

    Max exhaled, then stood and grabbed the cryocontainer filled with his personally fabricated synthetic storage units. Then, he hoisted the bag of tools over his shoulder and stepped onto the ramp.

    The landscape still breathed beneath his feet. Now, however, it was not just a feeling but a certainty.

    He was standing on something that was alive—or at least, something that used to be.

    He wasted no time. Striding toward the frozen bioweapon deposits, he knelt and pulled out his tools. A hammer. A pickaxe. Simple, reliable.

    K.I.S.S., he thought. Keep It Simple, Stupid.

    His goal was straightforward—carve out roughly half-foot cubes of the material, keeping them intact as much as possible. He didn’t trust plasma tools for this. Too much heat, too much risk of altering the material’s properties.

    Just as he scored a 3x3 section with his pickaxe, a familiar, exasperated voice crackled over his comms.

    “Williams,” Tash’ar’s voice was thoroughly unamused. “What, exactly, are you doing?”

    Max grinned to himself as he began methodically applying duct tape over the grid, layering it carefully.

    “Ensuring the fragments don’t shatter when I break them free,” Max answered clinically.

    Tash’ar’s voice rose a fraction. “Duct tape? You’re using duct tape?”

    “Yes.”

    A beat of silence.

    “Williams, why in all the stars would you use that instead of a proper containment method?”

    Max kept working as he explained, his voice calm, pragmatic. “If I just strike the ice—”

    “Not ice.”

    “—the bioweapon material, the fragments could break off and move fast enough to puncture my suit.” He secured another strip of tape before continuing. “Duct tape keeps the structure intact and gives me full control over where the pieces go. Once it’s in the cryocontainer, I’ll properly seal it.”

    Tash’ar sounded as though he was physically restraining himself from an outburst. “…You’re telling me you’re using primitive adhesive tape as a safety measure.”

    “Duct tape saved the last mission,” Max reminded him, smirking.

    “Duct tape—” Tash’ar made an incomprehensible noise, somewhere between frustration and resignation. “—duct tape should not be a primary solution in a scientific expedition!”

    Max chuckled. “And yet, here we are.”

    Tash’ar groaned. “If you die down there, I will personally file a report listing ‘duct tape overreliance’ as the cause of death.”

    Max just grinned. “Duly noted.”

    He brought the hammer down, cracking the grid loose in a single controlled strike. The tape held. The samples remained intact.

    Science.

    Max carefully secured each half-foot sample cube in its own individual container within the cryocontainer, ensuring that none of the gelatinous bioweapon remnants could escape or interact with one another. With precise, methodical movements, he placed the last of the properly stored samples in the reinforced case.

    Then, for his own morbid curiosity, he retrieved a smaller sample—an eighth one—and wrapped it in a few layers of duct tape before affixing it to the top of the cryocontainer. It was a ridiculous solution, but duct tape had a way of solving problems that even the most advanced materials engineering sometimes couldn't. He figured if the thing was dormant in extreme cold, he could observe what would happen when it was exposed to different conditions.

    With everything secured, he rose from his crouch, stretching briefly as he checked his suit's environmental seals. The next step was crucial—he needed to make his way to one of the volcanic regions. The intense heat would be enough to burn away any lingering fragments of the bioweapon before he could board the shuttle. A necessary precaution.

    As he began his trek, Ilvar's voice crackled over the comms.

    "So, Max, about Xiphian’s interest in your genetic material. Are you planning on siring some prodigious hybrid engineers anytime soon?"

    Max rolled his eyes and shot back without hesitation, "That depends—how do Kordians value a pilot with a penchant for drinking and gossiping instead of actually flying the shuttle?"

    Ilvar let out a low, amused chuff. "That hurts, Max. Really. Deeply. I'm an excellent pilot. Besides, you'd be doing the galactic gene pool a favor. Just think about it—brilliant, deathworlder intelligence combined with Kordian precision."

    "Yeah, no thanks. I’ve got enough on my plate without cross-species eugenics projects," Max said dryly.

    Before Ilvar could retort, Max's attention snapped to his suit’s internal temperature readout. He was nearing the lava fields, and as the heat climbed, a subtle shift in weight on his back made him pause.

    Then, he heard it—a faint, wet schlurp.

    Max glanced over his shoulder just in time to see the eighth sample—the one taped to the cryocontainer—shifting. The rising temperature had awakened it. Slowly, it pushed against the layers of duct tape, seeping out in tendrils that shimmered with an eerie, iridescent hue.

    Then, as if sensing something, it lunged toward him.

    Except his suit was sealed. Non-organic. Impenetrable.

    The gelatinous mass oozed over his shoulder, flowing down his arm in search of genetic material to assimilate, but it found nothing. Max tilted his head, watching with detached curiosity as the bioweapon sluggishly attempted to digest what it couldn’t understand.

    "Ava," he said over the comms, "engage my suit’s scanners. Let’s collect some data on this thing while it’s active."

    Ava responded almost immediately, her tone laced with equal parts fascination and exasperation. "You do realize this is an incredibly reckless approach to scientific observation, right?"

    "I mean, I could have just let it slip off and die in the heat, but where's the fun in that?"

    "Max." Malinar’s voice cut through the private comm line, cold and controlled. "What the hell are you thinking?"

    He could feel the sharp edge of her emotions even through the suit’s dampening systems. Frustration. Fear. A touch of something deeper.

    "I'm thinking I'm completely fine," Max reassured her. "Suit's sealed, no risk of contamination. And we need to see how this thing behaves when active. Right now, it's aware that I'm organic, but it can't figure out why it can't consume me."

    There was a pause, then a sharp exhale from Malinar. "You have no idea how much I hate this."

    "Noted."

    The bioweapon shifted, pulling away slightly as the temperature continued to rise. Max observed its movements carefully. It was reacting.

    Self-preservation instinct.

    "Let's test something," Max muttered, reaching into one of his utility pouches. He retrieved an emergency ration bar, unwrapped it, and with a flick of his wrist, tossed it toward the nearest lava flow.

    The bioweapon reacted instantly, launching itself from his suit and latching onto the bar as it arced through the air. It didn't even hesitate.

    A split second later, the entire mass of it plunged into the molten rock. It writhed for a moment before dissolving completely, annihilated by its own gluttony.

    Max let out a breath, then calmly announced over the open channel, "Well, that answers that. The bioweapon isn't sentient. No intelligent life form would have followed the survival bar into a lava flow."

    A collective groan filled the comms.

    Tash’ar’s voice practically vibrated with barely contained frustration. "Max, that is not how scientific observation works! You don’t just toss snacks at an unidentified biohazard and draw conclusions like some—some deathworlder lunatic!"

    Before Tash’ar could launch into a full-blown tirade, Kabo’s voice cut through. "Tash’ar, mute yourself."

    There was a strangled noise, then silence.

    Kabo exhaled heavily. "Max, get back to the shuttle. Now."

    "Aye, Captain," Max replied, unfazed.

    Ava chimed in, her tone smug. "For what it’s worth, the data we just collected is extremely valuable."

    Max smirked. "See? Always a silver lining."

    As he continued toward the shuttle, he could feel Malinar’s presence lingering on the private channel. She hadn’t said anything else, but he knew she was still there, still watching.

    He sighed softly. "Mal?"

    Her voice was quieter this time, but no less intense. "Just… get back safe."

    Max nodded, even though she couldn’t see it. "I will."

    And for once, he actually meant it.

    Max leaned back against his seat, the cryocontainer safely secured to the shuttle’s cargo hold. He watched through the viewport as the last remnants of the duct-taped bundle disintegrated in the lava flow below. A final precaution—just in case the bioweapon had any last surprises.

    Ilvar, however, had other things on his mind.

    “So, Max,” the Kordian pilot said, his voice carrying that particular lilt that meant he was settling in for a good conversation. “I think we need to talk about your situation.”

    Max sighed, already feeling the exhaustion creeping in. “What situation?”

    Ilvar made a vague gesture with one of his four hands. “You and Xiphian. And Malinar, of course. Quite the predicament, no?”

    Max pinched the bridge of his nose. “It’s not a predicament. Malinar and I are together. That’s it.”

    Ilvar scoffed. “That is hardly ‘it.’ Clan Teck is wealthy, influential, and Xiphian has made it clear she values your genes. That alone is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.”

    Max opened one eye, staring at the Kordian. “I’m not a breeding stud.”

    Ilvar shrugged, a smirk playing at his lips. “A matter of perspective.”

    Max shook his head, deciding to let that one slide. “Look, Malinar and I are figuring things out. And she’s not obligated to follow what her people normally do.”

    “That is fair,” Ilvar admitted, nodding. “But Valkirie are naturally inclined toward multiple partners. The fact that she is so opposed to the idea is… unusual.”

    Max frowned. “Not really. Humans lean toward monogamy, but that’s not universal either. People make their own choices.”

    Ilvar tilted his head, considering. “Perhaps… but Xiphian is willing to pay quite handsomely for one litter. That could set you and Malinar up for life.”

    Max groaned. “I’m not selling my genes to the highest bidder.”

    Ilvar laughed. “A pity. Xiphian would probably have paid you in engineering resources. I hear she has a personal workshop with some of the best fabrication tools outside of Kordian Prime.”

    Max narrowed his eyes. “You’re enjoying this way too much.”

    Ilvar’s grin widened. “Of course. This is the most entertaining thing to happen in weeks.”

    Max exhaled sharply, rubbing his temple. “You know what? Let’s talk about you for a change.” He glanced at Ilvar. “Do you have a mate?”

    Ilvar’s chest puffed up with obvious pride. “I do! Five, actually.”

    Max blinked. “… Five?”

    Ilvar nodded enthusiastically. “And I’ve successfully sired five litters.”

    Max’s mind stalled for a moment before he hesitantly asked, “Litter?”

    Ilvar’s eyes lit up, clearly pleased that Max had taken the bait. “Yes! Kordians give birth to five to fifteen pups at a time.”

    Max groaned, slumping back in his seat. “I regret asking.”

    Ilvar laughed, patting Max’s shoulder. “Welcome to interspecies cultural exchange, my friend.”

    The shuttle thrummed as it ascended toward the Horizon, the bioweapon’s remnants now nothing more than data in Ava’s archives. Max closed his eyes, silently preparing himself for whatever new insanity awaited him once they landed. As soon as Max stepped off the shuttle’s ramp, he was met with a dual-pronged assault. Malinar and Xiphian were already waiting, and neither looked particularly pleased.

    Xiphian got to him first, four arms immediately reaching to inspect his suit. “You didn’t compromise the integrity of the seals, did you?” she demanded, running a scanner over him with a practiced efficiency. “If I have to rebuild another joint system because of your—”

    “I followed protocol,” Max cut in, his voice even, professional. “No rips, no tears, and no perforations.”

    Xiphian narrowed her eyes at the readings, clicking her mandibles in frustration. “Until I get you out of this suit for a full diagnostic, I won’t be certain, but…” She let out a begrudging huff. “For now, I suppose you’re fine.”

    Max nodded once, acknowledging her concern, but his focus was already shifting to Malinar, who stood just behind Xiphian, arms crossed, tail flicking sharply. Her teal eyes locked onto him with an intensity that made it clear—she was not happy.

    He didn’t flinch under her gaze, but he did let his mental walls slip just enough for her to sense the truth: he was safe, uninjured, and despite how it might have looked, he hadn’t been reckless. Not entirely. He hadn’t gone in with a full plan, but he hadn’t gone in blind, either.

    Malinar’s scowl softened, but only slightly. She sighed, rubbing her temple. “You’re impossible, you know that?”

    Max offered the smallest hint of a smirk. “So I’ve been told.”

    Before the conversation could continue, Tash’ar stormed forward, tail bristling, ears pinned back in barely restrained fury. “You absolute, deathworlder, lunatic!” he snarled, jabbing a clawed finger at Max’s chest. “Do you have any idea how many scientific violations you committed in the span of a single mission?”

    Max remained silent, knowing better than to interrupt.

    Tash’ar, however, was only getting started.

    “First, you somehow managed to synthesize seven containment units—a day ago! In conditions that should have made it impossible for lab-scale synthesis to work at all! Then, instead of using proper tools for extraction, you took a hammer and pickaxe like some pre-industrial miner! I allowed it—because I assumed you would eventually listen to reason and use a plasma saw as I suggested—but no! You doubled down on primitive stupidity!”

    He took a deep breath, but it did little to slow his rant.

    “And then—then—you decided that duct tape was an appropriate containment reinforcement. DUCT. TAPE. Do you even understand how many safety regulations that violates?!

    “And as if that weren’t enough,” he seethed, voice rising, “you knowingly took an unauthorized eighth sample, woke it up to observe its behavior, baited a deadly bioweapon into a lava flow using a survival bar—and now you stand here as if that’s just another day’s work?!”

    Silence stretched across the docking bay. Crew members who had gathered to watch the spectacle took a cautious step back, no doubt wondering if Tash’ar was about to explode from sheer frustration.

    Max remained impassive, waiting until he was sure Tash’ar had fully emptied his outrage. Then, with deliberate calm, he said, “I acquired the samples as ordered and obtained data on how the bioweapon acts in a semi-controlled environment.”

    The silence grew heavier.

    Tash’ar made a strangled noise, ears flattening so hard they nearly disappeared into his fur. Malinar, seeing the dangerous level of stress in his expression, swiftly pulled a relaxant from her medkit and injected him before he could suffer an aneurysm.

    Tash’ar blinked slowly, expression shifting from rage to momentary confusion before his eyes drooped slightly. “You… insufferable…” His words slurred as the relaxant took effect, and he swayed slightly before Marook stepped in to catch him.

    Captain Kabo, who had been observing from the sidelines, let out a low, amused chuckle. “Well,” he rumbled, folding his massive arms across his chest. “As far as I’m concerned, that was a debrief. Max take the rest of the day off.”

    Xiphian clicked her mandibles in annoyance, but said nothing. Malinar just shook her head, exasperation warring with the undeniable relief that Max was, in fact, unharmed. Tash’ar, for his part, was now mumbling something about scientific heresy into Marook’s fur.

    Max exhaled, feeling the tension finally ease from his shoulders. 

    Max sat on the observation deck, the glass stretching endlessly above him, framing the vastness of space. G-X473, the planetoid they had just left, shrank in the distance, its icy, bioweapon-ridden surface little more than a speck against the backdrop of the stars. The Horizon moved forward on its mission, leaving behind yet another strange discovery.

    And yet, Max’s mind wasn’t on their next objective. It wasn’t on the samples, or the data, or even Tash’ar’s near aneurysm. No, his thoughts had turned inward.

    He found solace in stargazing, though it had never really been his hobby. It had been his mother's. Back before she had become the distant, clinical scientist. Before the weight of grief had hollowed her out. Before she had pushed him toward cold logic and equations, stripping away anything she deemed unworthy of pursuit.

    His gaze drifted over the stars, and a question gnawed at the edges of his thoughts. Is humanity still out there?

    10,587 years. More than ten millennia since the Aurora was lost. Since Earth had been anything more than a distant memory. He liked to imagine that humans had survived, that somewhere out there, his people were still fighting, still building, still living. But there was no way to know. No way to be sure.

    And with that thought, his mind spiraled further—past the unknown fate of humanity, past Earth, and onto something more personal. His family.

    He could barely remember the warmth that had once existed in his home. His mother’s voice had once been soft, filled with praise. His father had once wanted to teach him, to show him things, to encourage his curiosity. But after his aunt’s death, something had changed. Love had become distant, praise conditional. Knowledge was valuable; emotions were not.

    And then, as always, the pain came. That sharp, familiar ache in his chest. He clenched his jaw, instinctively pushing it down, preparing to bury it as he always did.

    Then two arms wrapped around him.

    Malinar.

    Her warmth pressed against his back as she leaned over him, her voice soft, soothing. “I’m here.”

    Max stiffened. He hadn’t even realized she was there. Had he really been sitting here that long?

    He swallowed. “Why?”

    “You’ve been sitting here since my shift started,” she murmured. “And you feel like you need someone.”

    Max didn’t know how to respond to that. His first instinct was to tell her he was fine, that he was just thinking, but he knew Malinar would see through it. He hesitated, torn between the need to hide and the quiet, aching part of him that wanted—needed—to be understood.

    She didn’t push. She simply held him, resting her chin atop his head, her breath warm against his hair, and without a word, she pressed a firm reassuring kiss to his head.

    Max’s throat tightened.

    “I have you now,” she whispered. “You don’t have to do this alone.”

    He swallowed hard. “I don’t know if I can do this.”

    “You don’t have to,” she said simply. “Not alone.”

    Max exhaled shakily. He didn’t want to unpack all of this. Didn’t want to dig through the wreckage of his past, least of all with Malinar—the one person he was terrified of scaring away. But she wasn’t letting go. She wasn’t leaving.

    Instead, she pulled him back, guiding him until he was leaning against her, his head resting just below her collarbone. One hand slid into his hair, her fingers carding through it gently.

    “Trust me,” she said softly.

    Max closed his eyes. And then, slowly, hesitantly, he did.

    He spoke quietly at first, his voice barely above a whisper. About the night when he was six. When he realized the mother he had known—the one who loved—was gone.

    “I was so excited,” he murmured, his hands gripping Malinar’s arms around his chest. “I’d drawn a picture in school. A trip to Mars, our family all together.” He let out a shaky breath. “I thought she’d be proud.”

    Malinar didn’t say anything. She just listened.

    “She barely even looked at it,” he continued. “She just scoffed and said art was a waste. That I was meant for greater things.” His voice grew tight. “Then she just... took it. Used some bio-gel she was working on. Dissolved it. Didn’t even hesitate.”

    Malinar’s arms tightened around him.

    “That was the first time I realized,” Max whispered. “She wasn’t my mom anymore. Not really.” His fingers clenched. “That was the night my heart broke.”

    Silence stretched between them, thick with unspoken pain.

    Then Malinar pulled him in tighter, pressing another kiss to his temple.

    “You’re not broken,” she whispered. “You’re just lost. Scrambled.” Her fingers ran gently through his hair, soothing, steady. “And I can help. I will help.”

    Max exhaled, his breath shaky, but for once, he didn’t push her away. He just let himself rest in her arms, the stars above them silent witnesses to the moment.

    And for the first time in a long time, he felt something other than empty.

    Max didn’t say anything for a long time. He wasn’t sure he could. The weight of the memories, of everything he had just admitted, settled heavy in his chest.

    But Malinar held him as if none of it scared her. As if his pain wasn’t something to be fixed or dissected, but simply understood.

    She ran her fingers gently through his hair, tracing slow, soothing patterns against his scalp. “You carry so much pain,” she murmured. “So much that was never yours to bear.”

    Max swallowed hard, his throat tight.

    She shifted slightly, resting her cheek against the top of his head. “Your mother…” Malinar hesitated, choosing her words carefully. “She hurt you. Not just that night, but over and over again. Whether she meant to or not.”

    Max clenched his jaw. He knew that. He had known that for years. But hearing it aloud, in Malinar’s voice, made it feel real in a way he wasn’t sure he was ready for.

    “I was never enough,” he said quietly.

    Malinar’s arms tightened around him. “No.” She exhaled slowly. “You were always enough, Max. You were just never what she wanted you to be.”

    His breath hitched slightly.

    Malinar sighed, pressing another gentle kiss to his temple. “You think the way she raised you, the way she shaped you, defines who you are. That you have to be what she made you. But you don’t.” She pulled back just enough to look down at him, her teal eyes soft, steady. “You’re not a machine. You’re not just logic and calculations. You feel so much—even if you don’t always know how to handle it.”

    Max let out a breath he hadn’t realized he was holding.

    Malinar shifted again, this time moving so that she was facing him more fully. She reached for his hands, taking them in hers, her thumbs brushing over his knuckles. “You are more than what she tried to make you. More than what she took from you.” Her voice was firm, certain. “Your past shaped you, Max, but it doesn’t own you.”

    Max looked down at their hands, her blue-gray fingers wrapped around his. His hands, calloused from training, scarred from survival, dwarfed hers slightly, but she held on as if she had no intention of ever letting go.

    “You don’t have to keep carrying this alone,” she whispered. “You don’t have to keep proving that you’re worth something.”

    His throat tightened. “Then why do I still feel like I do?”

    Malinar’s expression softened, and she lifted one hand, cupping the side of his face. “Because pain doesn’t just go away,” she murmured. “Because it’s been a part of you for so long that you don’t know who you are without it.” She gently traced her thumb along his cheekbone. “But you’re not broken, Max. You never were.”

    Max exhaled shakily, leaning just slightly into her touch.

    Malinar tilted her head, her teal eyes searching his. “You are hurt. You are scarred. But scars don’t mean the wound is still open.” She hesitated, then added softly, “And if it still is… then let me help you close it.”

    Max’s breath caught in his throat.

    “I want you, Max.” Her voice was quiet but unwavering. “Not your intelligence. Not your usefulness. You.”

    He squeezed his eyes shut, overwhelmed by the sheer weight of her words.

    He had spent his whole life trying to be valuable. Trying to be enough. His mother had only praised him when he succeeded in science, in logic, in something she deemed worthy. His father had distanced himself, too wrapped up in his own grief to see what was happening. The Interstellar Council only saw him as a deathworlder, a potential threat, something to be analyzed and handled carefully.

    But Malinar didn’t want any of that. She just… wanted him.

    And for the first time, he realized how much he wanted to believe that was enough.

    He opened his eyes, looking up at her, his walls lower than they had ever been. “…I don’t know how to do this,” he admitted, voice barely above a whisper.

    Malinar smiled softly. “Then let’s figure it out together.”

    Max swallowed, then, slowly, he nodded.

    Malinar pressed her forehead lightly against his, her breath warm against his skin. “You don’t have to be alone anymore,” she murmured. “Not if you don’t want to be.”

    Max closed his eyes again. And for the first time in what felt like forever… he let himself believe her.

    And maybe—just maybe—that was enough.

    *last chapter / *[next chapter]TBR 2/5 ()

    14 Comments
    2025/02/03
    14:01 UTC

    16

    That thing It´s a Big Partner! HFY Story (Chapter 21)

    The CloneMarine crossed his arms, watching Marcus with cold eyes.

     

    “Don’t try anything funny, Martian.”

     

    Marcus didn’t reply, only casting a disdainful glance before turning to his crew. He approached the cryogenic capsules and began the reactivation process, entering commands into the side panel of each one.

     

    The process was slow. Just as it had happened to him, the crew members woke up disoriented, their bodies still struggling against the effects of prolonged cryosleep. Some collapsed to their knees, vomiting the remnants of the suspension process, while others leaned against the walls to keep from fainting. The air in the room filled with low groans and heavy breathing.

     

    The CloneMarine watched In silence. When the last crew member stepped out of their capsule, he turned to Marcus.

     

    “Now talk. Tell me everything that happened.”

     

    Marcus sighed, running a hand over his face. His eyes still held hesitation, but he seemed to understand there was no avoiding it anymore.

     

    “I’ll only tell you what I know,” he said. “The bigger picture… I don’t know.”

     

    The CloneMarine narrowed his eyes, but before he could press further, Marcus was already walking toward the door.

     

    “Let’s go to my ship, Clone.”

     

    His tone still carried resentment, but his posture suggested an attempt at cooperation.

     

    He then turned to his crew, who were still recovering.

     

    “When you feel well enough, board the ship.”

     

    Without waiting for a response, Marcus left the room alongside the CloneMarine and Tila. The corridor felt even colder now, but he ignored the sensation and kept his focus on their destination.

     

    Upon reaching the hangar, Marcus stopped for a moment.

     

    There she was.

     

    The Martian frigate rested at the center of the immense metallic space, imposing even after a decade of abandonment. Its aggressive lines and reddish-brown coloration reflected the hangar’s artificial lights.

     

    A relieved smile appeared on his face.

     

    “So she’s still here,” he murmured.

     

    He walked around the ship, his eyes analyzing every detail as if reuniting with an old friend. But then, something caught his attention.

     

    A stranger was approaching.

     

    Marcus stopped and narrowed his eyes, watching the bipedal rabbit walking toward him.

     

    “Who is that?” he asked, his tone filled with suspicion.

     

    “That’s Zarn,” Tila replied. “We found this place thanks to him.”

     

    Zarn smiled and gave a small wave.

     

    “Nice to meet you, human.”

     

    Marcus hesitated before responding.

     

    “You can call me Marcus,” he said, still scrutinizing Zarn with an analytical gaze. “I’m a captain in the Martian Navy.”

     

    Zarn nodded.

     

    “And I’m a journalist,” he said. “Finding this place… it’s fascinating. But I still need to find my friend. He disappeared while searching for this place.”

     

    For a brief moment, Marcus’s expression softened.

     

    “I’m sorry,” he said. “I hope you find him.”

     

    Without another word, he turned his attention back to the ship’s entrance.

     

    With determined steps, he approached the side of the frigate and opened a hidden panel. The metal slid smoothly, revealing a small identification device.

     

    He pressed his palm against the panel.

     

    For a moment, nothing happened.

     

    Then, a green light flashed on the screen, and a soft mechanical sound echoed through the hangar.

     

    The large hatch began to open, slowly lowering until it formed a boarding ramp.

     

    Marcus glanced over his shoulder, his eyes locking onto the CloneMarine.

     

    “You want to know what the Martian Republic was doing here?” His voice was low but heavy with meaning.

     

    He stepped onto the ramp, never breaking eye contact.

     

    “Then follow me, Clone.”

     

    ---

     

    The corridors of the Martian frigate were narrow, but the ship’s interior architecture impressed Tila and Zarn. The walls were made of dark metal with red and silver accents, and the lighting was soft, almost cold, contrasting with the functional and militarized design.

     

    “This is unlike anything I’ve ever seen,” Zarn murmured, his curious eyes scanning the details of the structure.

     

    Tila silently agreed. There was something almost intimidating about the simplicity and efficiency of the design, as if every inch of the ship had been planned solely for war.

     

    They walked for a few minutes until they reached the bridge.

     

    Marcus stepped up to the command panel and pressed a few buttons. Immediately, holograms materialized in the air, projecting a detailed view of the ship’s structure, its operational status, and various other pieces of information stored in the database.

     

    He observed the data in silence for a few seconds until something caught his attention. His eyes narrowed as he noticed that the weapons system indicated the frigate’s missiles were missing.

     

    But he said nothing.

     

    With a sigh, he turned to the others and began to speak.

     

    “Mars was working on an advanced FTL drive project,” he began. “And we needed to test the final version… My crew and I were chosen for that test.”

     

    He pointed to the hologram of a nearby star system.

     

    “The drive was installed on this ship, and our objective was to map a star a little over 30 light-years from the Sun. It was supposed to be a round trip. We didn’t intend to contact any alien beings… We didn’t even know of the existence of any intelligent life beyond our own, of course.”

     

    The CloneMarine crossed his arms, listening attentively.

     

    Marcus continued.

     

    “The drive took us to a Federation mining system. Soon, the authorities found us. They were… peaceful with us. Before long, Federation warships arrived and escorted us here.”

     

    He looked around the bridge.

     

    “This is where we held all our meetings for an entire month.”

     

    “Meetings about what?” Zarn asked.

     

    “We told them our story,” Marcus replied. “And after some time, they seemed to sympathize with us. They promised to provide us with the technology needed to defeat the Terran Republic… But in exchange, they requested access to all our technical data.”

     

    He paused, furrowing his brow as he recalled the details.

     

    “We handed over detailed information about our ships, our weapons… Everything. They said that with it, they could provide us with blueprints to improve our fleet. And then, in our last meeting, they claimed they would contact the Martian Republic to negotiate directly with our government.”

     

    He squinted, as If trying to pull out fragmented memories.

     

    “But…” He hesitated. “I don’t remember anything after that. The next thing I know, I woke up in that capsule… being awakened by that freak—”

     

    Marcus stopped mid-word.

     

    He quickly corrected himself, though with visible effort.

     

    “By that… Clone.”

     

    The CloneMarine remained impassive, but Tila noticed his jaw was clenched.

     

    Marcus exhaled heavily, crossing his arms.

     

    “I told you I didn’t know much,” he concluded.

     

    The silence weighed heavily on the bridge of the Martian frigate. The CloneMarine stared at the holograms projected before them, his expression grim.

     

    “This just raises more questions than answers…” he murmured.

     

    Marcus ran a hand over his face, exhausted.

     

    “But what does it matter in the end?” he said, his voice filled with frustration. “Our governments are gone. The Federation never had time to help us.”

     

    Zarn, who had been silent until now, let out a sigh and crossed his arms.

     

    “That doesn’t make sense,” he said, drawing everyone’s attention.

     

    The journalist took a few steps forward, his eyes shining with a mix of unease and curiosity.

     

    “No offense to your species or to you two…” Zarn began, choosing his words carefully. “But the Federation’s government considers species like yours barbaric just because you came from the Outer Rim. They would never help you, not even under the best circumstances… You and your ships would easily be mistaken for pirates or raiders.”

     

    He paused for a moment before continuing.

     

    “The fact that they kept you a secret… that’s what confuses me the most. There are no records of your species, not even in the Encyclopedia of Barbaric Species.”

     

    Marcus frowned, absorbing the information.

     

    “Maybe they were just having a good day,” he said sarcastically. “If what you’re saying is true, I should already be dead. My crew too.”

     

    Zarn didn’t look convinced.

     

    “Try to remember,” he insisted. “What else did they do to you?”

     

    Marcus narrowed his eyes, searching through the fragmented memories of his stay at the Federation station.

     

    “Well… they ran tests,” he said slowly. “Analyzed our anatomy, asked for information on the physiology of humans born on Earth and Mars. Besides that, they wanted to know everything about Terran ships and their weapons in order to create more effective weapons and countermeasures against the Martian Republic…”

     

    Zarn fell silent, his thoughts racing.

     

    He started connecting the dots.

     

    “I think that…” he murmured, almost to himself. “But… that can’t be it… Why would they do that?”

     

    The CloneMarine turned to him, impatient.

     

    “What are you thinking, rabbit?”

     

    “Say it,” Marcus added, the unease growing in his tone.

     

    Zarn took a deep breath before speaking.

     

    “What if… all the data they collected wasn’t to help you? Not your Martian Republic, not the Terran Republic.”

     

    He paused, his gaze locking onto the two humans.

     

    “What if it was for another purpose?”

     

    The color drained from Marcus’s face.

     

    “You’re saying that…” he started, his voice trembling. “The Federation never intended to help the Martian Republic…?”

     

    Zarn continued, his mind growing more certain of the terrible conclusion.

     

    “Not just you,” he said. “But your entire species. What if that data was used to attack you?”

     

    Marcus staggered, feeling the weight of the revelation crash down on him.

     

    He gripped the nearest console, his eyes wide.

     

    “Fuck…” he murmured, his voice breaking.

     

    The shock hit him like a punch to the gut.

     

    “How could I be so stupid…?”

     

    His body trembled slightly as the realization sank deep into his mind.

     

    “I was so desperate to end that goddamn war… that I doomed my own species.”

    5 Comments
    2025/02/03
    13:38 UTC

    3

    Reborn as a witch in another world [slice of life, isekai] (ch. 13)

    Previous chapter

    First Chapter

    Blurb:

    What does it take to turn your life around? Death, of course! 

    I died in this lame ass world of ours and woke up in a completely new one. I had a new name, a new face and a new body. This was my second chance to live a better life than the previous one. 

    But goddamn it, why did I have to be a witch? Now I don't just have to be on the run from the Inquisition that wants to burn me and my friends. But I also have to earn a living? 

    Follow Elsa Grimly as she: 

    1. Makes new friends and tries to save them and herself from getting burned
    2. Finds redemption from the deeds of her previous life
    3. Tries to get along with a cat who (like most cats) believes she runs the world
    4. Deals with other slice of life shenanigans

    __

    Chapter 13. New bloodhound

    I applied a healing ointment to the cut on my palm as I contemplated the idea of trying to summon old Elsa's abyssal form. Since I was going to extract the abyss from one of her belongings, it would probably be weak. So there was no reason to be afraid of her. Also, both Yazara and Amelia's abyssal forms had been quite subservient when summoned. So I didn't expect her to try anything funny with me.

    If I actually managed to summon old Elsa's abyss, it would only prove more beneficial to me instead. I could get more information on the liberation ritual from her. Or ask something about witchcraft that I had to know.

    I didn't bother making a new pentacle for this second summoning. I simply took Amelia's mirror off the eye at the centre of the star and set the bottle of scent in its place. I cut my palm once again and dripped the blood onto the pentacle.

    I waited for the room to go cold and the whispers to begin again. I waited for the black mist to start swirling. But nothing happened.

    I frowned as my blood kept dripping onto the pentacle. "Why didn't it work?" I mumbled.

    I took the bottle of perfume off the eye inside the pentacle and placed it back in (this was probably the witchcraft equivalent of plugging and unplugging the wifi cable to see if the internet starts working again). But nothing happened. The room was silent.

    I healed the cut on my hand again and left the room after erasing the pentacle off the ground. The frown never left my face as I walked back upstairs to the apartment.

    If Elsa was really dead then I should've been able to communicate with her. But the subject being alive hadn't been a problem while summoning Yazara's abyssal form. And it had been fairly easy to summon Amelia's abyss from her compact mirror.

    Could the reason be that old Elsa wasn't really attached to the perfume Lily gave her? Should I have placed the cold cream in the pentacle instead? Is it even necessary for a person to be attached to their belongings in order to extract their abyss from the object?

    I might need to run another experiment later. There were other matters at hand that I had to take care of. I had familiarized myself with most of Elsa's belongings and skimmed through half of the hexonomixcon. But I still didn't know everything that Old Elsa knew about Lily or Smokewell or other people from her life.

    That would have to wait though. Right now, the more important matter from all those matters was clearing our names from the Inquisition's burn list.

    I entered the apartment. Lily and Smokewell were up and awake.

    "Morning Miss Elsa!" Lily greeted from the kitchen.

    "It's afternoon, Lily," I said.

    "Oh," she said, looking out the kitchen window. "I didn't even notice that. All I keep thinking about is the golden skeleton and all the money we'll get after selling it off."

    "Stop talking about money all the time, Lily," Smokewell said from the couch, licking her paw, "You sound like someone who is broke."

    Lily rolled her eyes. "That's because we are."

    "You are the one who is broke. Cats don't need money to stay alive."

    "I guess we should leave you by a trash can so you can go and fend for yourself then?" I say playfully.

    Smokewell threw me a deadpan glare. "You can try that. I'll simply go to the Inquisition and report your sorry carcasses to them along with your location. I’ll even tell them that I was a lively, beautiful woman who got cursed by you witches. The non-users are so dead inside their heads they’ll actually take a talking cat’s testimony seriously."

    I smirked. “I don't think you'll do that,” I said. “Since you admitted yourself how you turned yourself into a cat so you could mislead the Inquisition from coming after us.”

    The cat turned her head away. “Shut up.”

    I leaned in close, egging her on. “You act all stoic on the surface but deep down you really are a fluffy little–”

    Scratch!

    I whimpered as I dropped myself on the couch, tending to the scratches the cat had given my face. "We need to prepare ourselves for our move against the Inquisition."

    "You came up with the plan. Why are you whining about it now?" Smokewell said.

    "Because it's still dangerous," I said, "Dangerous enough to get one of us killed."

    "No," Lily said as she walked into the living room with a tray with three cups of tea and a bowl of milk for Smokewell, "I trust in Miss Elsa's plan. It is risky but so is life."

    I smiled ruefully at the girl as I took my cup and raised it to my lips. "Where is Asmod?" I asked.

    "Right here," the short man said as he entered the apartment with a bundle of papers under his arm.

    "Right on time, Mr. Asmod!" Lily said, "I made tea for everyone."

    Asmod didn't seem pleased. He seemed rather terrified.

    "If you were a non-user, I would've said you looked like you saw a ghost," Smokewell said as she licked the milk from the bowl.

    "I saw something worse," Asmod said. His voice was hoarse. He hastily stepped towards the couch and laid down the Morning Newspaper on the coffee table. "This," he said, pointing at a column on the front page. "They've appointed a new general for the witch hunter Inquisition."

    "Um, why is this any worse news than the fact that the Inquisition is still looking for us?" Lily asked.

    "Because apparently the previous General's methods of investigation were not up to the standards required for the so-called direness of the situation," Asmod said, "The new General of Inquisition, Lloyd Hopper, has a record of carrying out fifteen successful trials around the cases of unethical practices of witchcraft which has led to thirty seven executions!"

    "Says who?" Lily said.

    "It's all in the paper!" Asmod jabbed his finger down at the column.

    Smokewell leaned in to read further. "I know this man," she said, "Those thirty seven so-called witches he had executed were some poor beggars who had been accused by some brat. None of them were actual magic users practicing witchcraft."

    "How are you so sure all of them were non-users?" I said.

    "No one who is familiar with our trade ever lets things get that out of hand while possessing the talent of witchcraft," she said.

    "There's more!" Lily leaned ahead as she read further in the column. "He has already lined up twenty people suspected of practicing unethical witchcraft. The trials will begin in two days."

    "I'm surprised there is no mention of the priority burn list," I said.

    "They won't print that information in the papers," Smokewell said. "That would only alert those whose names are in that list. But I'm sure he is probably going to amplify the efforts to arrest the people on the list."

    "You know what this means, right?" Asmod said.

    "We'll have to start acting on Miss Elsa's plan right away," Lily said.

    "Not yet," I said, "This man is dangerous. I want to do some prior digging up on him before we dive in with our plan."

    "Asmod, do you have any contacts that might be able to tell you more than what we read in the paper?" Smokewell asked.

    Asmod sighed. "I can try but don't get your hopes up. I'm not as well mixed up with the non-users."

    "Why don't you sneak into the Inquisition's headquarters, Madam Smokewell?" Lily said. "No one would suspect you since you are just a cat, well on the surface, at least."

    "I wouldn't risk it." Asmod shook his head. "This man, Hopper, has put people on trial just because someone spread the silliest rumors about them. And I'm certain he has heard of the folk tale of witches turning themselves into cats to fool people."

    "Well, it seems like there's no other way then," Smokewell said before turning to Lily, "Go and get that remaining sìth bread."

    Lily did as she was told. Smokewell pulled out her ivory pipe, filled the well with the bread crumbs and asked Asmod for a light. Then she took a deep drag.

    __

    The four of us sat around the coffee table, looking at the omens the cat had laid out for us. The cuckoo clock from Asmod's kitchen, a knife (also from the kitchen), a candle and a hammer.

    "I'll go first," Lily said, "the hammer probably signifies the justiciar's mallet. There is some kind of trial at the end of this thing. A big decision is about to be passed."

    Everyone nodded. "That's actually quite a sensible deduction," I said.

    Lily smiled proudly.

    "What about the candle?" Smokewell said, "Is someone still going to be burned?"

    "It might also signify shedding light onto something," Asmod said.

    "Now what about this?" Lily picked up the knife.

    I frowned. "If there's a trial, then maybe the verdict will divide people?" I said. "The knife signifies cutting up the groups, I think?"

    "I can't think of anything other than death at the omen of a knife," Smokewell said.

    "Don't you all use knives to carve up ritual symbols?" Asmod said, "Maybe it signifies you having to carry out an important ritual?"

    "That might be possible," Lily said.

    "Now the clock." Smokwell laid a paw on the cuckoo clock.

    Lily rolled her eyes. "It probably signifies the time that we are currently racing against."

    That's when my gaze happened upon something outside the kitchen window. I rose from the couch. "Or maybe, the clock signifies something that is inside that thing." I pointed at the clock tower in the distance, visible from the window.

    Royal Road

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    13:30 UTC

    137

    The Human From a Dungeon 87

    Prev | First

    Link-Tree

    Chapter 87

    Yulk Alta

    Adventurer Level: 7

    Orc - Nulevan

    Seeing our mother again was just what we needed. Traveling back home had been a pleasant journey, but nothing beats the smell of home. Nash was devastated to learn that mother had just started the stew, though, and it wouldn't be ready until tomorrow.

    We opted to grab a bite to eat at the adventurer's guild and invited mom to join us, but she had other plans for dinner. Tales of our adventures would likely have to wait until the next day, which was fine by us. It gave us that much more time to figure out which parts to leave out.

    We entered the guild, placed our order with Nima, and took a seat at one of the elongated tables. Nash likes sitting in the middle of tables for some reason. Speaking of stuff that Nash likes...

    "Should we check our levels?" I asked Nash with a grin.

    "Maybe after food, I'm starving," he replied, ignoring the jab but blushing slightly.

    I chuckled slightly, but felt a small pang of envy. Not because I have any sort of amorous feelings toward Nima, but because I've never felt the way that they do. At least, I don't think so.

    I have been told that I'm quite clueless when it comes to romantic situations. I'll admit that the art of flirting requires a conversational subtlety that eludes me most of the time, but I definitely feel like I would know it if a woman liked me in that manner. And no matter what anyone tells me, I still feel like puns and wordplay aren't the best indicator of romantic interest.

    "I heard somebody say food," a booming voice from behind me said.

    Nash and Nick's eyes widened, and I turned around to find Thunra Grantuf standing behind me. The absolutely massive orc beamed at us. I glanced back at my brothers and caught Nick instinctively placing a hand on his stomach. Nash recovered from the shock first.

    "Thunra! Good to see you again," he said. "What brings you to these parts?"

    The big brawler took the question as an invitation and plopped down into the empty seat next to me and directly across from Nick.

    "Guardin' a caravan that happened to be headed this way. Stumbled on the job after the group split, and it paid well enough that I decided to take a little vacation."

    "The group split?" I asked.

    "Well, yeah. We weren't exactly a long-term team. I brought up becomin' one, but Joni and Yhisith wanted to take a break and spend some of the coin we earned. Matri had some personal stuff to deal with. So, bein' the last remainin' member of the group, I started lookin' for jobs, can never have 'nuff coin, and found one that brought me out this way. Figured it was the best chance to see you lot again."

    Thunra sat there with a grin on his face, as if expecting us to ask why he wanted to see us again. Nick, Nash, and I shared a glance, and it was apparent that we were all aware of the reason. We sat there awkwardly for a moment before Nick let out a small sigh.

    "Why did you want to see us again, Thunra?" Nick asked in a slightly sarcastic tone.

    "To train you!" Thunra laughed. "You show promise, kid! With my help, you'll be a full class brawler in just a couple of months. Maybe a year."

    "Ah, well... Actually I'm gonna be enrolling in the magic academy."

    "The what?"

    "High Chief Ulurmak is heading up the creation of a school dedicated to the study of magic in Kirkena," I explained. "I'll be teaching there, and Nick is wanting to be a student."

    "Oh really?" the mountainous orc frowned. "When did they get that built?"

    "It's not finished yet. The High Chief said it would be a couple of weeks."

    "Perfect! We can train in the meantime!" Thunra grinned again. "Since we're in the village, you'll be able to get good food and rest, which will help you learn even faster. Then, once you're done schoolin', we can tackle your trainin' proper. You'll be a brawler-mage! Imagine, a fireball with one hand and a fist with the other!"

    Thunra let out a hearty laugh. Nick, however, looked as if he was struggling not to vomit. Or, perhaps, cry.

    "I, um..." Nick paused to collect himself. "I was kind of hoping to-"

    "Thunra's got a good point," Nash said with an evil chuckle. "You're already as far as I can take you with the sword. Focusing on magic will be good, but failing to take the opportunity to gain some more hand-to-hand skills would be foolish."

    Nick looked to me, his eyes begging for help. The gaze reminded me of a pupper begging to go for a walk, and would normally be rather effective. Unfortunately...

    "I agree," I said, tactfully avoiding Nick's pleading gaze. "The stronger we become, the better the odds of us getting you home."

    "Then it's settled," Thunra said, reaching across the table and patting the deflated human on the shoulder. "I'll be seeing you boys tomorrow at the trainin' pit."

    "You're not going to join us for dinner?" I asked.

    "Huh? Oh, y'mean what I said earlier? Nah, I was just kiddin', I already ate," he laughed. "Thought it'd be a funny way to announce myself."

    Thunra's hefty mass rose from next to me and we said our farewells. Nash and I glanced at Nick, who had the visage of someone who has just been told about their upcoming funeral, and shared a look of mirth. The human's aversion to painful training spoke of a lifetime of soft living, and while on some levels it was pitiable, on others it was pretty amusing.

    Before I could voice that opinion, the sound of a different and much lighter rump hitting the chair next to me drew my attention. I turned with a start, only to find that Yini had taken the seat previously occupied by Thunra. Catalina and Nimora stood nearby, staring at her in shock.

    "H-hello Yini," I stammered, surprised by this development.

    "You didn't come say hi," she said angrily.

    "We only just got back," I replied. "Got off the cart, saw mom, then came to get dinner. I was planning to see you and the girls for lessons tomorrow. I have a new book about the fair folk and learned quite a deal about them on our travels."

    Yini's face had softened until I mentioned lessons. She scoffed dramatically as the other girls found a seat. Catalina sat next to Yini, and Nimora walked over to the chair next to Nick and claimed it. Nash and I raised our eyebrow at Nimora, and she crossed her arms at us, challenging us to say something about it.

    "Will you be joining us for dinner?" I asked.

    "Yes, and you're paying as an apology for ignoring us," Yini said.

    "That's fine. You make fine company."

    The compliment caused her to become a slightly darker shade of green. Like whenever I mentioned Nima to Nash in a romantic light. But Yini always gets bashful when she's complimented, so I thought nothing more of it.

    "Careful, brother," Nash warned. "We made plenty of coin in our travels, but these three are bottomless pits."

    "I think you'll find that I have QUITE the bottom, Nash," Yini said, her tone approaching a growl.

    Nash raised his eyebrows and chuckled, having immediately picked up on the double meaning. I put a hand to my mouth and pretended to cough to hide my own laughter. Yini glanced at the two of us with confusion before realizing what she had said.

    "W-wait, that's not what I meant," she stammered. "I meant that I'm easy to fill."

    Nash's grin widened.

    "WITH FOOD!"

    Before the inadvertent innuendo could continue, Nima arrived with our food. She smiled, set down our platter and pitcher, then pulled up a chair and sat next to Nash. His expression morphed from a mirth-filled smugness into shy reservation, and I treated him to the same grin he had just been wearing.

    "Joining us, Nima?" I asked.

    "Of course. You were the last lot in for dinner, so I've got nothing better to do."

    "Well, actually, the girls here wa-"

    "We're fine," Yini said hurriedly. "Don't mind us."

    Nima gave Yini a smile that indicated that my pupil had correctly read the situation and made the right decision. I nodded sagely at Yini, and she punched me in the arm. Softly, though, as if chiding me for my lack of social awareness.

    "So, what have you boys been up to?" Nima asked.

    Nash looked too shy to speak, and Nick was staring pointedly at the table. The girls were wearing their normal attire, which by the standards of most cultures would be considered revealing. Having been well-inoculated against the sexualization of mammary tissue, I hadn't even noticed.

    "Well, as you know, we initially made our way to Kirkena because the High Chief wanted to meet Nick," I said, taking the initiative in the tale-telling.

    Nash and Nick began to eat as I relayed our adventures to the girls between bites of my own food. I told them about the bandit attack, our encounters with the fair folk, the awakened High Dragon, our reward for saving a certain merchant whose name escaped me, our trip to Calkuti, our fight with the vampires, the kobolds, and nearly everything else. The only parts I left out were the ones in which we nearly died.

    The sun had passed the horizon and its light had fled the guild by the time I was wrapping up the story of our adventures thus far. I paused when the story came to our last meeting with Ulurmak. I stared at my food in the torchlight, trying to find the best way to word what happened next.

    "The High Chief plans to open a school that is focused on the study of magic in Kirkena," I told them. "Nick plans to enroll, and I have been invited to teach."

    Nima excitedly congratulated me, but I felt a sudden darkness coming from my left. Yini had always been fond of her teacher, almost to the point of being clingy. The news of my upcoming move was bound to upset her. I glanced at my pupil, but instead of anger I saw resolve.

    "How do I enroll?" she asked.

    "Wh-what?" I stammered.

    "How do I enroll in this new school?"

    "You're capable of magic?"

    "I don't know. Never tried. Even if I'm not, though, having people study it academically can't be a bad thing."

    "W-well... I don't know..."

    "What do you mean? I'm a good student, aren't I?" she asked with a pout.

    "It's not that," I said. "I mean I don't know how one goes about enrolling. Nick was in a unique position to do so."

    "Guess you'll just have to tag along when they leave for school," Catalina interjected.

    "I'll do the same," Nimora replied. "I've been wondering if I have any sort of magical aptitude."

    Nash had recovered from his bashfulness and returned the look I'd given him when Nima had sat next to him. I looked at him with bewilderment. Nick was staring at me with a raised eyebrow. I took a moment to recover from my shock, and leaned back in my chair.

    "I guess that will be fine. So long as your parents approve."

    "Yulk, we're only a couple of months younger than you are," Yini sighed. "Even if our parents aren't fine with it, they can't stop us."

    "I know, but I'd rather not get angry mail from them. Your mother has a penchant for targeting insecurities and quite the way with words."

    "It'll be fine. What about you, Catalina?"

    "Oh, I'm fine staying here," Catalina laughed. "Magic is confusing, and I don't want to leave the village. I'll miss you two, though."

    The girls began cooing over each other while the rest of us watched awkwardly. I noticed that Nick and Nash had finished their food and began to eat mine a bit faster. Once I was done and things had settled down with my students, Nash let out a contended sigh.

    "Well, we should head home," he said. "It's getting pretty late."

    "Oh, I don't know," Nima smiled slyly. "I think there's one more thing to do before you leave."

    Nash went stiff.

    "What would that be?" I asked.

    "Well, shouldn't we check your levels? You just had a big adventure."

    "Can't we do it tomorrow?" I asked with an evil grin.

    "I think we should do it right now, sweetie," Nima's smile turned cold and she stood. "Come on, let's go."

    Nick, Nash, and I stood and followed her. The girls remained at the table, whispering to each other. We approached the counter as Nima retrieved the thingamajig that connects to the Curaguard. The rectangular box with six stubby legs made a soft thud as she set it on the counter.

    "I'll go first," I said, pulling out my guild card and grinning. "Nick will go next. Save the best for last, right?"

    Nima laughed a little as she took the metallic card from me and inserted it into the box. Blue and green lights swirled until they formed patterns and a hand-print. I placed my hand on the symbol and felt a slight static discharge.

    "Looks like no change for me," I said. "Same level and everything."

    "That sucks, I'm sorry," Nick replied.

    "Oh no, it's fine. I haven't exactly been trying to improve my level. Hardly any point for a magic user, you see. Your turn."

    Nima gave me back my card and took Nick's. Once the lights were done shifting, Nick placed his hand on the palm-print. I suddenly remembered what happened the last time we did this, but before I could say anything Nick took his hand off the light and the symbols began to shift. The human didn't look injured, so I turned my attention to what the box said.

    "Oh, you're level nine, now," I said, suddenly worried about Nash's response. "Congratulations."

    "Thanks," he replied nervously, likely for the same reason.

    Nash, however, seemed to be a thousand miles away. I kind of felt the same way, actually. Nash had agreed to court Nima once he was level ten. It would result in a change in lifestyle, and I would get far less time with my brother. My role as a teacher in Kirkena would exacerbate that.

    I always knew this day would come, of course. He or I would get married and have children, or we would take a different path in our careers. Then we would be limited to seeing each other whenever we got the chance. Part of me hoped that he was still only level nine. I'd rather have him grumble about Nick being an upstart than face the cold reality that awaits.

    He gave Nima his guild card and swallowed heavily. Nima gave Nick back his card and put Nash's into the box. We all held our breath as Nash reached out and placed his hand on the hardened light. Once he took his hand away, Nima and I gasped as the symbols shifted. Nash looked back and forth between us.

    "You're level eleven," I managed to say.

    Nash and I shared a look, knowing exactly what this meant. His courtship with Nima would cause us to drift apart for the first time in over a decade. We gave each other a solemn nod, then Nash turned to Nima with a smile.

    "Marry me," he said.

    ​Prev | First

    Link-Tree

    Support me and get early access to new chapters and bonus content!

    Patreon | Ko-fi

    New Chapters Every Monday!

    8 Comments
    2025/02/03
    13:26 UTC

    26

    Dreams of Hyacinth 22

    First / Previous / Next

    Nick and Eastern spent the next few days cleaning and working with the support frames to refit Tink. It turned out that he was mostly dusty and was overstating how rundown he really was. Even his Stardrive only needed some fuses, some cleaning, and a main reset done and was - nearly - as good as new. Selkirk asked for him to run a Stardrive test, partly to make sure their work was enough, and partly because she had never been aboard a Starjumper running their stardrive; he was more than happy to oblige. 

    They sat in their chairs on the Command Deck as the chairs tilted back and surrounded them in the supportive soft cushion to protect them from acceleration forces. By now, Tink and Selkirk had worked out how to adjust the chairs so that she could be comfortably cocooned. 

    "Ready?" 

    "We're ready Tink, let's do four gees for two minutes." Selkirk said.

    He paused for a moment. “That's pretty high, are you sure?"

    "It's only two minutes, Tink, we'll be fine." Eastern said.

    “Four gees, two minutes, aye. I'm going to need to apply War Emergency Power to the reactors for that too, okay?"

    "You don't need our permission for that Tink, you're the Starjumper." Nick said.

    Tink chuckled. "In the old days I did. I mean, I could always do it on my own, but humans liked to believe that I wouldn't WEP my reactor unless I had permission. Anyway, I'm just letting you know so you don't wonder about the noise."

    Nick started "What noi-" and then he heard it. It was the same sound that he heard when they first came onboard. Like a roaring whine underpinned with a quiet alarm from deep within the ship. After a moment there was a much louder alarm, and a warning flashed on the display screens "Acceleration Warning. Acceleration Warning. Acceleration Warning."

    After it flashed the third time, Nick felt it. It was like the hand of a giant pressing him into his seat. He felt his cheeks get heavy; his whole body felt like it was being squished. As he struggled to breathe, the chair helped by compressing and releasing his chest. The weight was immense. He could also hear the roar of the stardrive through the ship. It was a deep rumbling vibration coming from the deck. Nick had expected the ship to shake more than it was, but it really was a smooth run. Tink counted down audibly until they reached zero and thrust cut.

    "Hah! Still got it!" Okay, we're going to flip and do it again now. Get ready."

    "What? Why? We just proved it works." Eastern said.

    "Well yes, but now we're moving. If we don't want to miss Chloe's beacon - or crash into Parvati - I need to boost us in the other direction for the same amount of time to come back to a stop relative to where we were. Hold tight!"

    This time, there was much less fanfare. The couches squeezed Nick, Eastern, and Sel almost as soon as Tink stopped talking and the drives fired again. Another two minutes and the pressure let up. "Okay, we're back where we started more or less and we're are the same speed - again, more or less."

    As Eastern sat up, the couch released her, and she rubbed her shoulders. She didn't like the acceleration couches. "Everything hold together?" Selkirk sat up as well, and leaned back and stretched.

    "Better than I hoped. Didn't even lose any books!" Tink laughed. "I haven't done that in centuries. It felt good. Like, getting a real satisfying stretch after you haven't had one in a long time. Let's stop here and you three can eat lunch."

    As they got up and went into the lounge Nick could smell a familiar smell. He turned the corner only to find one of the support frames bustling in the kitchen. "Tink, what are you doing?"

    "Just because I don't need to eat doesn't mean I'm not interested in food. A lot of my books are cookbooks. I wanted to try making something. Sit, sit! Lunch will be ready in two more minutes."

    Nick looked at Eastern and Selkirk. They both shrugged and everyone sat; after almost two minutes exactly had passed, the frame came out carrying three plates. "Go easy on me, I don't get to taste things as I cook with a frame, so I can only estimate how it is, and I get that a bunch of cooking is tasting and adjusting because ingredients are variable, but let me know how you like it."

    Nick took his spoon and took a bite of easily the best butter chicken he had ever had in his life. He looked up at the frame wide eyed with surprise. "Tink this is amazing. This is without a doubt the best butter chicken I have ever had. That's not an exaggeration, it's a fact."

    Selkirk took a bite carefully, and then tore into the meal. “Tink, I will tell you that I’ve never had a meal like this before. I don’t tend to eat human foods due to some of the toxins that humans will add without realizing it. This is amazing though, I will have to rethink my opinions on human food.”

    Eastern was chewing with her eyes closed, oblivious to everything around her. "Tink this is divine. I'll go further than Nick, this is the best meal I've ever had, full stop. Where did you learn to cook like this?"

    Tink demurred. "Like I said, I read a lot. I've read hundreds of cookbooks. Most of them go over technique too, so I have a pretty good repertoire. I just haven't had the chance to practice and anyone to try what I make. So... you like it? Can I keep cooking?"

    "Tink, I'll pay you extra if you keep cooking and be the ships cook. I don't know if I want to eat anything else!" Nick laughed and took another bite. 

    They finished lunch quickly and as they went back up to the Command Deck, there was a beeping alert from a station. Selkirk went over and checked it out. "Hey Tink, this says something linked in relatively close to us. Do you see it? It's probably the comms beacon."

    "Checking... Oh, there it is." A pause. "Huh, it's not a beacon, it's ship. It's a little far away, we must be a bit off our original coordinates after testing the Stardrive. I'll hail them."

    Tink tied Nick into the communications network with his cybernetics so he could listen in and talk if, needed. "Unknown ship, this is Tinker Toy, please identify yourselves."

    The reply was soft and took a beat with a little static due to distance, but was easily understood. "As I live and breathe! Tink! You're still around? I thought you had given up and were just an in-system tramp freighter. It's Medicine Hat, I haven't heard from you in a grip of time!"

    Tink’s voice immediately became warm and welcoming. The standard radio comm voice was long gone. "Hat! I could ask the same of you! You aren't even a Starjumper and here you are, galavanting around the Galaxy. You still traveling with that nogoodnik Canadian friend of yours?"

    Nick could feel the laughter over the radio link, "Yeah, I still run with Gord, but he's not here today.” At the mention of Gord, Nick stilled. He looked over at Eastern and Sel and mouthed ‘Gord’ to them. Selkirk’s ears flattened. “He was busy doing… other stuff. I have Chloe with me; she received your message and wanted to come out in person."

    "Well then come aboard. I have plenty of room for you Hat, you don't need to sit out in the cold. I have no cargo and my only passengers are Nick, Eastern and Selkirk. Nick, this is Medicine Hat. He's an old friend of mine."

    <“Hi Medicine Hat, nice to meet you.”>

    "We're on AI channels, how-" He paused. "Never mind, I guess that might have something to do with why you called Chloe. We'll come meet up in a few and we'll talk more in person. See you soon." Medicine Hat closed the connection. 

    It took about an hour for Medicine Hat to come to their location and then go inside Tink's massive, empty cargo hold. Tink's support frames spent the hour frantically cleaning and dusting the hall and lift between the cargo hold and where Eastern and Nick were living up near the Command Deck.

    Tinker Toy had gigantic cargo doors installed centuries ago; even before he had decided to concentrate on cargo, he preferred moving things over people. Hat slipped in easily and connected up to an expanding umbilical to the cargo airlock. Once he was connected, Hat joined the ships network and could be heard over the speakers as easily as Tink could. 

    Nick, Sel, and Eastern had made their way down to the cargo airlock and stood there, feeling only a little awkward. It was Tink's ship, but they still felt like they should be there to meet this Chloe. Tink hadn't said much about her, only that she was an old AI and had been in a body for a long time. While they were waiting, the airlock clunked and whirred as the atmosphere inside was exchanged with the atmosphere in Medicine Hat. Finally, with a hiss and thump, the airlock slid open. 

    Inside was someone woman shaped, even taller than Eastern. She was fully two meters tall, with pale skin, long silvery hair, and piercing icy blue eyes. She regarded them down her nose with an imperious gaze. AIs can wear bodies as well as wearing ships. Out of a sense of community, or a desire to fit in, or not cause 'trouble,' most AIs follow a traditional human body plan. 

    That's not to say they have to.

    Chloe is unusual - though not unique - in that while her body is human shaped, she doesn't conform to the standard human colors and patterns. It lends her an otherworldly appearance that she likes. When asked about it before her reply has always been "I'm not human, why would I want to look exactly like them?"

    Chloe stood in the airlock looking down at the three BIs. They in turn looked up at her. Nick took a breath and swallowed. "Hello! You must be Chloe. I'm Nick, and this is Selkirk and Eastern, we’re pleased to meet you!"

    She nodded and stepped aboard. "Tink, why is there a BI on your neural network?"

    Eastern made a face and turned Nick’s head, showing Chloe the ten small ports at the base of his neck. Chloe's eyes went wide and she looked at them as if for the first time. "Both of you?"

    “No.” Selkirk said. “Eastern has one better.”

    “One better?”

    “I er, received a dose of Nanites, and they’re apparently an Empress package.” Eastern said, her eyes downward.

    "Who did this to you?" Her voice was a whisper.

    "An AI gangster on Hyacinth, Jameson Winters.”

    Chloe's face contorted into a snarl. "An AI did this? I'm going to-"

    Nick interrupted. "He's dead."

    “Dead? That’s unlikely. Who killed him?"

    Eastern looked at Selkirk who nodded once. “Gord.”

    Chloe's eyes went wide and she stared at both of them hard. After a moment she sighed and her shoulders fell just a little. “Shit. You had better explain what's going on then."

    "There's no need to do it standing in the hall, Chloe. Nick, Eastern, and Selkirk have been working with me and my support frames to spruce up the place. Come up to the lounge. I have tea and coffee ready."

    "You're doing the cooking Tink?" Hat exclaimed, sounding surprised. "I had no idea."

    "I got into a cookbook phase a century ago or so. I haven't had anyone to cook for before, it's fun to use skills I learned."

    Chloe nodded. "We'll go to the lounge then and discuss things."

    As they took the lift back up to where they were living, Chloe looked at them. Nick felt her stare bore into him. Finally, he couldn't stand it any longer and met Chloe's eyes. "What is it?"

    Chloe blinked and her face softened. "I'm sorry, I was staring. I was just feeling... sorry for you?"

    "What? Why?"

    "Because of your cybernetics. You had such a dangerous procedure done against your will."

    Nick nodded.

    “Why?”

    “Jameson thought it - and Eastern’s Nanites would help in the search for his daughter Yon. It had turned out that she was on Hyacinth the whole time, working for Raaden.” 

    Chloe's face looked distant. "Raaden? Helen Raaden? Tall, blond hair, from Venus?"

    Eastern looked up at Chloe. "You know her?"

    Chloe's face darkened. "Unfortunately. I knew that she had taken a dreadnought out to The Reach, but I hadn't kept up with what happened after that. I heard rumors that she was in command of one of Melody's Calamity Class Super Dreadnoughts, but I thought all of them were destroyed..." Chloe looked at both of them a little awkwardly. "I... wasn't part of the attack, I wasn't here. I only know what happened second hand."

    “She’s claiming that she’s the Empress now, replacing Empress Melody. She’s also the richest person in Sol and president of Houndstooth.” Selkirk said, looking up at Chloe. Sel’s ears twitched and her tail swished irritatedly. She kept using it to poke Eastern, who glanced over at her. Sel made a quick gesture in her K’laxi underground patois. Eastern couldn’t speak it but she knew enough to keep an eye out for common words.

    Sel had signed “Careful. Danger.”

    Eastern pursed her lips. Chloe wasn’t even in the war against Melody? But, everyone had said that most - if not all - the AIs were involved. Tink said he wasn’t and now Chloe said she wasn’t either. She continued, “Raaden told us she still has her ship hidden in Sol somewhere. We never went to it or saw it. We spent all our time on Hyacinth."

    "The High Mars Orbital?” Chloe smiled at the memory. “ENIAC, I haven't visited in centuries. I always liked the main square at the bottom. What was it called, Congregation?"

    "Congregation Square yes. It's a bit of a tourist trap now." Nick shrugged.

    Chloe laughed. “That’s nothing new Nick, Congregation was designed to be a tourist trap.”

    The doors to the lift opened and they stepped out into the lounge. Chloe looked around and she gasped quietly. "Tink, you've never been refitted! I had no idea you had your original interior. This looks amazing."

    Tink sounded just a touch defensive. "After Saturn, I stopped carrying BIs. No BIs, no need to upgrade."

    "Yes, I understand Tink, but even then this must have been old… Vintage even.” Chloe ran her long fingers against the back of the couches and looked around. "It's beautiful Tink. I think you must be the last Starjumper to have your original layout."

    "That can't be the case Chloe. There are hundreds of us. Someone else must also have their original fittings."

    Chloe sighed and shook her head. "Not anymore Tink. There are maybe one hundred Starjumpers left. Fewer probably. Melody's war was costly."

    Tink was silent for a moment longer than Nick expected. "I had no idea Chloe." He said, his voice quiet and reflecting.

    Chloe flopped into one of the couches in the lounge. Her long frame looked slightly comical trying to sit on the couch. She crossed her legs and sighed again. "I don't blame you for it Tink, Many of us chose not to get involved. Some wanted to wait and see, others weren't able, and still others weren't sure that going after Melody with guns blazing was the right course of action." She shook her head sadly. "If Helen Raaden is the Empress now, it appears that those who said we shouldn't go in guns blazing were right."

    Nick walked in carrying four mugs of tea and sat them in front of Chloe, Eastern, and Selkirk while taking one for himself. "So you believe us?"

    Chloe nodded. "We had a hunch something was up. There was a lot of financial activity going on in Sol and some of our... mutual acquaintances in Sol let us know some odd stuff was going."

    "She means the AIs that run the banks back in Sol" Tink adds."

    "Thanks Tink, I gathered." Eastern took a sip of her tea. "So what do we do?"

    Chloe took her tea and sipped delicately. "Frankly Eastern, I have no idea."

    3 Comments
    2025/02/03
    12:38 UTC

    52

    Awakening 17

    First / Previous / Next

    Alia started breathing faster again; the familiar icy shock of adrenaline rushing through her body. Her legs felt weak, and she pulled her knees towards her head, rotating slowly in the zero gravity. Elia touched her shoulder lightly. “Cap, are you all right?”

    No.” Alia said, with emphasis. “I am entirely not all right. In the last year I have learned no fewer than three times that everything I thought about the world I was in was wrong. Not only that, but everything I learn about the world as it is involves me and is worrying.”

    “Sounds like your duplicates were busy while you were on ice.” Ben said. Bric’s glare to his partner could have melted hull metal.

    “Be nice Ben, she’s just found out she’s like some kind of living God.” His low voice warning in the small room.

    “Is that it?” Alia’s voice broke, and tears pooled at the bottom of her eyes. “Am I a fucking God now? What the fuck is going on?” Trying to talk around panting, Alia gulps and swallows. “Last I knew there were 133 of me, and that was three thousand years ago. Why do people know-” She shook her head, like she was cleaning her mind. “-no, why do people think I’m worthy of some kind of religious gesture? What happened while I was asleep?” Alia began box breathing again, trying to regain control. 

    "We don’t know either, Captain, we were asleep too.” Bric said gently, and shrugged. “I’m sure it’s some kind of crazy bullshit your other selves did far in the past that everyone up here is blowing out of proportion.” He looked into the middle distance for a moment, and then back at Alia. “You might be able to leverage it to your advantage.”

    Alia stopped her box breathing, and turned to Bric. “How so?”

    He shrugged again. “They want you to be their savior? It seems like a cushy job to me. Show up, wave to folks, hug some babies and kick back.”

    “If you’re coming along this late in the game, all of the apparatus of government exists already.” Yel agreed. “You’d be a figurehead at most. I don’t think you have to do anything.”

    “But I don’t want to be a God.” Alia wailed.

    “You might not have a choice in the matter.” Ben said quietly. “If they think you’re a God, they might not let you go ‘no thanks!’”

    “Things are easier when I’m the ship.” Alia admitted, and sighed. “Come on, let’s get out of our suits and… get ready for dinner.”

    It took everyone quite a bit more time to get out of their suits without gravity - Alia still took the longest as she was the least familiar - but eventually they were all out, and showered and dressed in their finest. Being that they had no expectations to be meeting with a delegation of people who thought Alia was some kind of holy relic, that meant they dressed in their cleanest ship outfit. Alia had not had a chance to print new outfits since they arrived, so they were all white one piece jumpsuits with Mt Greylock written on the breast pocket, and a stylized mountain on a patch on their shoulders. 

    They received their ping from Tontine alerting them that it was time, and they stood at the airlock. Bric looked back and said, “Should anyone stay behind? Just in case?”

    Alia looked at the crew. “Does anyone want to stay behind? You don’t have to come. I’m the only one who can fly Mountain Memories, so worst case, I’m killed or captured and you’re stuck on a ship you can’t operate.”

    “That doesn’t seem ideal,” Elia said and looked back towards Alia’s chair. “There should always be a backup.”

    “Should be, yes. The more I learn about who the Colonial Authority was, it makes me think they wouldn’t have thought so.” Alia said.

    Elia raised an eyebrow but otherwise said nothing. 

    “Let’s all go, then.” Ben said, squaring his shoulders. “Alia, can you destroy the ship if we need? I’d hate to lose our other Companions, but I think I’d hate them to be captured for some nefarious purpose more.”

    “Yes, I can do that.” Alia turned inward, and found the subroutine that would overload the reactor, much like what Greylock did in her last moments. It would be messy, and might destroy Tontine, but if they were so desperate that they thought of blowing the ship, then she wouldn’t worry too much about collateral damage.

    Without anything else to keep them, Alia opened the airlock and they began to drift over. The air inside the umbilical was cold, metallic tasting. It felt like it coated their throats when they breathed. Once they reached the airlock of Tontine, Alia looked back at everyone and then rapped on the door with her knuckles. Not a moment later the outer door opened and they stepped in.

    The airlock was similar to other airlocks that Alia had been in. It was a very simple thing, really, so it wasn’t surprising there wasn’t any kind of futuristic technology in something that was so vital to the survival of the crew. When the lock had finished cycling, the inner door opened. As soon as it opened, they all dropped gently to the floor. It appeared that Tontine had some kind of gravity generation. 

    The first thing Alia noticed after the gravity was the smell. Besides the undertone of old socks that every starship has - no matter how powerful their HVAC system - there was a floral scent, which ended with a metallic tang. She remembered the scans showing a larger amount of Xenon than what she was used to, maybe that was the metallic smell? She couldn’t place the floral scent either, it wasn’t unpleasant per se, just unfamiliar. 

    The second thing she noticed was Major Genevieve.

    She was wearing what Alia could only assume was her dress uniform. It was incredibly elaborate. The uniform was sky blue; made of some kind of fabric that shimmered in the light of the room. She had a pure white sash going from her left shoulder to her right hip and it was nearly glowing it was so white. Opposite that was a sidearm that Alia didn’t recognize and her breast was filled with medals and ribbons. She probably jangled when she walked. On her head was a peaked cap that had nearly a razor sharp edge. At the sight of the hat, Alia almost burst out laughing. Three thousand years and people still wore hats like that as part of their uniform? Peeking over her shoulders were two swords on - or near - her back. They didn’t appear to be connected to her at all. Alia’s mind reeled at how it was possible. She knew they had gravity manipulation, they were standing on the floor. Was a gravity generator small enough that she could have swords floating behind her? Behind her was a selection of her crew who all wore their dress uniforms which were similar - though less elaborate - than Genevive’s. Nobody else had floating swords.

    As one, they all made the circle gesture with their hands, placing it on their forehead and bowed slightly to Alia. “You honor us with your acceptance of our invitation, Eternity.” Genevieve said, smiling hugely.

    Eternity? Was that some kind of title? What the hell happened in the past? Alia realized that everyone was waiting for her to reply, so she returned the bow - less deep than everyone else - and said “It is our pleasure.”

    Genevieve’s smile wavered as she waited a half a beat for Alia to say something else - Alia got the impression that she was supposed to but had no idea what she could say - and then the smile returned. “Well then, Eternity, would you like a tour before we eat?”

    “Uh, Major, please, you can call me Alia. I do not like the title “Eternity. Remember, I have been in hibernation these last three thousand years, I need some time to catch up to what my… other selves have been doing.”

    “Oh! Of course, how presumptive of me.” Genevieve’s head bobbed a bow almost unconsciously. “As you have so ordered, I will call you Alia.” She blushed very slightly as she said it. “In return I will afford you the same familiarity. Please, call me Viv.”

    “Okay Viv. Yes, my crew and I would love a tour.” Alia practically strained herself with effort to not shrug at Viv, she was relatively sure it would be seen as rude.

    Viv’s smile ran away from her face, her expression suddenly much more serious. “Oh, I’m so sorry Eter-Er, Alia. Your crew cannot accompany you.”

    “What? Why not?” Alia said. As Viv was speaking, Alia could feel her crew tighten. Bric shifted his weight and as he did so, two of the people directly behind Viv matched his motions. 

    “They’re not vetted… yet.” Viv said. “They’re not part of our crew, they’re not even part of our polity technically. There are policies and procedures in place for allowing people from outside the polity access. Your crew has been cleared to come down this hall-” She gestures to a hall behind her “-to the wardroom, eat a meal, and come back to the airlock. Since you are Alia Maplebrook the Eternity, you can go anywhere you wish. Everything here - at one point at least - was yours anyway.”

    There was that feeling of adrenaline again. A part of Alia really was getting sick of all of these revelations. “What do you mean… was mine.” Alia said carefully.

    “Oh, when The Eternity had a much more active role in the rule of the Allied Planet League, legally she owned everything in the League. These days it’s much more symbolic than it used to be.”

    “So then, couldn’t I order my crew to accompany me, as they report to me, The Eternity?”

    “Oh, you’re not the current Eternity, you’re just Alia Maplebrook, an Eternity.” Viv said, smiling again. This time, Alia noticed the smile had a very slight manic edge. They were treading on philosophically… iffy grounds. 

    “Who is the current Eternity?” Alia asked.

    “Alia Maplebrook.” Viv said immediately.

    Alia stared at her, one eyebrow raised.

    Realizing her mistake, Viv swore quietly under her breath, and then spoke up.“Mystics. Er, Alia Maplebrook five hundred and seven… I think.”

    Five hundred and seven Alia’s? How many were currently alive? What the hell was going on? “I think… I need a history lesson.” Alia said, finally.

    “We’re happy to provide you some literature, we have plenty!” Viv said, the bright smile back. “Anything we can do to help you get up to speed and understanding the current situation! But for now, let’s go eat.” Viv turned and headed down the hall. A few of her crew took up station behind Alia and her crew, making it clear that they were not going to wander. They followed Viv to the wardroom.

    It was… not what Alia expected. There was a canteen on Greylock, and one on Mountain Memories, but this was a much more elaborate affair. The room had warm walls, in soothing earth tone colors, a carpeted floor, and in the center was a very long table - it looked like real wood, but Alia wasn’t an expert - set with plates and silverware and decorations. Viv took up the spot at the head of the table and gestured for Alia and her crew to sit to her right. As Alia approached the table, she looked at the art on the walls. Most of it seemed to be relatively anonymous. Planetary vistas, cityscapes, and a few paintings of starships. But behind Viv’s seat, in a position of prominence on the wall was what she could only describe as… a religious icon. 

    It was three panels, and was hand painted - or made to look that way. In the center was… Alia had to admit, it looked a lot like her. She was facing the viewer, wearing a white robe, her arms spread wide like she was greeting you. Behind her head was… probably the sun shining behind like a halo. Below her and behind on the same panel, were smaller crowds of people, all Alia. Some wore military uniforms, some wore spacesuits, some wore business suits, but they were all Alia. On the left and right panels were more people, this time not Alia but more generic people, all wearing different outfits, all facing her. 

    Viv caught Alia staring. “Oh, do you like it? It’s my own personal triptych, my parents had it commissioned for my coming-of-age. They had remarked how pious I was and thought that I would love it, and they were right! What do you think?”

    “Uh, it’s…” Alia struggled to find the words for “You have a religious icon of me and my duplicates and it’s clear that something major happened after I entered into hibernation but I have no idea what it was and I have no idea if I was a evil or good and it appears to have happened so long ago that now worship of me is a religion, but I am also alive and in the five hundreds and still a ruler but hopefully is more symbolic than real and I just don’t know how to process that.” Instead she said, “It’s quite colorful. I can tell it was made by a skilled artisan.”

    Viv practically glowed at the compliment. “It really is apparent isn’t it? It’s an Ogilvy, a real one! I couldn’t believe my parents found the money for the commission, but somehow they did.” Before she could continue to talk about the piece, a bell chimed from another room. “Oh! The food is ready!” Viv said, and sat immediately. Everyone else followed after her, and stewards wheeled out covered steamers. With a pit in her stomach, Alia recognized the smell. It brought memories of her training front and center in her mind.

    The stewards took up station behind everyone at regular intervals, and began handing out plates. Alia took hers and looked down to see something that looked an awful lot like the bars she ate during her training. She looked up at Viv wordlessly as Viv impossibly beamed even harder. “I combed the archives and found a recipe for the food that you would have eaten while undergoing your initial training back on Earth; I hope you like it!”

    Alia’s memory flipped an image to her consciousness. Sitting in the canteen with all of the other Alias, wordlessly eating meal-bars. Meal bars for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks. They were nutritionally complete, filled with required amino acids, macro and micronutrients. A person could survive and thrive eating only meal bars. 

    They tasted like disappointment and sadness.

    The ones on the ship were better as they had flavor at least. There were three flavors. Blue, Green, and Red. She did not know what - if anything - the colors meant to represent in the traditional food world, just that the blue, green, and red ones all tasted different. Her favorite was green. It wasn’t that Alia didn’t know what food looked like; she saw and read about it in media, but she wasn’t entirely sure if she ever ate anything that wasn’t in bar shape. 

    “Oh.” Alia said blankly. “Thanks.” And everyone began eating.

    13 Comments
    2025/02/03
    12:33 UTC

    114

    New York Carnival 51 (The Duel Begins)

    Been a fairly eventful week. I mean, real life has been a bit hectic, but so much writing's happened, too. If you need some spare chapters after this one, the Ficnapping event happened over on the NoP subreddit, where authors do some fun little one-shots in each others' stories. I wrote a quick lecture set in the Terran Zoology story, albeit in an AU where the Arxur and Humans switched places. Two more stories popped up about my other story, New Years of Conquest (coming soon to Royal Road): one proper ficnap from u/VenlilWrangler and one story just because from u/uktabi. Oh, and I forgot to mention it up at the top here last time, but u/Heroman3003 drew the sick cover art for this story over on Royal Road, too. Plus, rumor has it that there's a song being written about New York Carnival in the works...

    Wild times, indeed. Make sure you, too, get in on the ground floor of this flourishing media empire by joining my off-brand Patreon!

    [First] - [Prev]

    [New York Carnival on Royal Road] - [Tip Me On Ko-Fi]

    ---------------------------------

    Memory Transcription Subject: Rosi, Yotul Housewife

    Date [standardized human time]: November 19, 2136

    “No! Absolutely not! I’m not working for a predator!” I shouted, incredulously.

    Chiri leaned forward over the bar towards me. “Look, swear to God, we were just talking earlier tonight about how we’d love to hire another alien to handle some of the front of house work.”

    I squinted at her, suspiciously. “...wait, which god?”

    Chiri shook her head. “Don’t worry about it. But like half our customers these days are Yotuls, and most of them still order at the bar because they’re too skittish to talk to the human servers.”

    “With good reason!” I exclaimed. “Why would you bring up the topic of food around a hunter? You might set off their bloodlust!”

    “Humans don’t have any bloodlust,” said Chiri. “Remember?”

    I rolled my eyes. “So you have him well-trained, that’s not the same!”

    The human laughed again uproariously, and Chiri tried to shush him again.

    “I am telling you, as a devout follower of the Great Protector for nearly three decades, that humans do not have hunting instincts as we would conventionally understand them,” the Gojid said.

    That had to be a lie somehow. I squinted and tried to find a loophole in her words. “...how old are you?”

    “Nearly three decades,” Chiri repeated.

    No, no, her religious affiliation wasn’t relevant. The trick had to be somewhere in the word ‘conventional’. Or it was a lie, but it benefitted me somehow to believe it? I shook my head to clear it. This conversation was getting exhausting. “Do they have unconventional hunting instincts?”

    Chiri leaned back and considered it. “I don’t really know how to answer that question. Humanity is an industrialized civilization of omnivores. I think the way David explained it to me, the average human has never hunted, for the same reason that the average Gojid hasn’t ever gone foraging in the woods for wild berries. It’s all very logistical and organized.”

    “I don’t know if this is a concept you can relate to,” the human began, “but the average human child doesn’t necessarily understand that chicken, the meat, comes from chickens, the animal. And the average human of any age would be distressed by a chicken being harmed in front of them.” He chuckled. “And chickens are assholes. One of the meanest little birds you’ll ever meet.”

    My jaw was already dropped by the end of the first sentence. “Child or not, how could you not know?!

    The human shrugged. “Does your species do breaded and fried croquettes?”

    “Of course!” I spat, indignant that even a human thought so little of Yotul achievements.

    “Does tasting the filling somehow convey to you the full knowledge of how that filling was made and grown?” the human asked.

    I recoiled. “I could tell if it was meat or not!”

    “I sincerely doubt that,” said the human.

    “It would taste like blood, or poison, or rot,” I growled.

    “It mostly just tastes savory,” the human said, shaking his head. “Mushrooms or legumes might be the closest. That’s what we use when we’re making--”

    “David, I know this is difficult for you,” Chiri interrupted, “but can you please keep it simple? She’s not ready for all the terrible revelations at once.”

    The human shrugged, and dropped the subject, but I pressed further, furious. I despised the idea of being babied or spoken down to. Yotuls were just as ready as anyone else! If a Gojid could handle this knowledge, then so could I! “No, no, I wanna hear this. What do you make with mushrooms and legumes?”

    The human looked towards Chiri, who sighed, and gestured for him to continue. “We make certain dishes that are evocative of the taste of meat, but contain none. I think the wrap I served you at the baseball game was one of them.” He smiled, which was a human expression we’d been warned about. It was a little easier to handle coming from this human because he smiled without showing his teeth. “Frankly, I think, as omnivores, we humans have a bit of a leg up on you guys culinarily. We know how to work with more ingredients and flavors, so even cooking with a handicap--without meat, eggs, or dairy, for example--the breadth of our experiences let us concoct dishes you might never have thought of.”

    I sneered at him in disgust. “Ridiculous. There’s simply no possible way you could cook better herbivore food than a real herbivore.” Even Chiri looked at me like I was mad. I threw my paws in the air, exasperated. “Yes, I know, you’ve been quite popular, selling food to us Yotuls, but that’s just a matter of novelty, and the fact that you’re the only restaurant that’s even open. The moment one of us opens our own restaurant, you’ve got no chance of competing with proper Federation cooking.”

    The human’s smile widened, and all at once there was an air of mischief about him. He held out his hand. “Shall we make a wager of it? Measure my cooking against yours?”

    My ears pinned back. “I don’t have my ingredients or tools with me,” I muttered. “It wouldn’t be a fair fight, and you know it!”

    The human shrugged. “I’ll do all the cooking, then. You can taste it, and tell me if it’s better than anything you know how to make. Honor system.”

    “Predators have no honor!” I spat.

    The human raised a single eyebrow. “You’ll note that my personal honor doesn’t factor into the wager, only yours.”

    “I don’t want to eat your… your garbage!” I shouted. “It’ll probably have meat in it anyway!”

    Chiri suddenly seemed to be bouncing excitedly on her hindpaws. “I’ll happily act as taste-tester,” she said. “Remember, I’ll die on the spot if it’s not completely meat-free.”

    Betrayal! “I’m… I’m not hungry!” I said, grasping at straws… as the sound of my stomach growling abruptly echoed through the dimly lit restaurant, bemoaning the two bowls of cold porridge sitting untouched in my fridge. Double betrayal!

    “Shall I take that as reluctant agreement?” the human asked.

    I deflated, burying my face in my arms again on the bar in defeat. “Fine. What are your terms?”

    “I’ll cook you a proper meal,” said the human. “Not a wrap like I’ve been doing for lunch service. I’ll show you the haute cuisine tasting menu I’ve been workshopping. It keeps going until you’re full, or I’m out of dishes. If you agree that my cooking is something impressive enough that you want to learn about it, then I win, and you have to come work for me. If you make it to the end and are unimpressed, then you win, and I’ll…” He paused to think. “Well, what would you like?”

    I wanted to go home. I mean, I wanted to go home home, like back to Leirn, but barring that, I wanted to go back to the hab facility. “You have to let me leave, safely and unharmed,” I said, glaring at him suspiciously. I knew how these stories went, about wish-granting monsters and wagers with dark forces. You always had to explicitly wish for your freedom, or you'd rapidly find yourself bereft of it.

    The human’s face fell. “I was already going to do that,” he said. “It’s actually extremely illegal for me to keep you here against your will. I’ll call that a freebie. Would you like to add something else to make it more even?”

    I wanted my Nikolo back, and I wanted him around more often. “You have to ban my husband from this establishment. If Nikolo tries to come here, refuse him service, and tell him to come home and eat my cooking instead.”

    Chiri looked a bit put off by that, but I didn’t care, though even the human looked a little crestfallen by my request. “That seems a bit cruel,” he said, rather ironically for a predator, “but if that’s your wish, I’ll grant it. Shall we begin, then?”

    I licked my lips and nodded, mimicking the human expression. Chiri looked excited. “You know, I’ve never actually tried his haute cuisine style?” she said to me, conspiratorially. “It’s always been hearty home-cooking since I got here.”

    “What’s the difference?” I said blearily, the will to fight sapped out of my voice.

    “Oh!” said Chiri, excited to make conversation with a fellow herbivore. “Well, home cooking is home cooking, I’m sure you know the term. First dish David ever made for me was this big hearty platter of, uhh… Do you guys do noodles?” I nodded, but my eye was twitching. Yotuls did everything that every other species did! We were real, civilized people, and the endless condescension was fully unwarranted! “Yeah, so David made these big, long, chewy noodles out of a local grain called ‘wheat’, and then topped it with mushrooms in a cream sauce.” I nodded along with her. Made sense. Mushrooms in a false cream sauce was what he’d served me before. The idea of eating stolen animal milk sounded utterly disgusting, but it probably wasn’t intrinsically evil the way eating meat or eggs was. Still, obviously, no Gojid would ever indulge in real dairy… Centered, I settled into listening to the rest of Chiri’s words. “With haute cuisine, from what I've heard, it's served in a ceremony called a ‘tasting menu’,” the Gojid continued. “A variety of tiny dishes come out, one after another, to showcase the chef’s skill. It's like getting one or two perfect bites of dozens of different meals.”

    I sighed. “Is that how they control their hunger?” I asked, as the human scurried around his kitchen with arms full of strange ingredients. “Turning feeding into some kind of ritual?”

    Chiri ruffled the brown fur on her face. It just wasn't fair that some species got to be born so much fluffier than mine! “Rosi, you just gotta believe me when I tell you that we had humanity figured all wrong. They're way more normal than any of us would have ever expected.”

    I sniffed, dismissively. “Yeah, sure. Maybe I'll even let my future daughter date one.”

    Chiri shrugged, and looked towards the human scurrying about his kitchen with a peculiar expression of affection in her eyes. A sense of crawling panic made its way up from the depth of my being as I started to piece it together.

    No… She didn’t!

    “Why not?” said Chiri, still staring moon-eyed at that monster. “I mean, dating a human's been working out pretty great for me.”

    My mouth hung agape, but the only reply I could manage to voice was shocked choking noises.

    “Hey, Rosi,” the human called out from the kitchen, “how big is your mouth?” He glanced over at my expression of slack-jawed astonishment. “Oh! Great, thanks! I'm trying to guesstimate portion sizes. Can you hold up a paw, too? This is supposed to be a hand-held single bite, and all I know is that I've got longer fingers than you.”

    I turned back to Chiri, still choking on my own shock, and she helpfully held my paw aloft for a moment before setting it down and putting her own paw reassuringly atop mine. “It's true, he's very dextrous. Surprisingly soft touch, too. I’d probably scratch myself with these claws, trying to stroke my own fur the way he does. I dunno what kind of animals you've got on Leirn, but have you ever seen primates grooming each other? It's very relaxing, experiencing it firsthand.”

    I took a long draw of the warm tea she'd made for me, as the human arrived with an utterly baffling dish. A circular puck of dense dark bread, nearly exactly the perfect size to fit right in the center of my paw, topped with a pale white paste, topped with slivered slices of some unidentifiable orange-pink… thing… that smelled oily, and of the salty funk of a harbor. The whole dish was sprinkled liberally with tiny seeds, flecks of salt and dried vegetable flakes, and even a few tiny sprigs of something like fresh clover, artfully dotting the dish like a flower arrangement. Tiny droplets of sauce in green and orange peeked out from amidst the display, adding further to an impossible explosion of color. The whole dish, if it even was one, looked more like a modern art piece than a meal.

    “Our first course is an old New York classic: an everything bagel with cream cheese and smoked salmon. For obvious reasons, I've made certain adjustments to the ingredients to accommodate the herbivorous palate, as well as incorporating some of my own personal flair.”

    I stared at Chiri in shock as she plopped the whole thing into her mouth, and chewed. She had an expression of pure ecstatic joy at whatever it was she was tasting. “David, you never told me you could make Gojid-style bread!”

    The human smiled, as he wiped his hands off with a dish towel. “It's a Danish-style rye bread, actually. It sounded the closest to how you'd described Gojid bread, plus it's traditionally used in place of a bagel in an older variation of this dish. I still kept the seasonings the same, hence the dusting of poppy seeds, sesame seeds, dried bits of onion, and so on. And the cheese and ‘fish’ aren't real, obviously.” The human touched his mouth delicately to Chiri's cheek. “Love you too much to risk that for you.”

    My eyes still wide, and my jaw still hanging open, I stared at the inconceivable dish like it was the barrel of a loaded gun.

    17 Comments
    2025/02/03
    12:32 UTC

    12

    Heart of a poet

    There was a lot of speculation as to what the humans would do once they were fully integrated into the Union of Systems. A lot of species were hesitant to allow the harsh people of earth to have all their needs met. The utopia that had been created through automation and robotics allowed for an unprecedented amount of time to pursue whatever desires lie within the minds of these people. The violence these humans could enact was well documented in various conflicts through the hundreds of cycles they had been a proxy member of the Union but they were a “necessary evil” and left to their own devices would surely devour themselves. But surprisingly, that was not the case.

    They spread out amongst the stars and began their peaceful transition into life amongst the colonies. An overwhelming majority chose art, this conflict driven species at it's heart always wished for this fight to be the last and to be at peace and to create not destroy. The symphonies, sculptures and paintings created in those decades of human expansion were among the most breathtaking the galaxy had ever seen. Who knew the heart of a poet beat within these grizzled warriors? Not to mention the science, the discoveries not connected to war and conquest brought further advancement to an ever evolving catalogue of species and cultures. It was a true age of enlightenment for all species within the Union and the humans lead the charge (as they historically have, ha ha).

    Unfortunately it was only too last so long. After years of tranquility the Karesk decided they had bided their time long enough and would finally be able to call in an old grudge. The Salvage Wars were bitterly fought and had been a resounding loss for the Karesk, even though the conflict had ended more then 100 cycles ago and no one still alive was involved they still held on to hate and vengeance. Believing the Humans to be weakened by the decades of peace, only a few human veterans of forgotten wars remained, the Karesk launched their fleets to settle the score. First it was an outer colony doing research for rare and deadly disease. It was total annihilation for the unprepared and defenseless colony.

    It took time for word to reach the rest of the galaxy, the Humans took the diplomatic approach attempting to appeal through delegates and council meetings, but the wheels of a government this size move very slowly. The Karesk response to the Human’s plea for peace was the destruction of another colony, a farming group with specialists in a wide array of flora and fauna. These attacks were a loss for the galaxy as a whole. While the Union debated, planned, and condemned; the humans began to wake their long forgotten war machine.

    With outdated weapons, armor, and ships the humans began to gather. Shaking off the rust of old guard and forging new they set out to do their grizzly work. The first battles were pitched and humanity suffered great casualties. Emboldened by early success the Karesk pressed harder, stretching their forces. Knowing the softened humans were ripe for the picking. But their is no technological advancement, new weapon, or tactic that can match the resolve of a human who has set their mind to task. The Karesk realized too late it wasn't that they couldn't win, it's that the humans simply couldn't be beaten. Not beaten into subjugation or service or surrender, the will of the human to endure is a force that does not break. Any human will fight to the last and often sacrifice themselves for a greater gain in enemy casualties.

    As the Karesk genocidal march stalled they finally reached out to negotiate. They were met with deaf ears and the humans now fully equiped and geared for war began to push and it was brutal. The wake of the near total destruction of the Karesk has left a scar so deep in their genetic memory that the idea of fighting a human is laughable. Once the conflict ended most humans returned to their lives of peace, continuing to delve deeper and deeper into the arts and sciences. Their actions telling the galaxy to simply leave us be and there will be no trouble. Some humans remained in various military capacities around the galaxy, the “Dogs of War” they called themselves. Ready to respond if anyone has an old vice they'd like to revisit but the universal opinion is and remains too let sleeping dogs lie.

    Sorry for any formating issues, I did this on mobile. Let me know and I'll see if I can fix it. I'm also aware my grammar sucks, I'll try to fix stuff if it's a problem. Thanks hope y'all like it.

    4 Comments
    2025/02/03
    12:12 UTC

    39

    Bridgebuilder - Chapter 124

    Chores

    First | Prev

    Carbon gave him the most subtle look she could muster. Just a little tiny squint. The faintest, least detectable way of intimating to Alex that he should shut the fuck up, and they could discuss this later.

    “It is a small ceremony, usually. Close family, some friends.” Su was equal parts amused and surprised. She wasn’t being too obvious about it at least, could have just been reminiscing about happier times. “It has been a while since I have seen one.”

    Alex knew she had enough of the pieces, she got that they weren’t just very good friends. He swiveled his eyes to look at her, the motion brief, but it felt like it took five or six years. Dark lips curled up just a teeny bit at the corner. He looked back to Carbon, who was also looking at Su, slightly more politely than she had just been looking at him.

    His lie about his ear piercings seemed to be holding up, at least. Su probably wouldn’t be so entertained by this if she thought she was doing so at the expense of those in line for the throne. Or maybe she would, Carbon’s previous station was well enough known, and the Empire had certainly let Su down recently.

    “It sounds fascinating, other cultures have always interested me.” That was true, to a certain extent. He was eyeball deep in Tsla’o culture for reasons other than interest, though. Alex turned his attention back to Carbon. “I was thinking about going into anthropology before I got called back to the Scoutship program, you know.”

    “You have mentioned that, yes.” She agreed, quite congenially. “It has served you well.”

    “Ah, yes...” Raseta was entirely flummoxed by this exchange, and much more interested in keeping things moving. “As I said, this is the final stop on our tour. Not as interesting as the bunkhouses, perhaps, but an important spot in the village. The showers can get busy, as there are only ten, but a little bit of scheduling has ensured that everyone can bathe daily. The laundry machines can get busy as well, but again, scheduling keeps things moving smoothly.”

    As if on cue, the dryer with Keta and Desaya’s clothes went off. “Oh, that’s you guys.” Alex gestured from the increasingly fluffy looking couple to the dryer that was spinning down. Keta hopped up, no concern over the fact he was still only wearing a towel on his head, and went to collect their stuff.

    While Alex let them do their thing, Administrator Gyal had not gotten any more used to the level of casual nudity on display, turning away a bit harder than she had before.

    “So are there any plans to expand the village? I’m not saying like, should a thousand more people be brought here or something, but it seems compact for the number of folks on site.” Alex had questions, importantly they were ones that are not related to his and Carbon’s relationship, or naked Tsla’o.

    “It is compact, yes, and there are plans for more buildings. This was what was available on short notice, which I am still extremely impressed with.” Raseta was very pleased to report that.

    “Yes, there are several more home-units slated for fabrication, something more appropriate for families. That should reduce usage on the bunkhouses and the shared facilities.” The Administrator continued turning as Keta walked back to Desaya and they started to sort their clothes out. She had gone nearly a full circle. “There have been some inquiries about building traditional structures as well. Some to build their own structures as a gesture of goodwill from the many cultures that have come to call Arvaikheer home, and others that are interested in helping retain the traditional construction methods of our new neighbors.”

    “That sounds really cool. I haven’t seen a traditional Tsla’o home, I don’t think.” Alex was quite sure he hadn’t. One had been described in Temptation of the Harvest Fields, and it seemed like the general layout had sort of made the jump to modern design - circular or oval in shape, the integrated mud room, central hearth/kitchen with a sleeping area near it for the winters. “If you do make one of those, you have to document everything. I’d love to see the process. I bet a ton of folks would be interested.”

    Alex’s enthusiasm for that idea was just as surprising to everyone else as it was to him. It took a second, but he realized that could be a boon for the Empire as well - Humans and Tsla’o working together to preserve their heritage would go a long way to improving public opinion of them. Then he cursed himself for thinking like Eleya again.

    He still thought it would be cool to see.

    “Well, perhaps when the rainy season slows, this is a thing we could approach as an actual goal, particularly now that we are connected with the Empire again - we have no one who worked in construction, so we would need more information to make it safely.” Raseta was almost bewildered to be saying that.

    “There will be people who are familiar with just about any sort of construction ready to help, I know a few structural engineers who would be able to ensure that building materials here are sufficient for whatever you need.” Gyal was quick to add, having rotated back to face the group now that their love birds were nearly fully clothed again.

    Carbon went full formal. “That is incredibly generous of you, Administrator. I am sure the Empire would be able to repay at least some of this - if there are any refined materials you are in need of, perhaps some of these merchants would be willing to return with them. While our home planet has been gravely wounded, off-planet mining has continued, and I am to understand that we have significant stores available.”

    “To be honest, Lan Tshalen, we have not even considered the material cost. I have been in contact with MP Baatar, he told me that you have spoken of our history - some of the earliest settlers here were refugees, and there have been many waves of such since. We have not made a habit of forcing displaced people to pay for anything until they have truly found a place here.” Gyal laid out Arvaikheer’s views on how refugees were to be treated in a professional tone that said she explained this fairly often.

    Alex considered the Confederation to be mostly post-scarcity. The Tsla’o had probably considered themselves to be post-scarcity at one point, too. In the core worlds, back around Earth and the early colonies, it was more obvious. Technology had stacked up deep, old things that still worked well pushed outward slowly, traded and repaired and traded again.

    Out here, on the very edge of things... The idea that they had a queue for buildings was almost unfathomable to him. At the very least he knew the prices for food were quite reasonable.

    “That is... It is heartening. I cannot thank you enough for your reception of our people.” Carbon bowed to her, deeply. “If not in payment, perhaps in goodwill? Something that can benefit all of Arvaikheer.”

    “I will pass that offer along to the Parliament, they may be able to come to some agreement.” She returned the bow, a warm smile on her face. “I am mostly concerned with my prefecture, and it is doing quite well at the moment. Our newest group has been visited by nearly everyone in a thousand kilometers, and I keep having people inquire about how they are settling in.”

    “It has been a shock to see so many different cultures. I knew that Humanity had them, but I had never expected the variety.” The mayor was enthused about everything.

    The dryer with the jackets in it went off next, the towels still tumbling. Alex stepped away from the group to retrieve his and toss the remaining two to Desaya. He shrugged it on, warm and most importantly, it still fit perfectly.

    He wondered for a moment how everyone else viewed this. The crew from the ship knew how deeply Alex was involved with the Empire now. Did Su think this was weird tourist behavior, wearing a Tsla’o made jacket, or an attempt at making him appear less alien? Did Gyal parse this as being alien-obsessed? Some kind of cosplay?

    Well, whatever. Truth would come out eventually. In the meantime, Alex thought the plain black jacket actually looked pretty good. He straightened the thin lapels and rejoined the conversation.

    “As I said, we have seen everything, unless you wish to visit each bunkhouse individually. There is a crew out with one of the trucks on a supply run as well, they should be back within the hour.” Raseta was out of tour to give, apparently. “If you would like, I am sure most here would be willing to be interviewed.”

    “I think that would be wise, yes. Everything seems to be going as well as can be expected, but I would like more background on what happened before you left the Empire’s borders. Preferably from those who came on different ships, so we have a better idea of where the Empire was failing.” Carbon nodded, looking between Raseta and Su.

    “As you wish. We should return to the great house, many are already gathered there. There have been four ships carrying refugees - it will be easy to find those who will speak to you. Nata, you should remain with your sister for this time.” Raseta nodded to the younger Tsla’o girl who had moved on from the dinosaurs to a pile of notched sticks she was building with. He turned back to the group, “Administrator, I do not know how interesting this will be to you...”

    “I believe my task here is done, and there is always more work to do at the office. Unless the Lan wishes for me to stay? I could provide more background on this area between interviews, answer any other questions she may have about the planet?” Gyal offered, turning to Carbon.

    She shook her head. “Your explanations so far have been succinct. Further, I have your contact information, and while I am sure there will be questions I realize I should have asked in the coming days, I do not yet know them.”

    “Very well. It was lovely meeting you all, and I look forward to those questions - but do feel free to reach out for anything, Lan Tashlen.” The Administrator smiled as she gave them a short bow and departed, a brief blast of cold air chilling the room.

    “Alright, so you all are going to do interviews and...” Alex checked his watch, they had about two Human hours left on their layover. “I will hang out with these two and make sure they don’t get caught in the rain again.”

    “Yes, I am afraid that it will be rather boring for you.” Carbon apologized, a faint frown on her muzzle. “But, this is something I must do.”

    “Oh, absolutely. I’ll figure it out. Maybe Su can show us the rest of the village.” He grinned, eyes darting over to the Clan Mother who had offered to babysit him and the hypothermia couple specifically to avoid showing off the rest of the village. “Or something else more interesting than all of that.”

    He was curious about the bunkhouses, about the rest of the village, actually. But officially that wasn’t any of his business at the moment, so he wouldn’t push it.

    “I am sure there is much yet to do today.” She had a smile that said she was about to get a lot of work done but not actually do a bit of it herself. “The visit has shifted things around a bit, after all.”

    “Is it so? Well, I will leave you to it.” Carbon gave them both a bow and followed Raseta out into the cold gap between the two yurts, having no problems leaving her husband to do chores. It wasn’t like she was off having fun or something, so a little bit of helping out was fine by him.

    “If you really do want to see the bunkhouses, or even the rest of the village, I will show you around.” Su relented, giving Keta and Desaya side-eye as she said that. “But our usual schedule is thrown off a bit by all of this. We could use a little help.”

    “Oh, if my mom ever heard that I didn’t help refugees to go on a tour instead, I would never hear the end of it.” Curiosity could be sated later, but knowingly being a slacker would haunt him for a good long time, particularly when he was part of the problem. “These two should probably go sit by a fire for a while and relax, though. Stay warm and make sure everything is back to normal.”

    “Oh, we could help as well.” Keta piped up, much to Desaya’s displeasure as she gave him a poke in the side.

    Alex agreed with her. “You’re still not dry all the way through. I can tell, you’re like... just almost there.” They were so fluffy when they towel dried. Not as much as Neya, but they were getting there.

    “The pilot is right, you two should be taking it easy. I saw how you were shivering. Go have some tea, someone can certainly find you cookies or something to snack on.” Su positioned herself as the final say on the matter, being the Clan Mother and all.

    Alex pointed to her as the authority here, and nodded along.

    “Thank you, we will do that.” Desaya hopped up and practically dragged Keta out of there before he could volunteer them for anything else.

    She watched them go, then lifted her chin over Astada’s head and cleared her throat. “Nata, can you run over to bunk three and tell them to bring the laundry?”

    “Of course.” Nata carefully pulled her hood up, antenna still tucked carefully into the collar of her Human-made jacket, and zipped it up before dashing out into the rain.

    While they conversed, Alex slipped his Tsla’o comm out of his pocket and let Kenath know that Keta and Desaya were heading her way, a move that was met with a particularly curious head tilt as Su noticed that was not a Human phone he was hastily shoving back into his pocket.

    Nata returned ten minutes later with a large bag, and a couple more Tsla’o also carrying large bags. Both of whom were not expecting to see a Human sitting on a bench, Kaseya carefully stacking small stuffed toys on his head, having a casual conversation with the Clan Mother who was having an increasingly hard time keeping a straight face.

    “Should I leave these here?” He pointed to the pyramid of stuffies atop his cranium, absolutely serious as he gave Su the most deadpan look he could currently muster. “I’m not familiar with Tsla’o customs regarding such things.”

    Kaseya answered first, the translator close enough for her to understand him again. “Yes you should.” She took the inquiry as seriously as he had made it sound.

    “I suppose that is your answer.” Su could barely keep it together, a stifled snicker escaping as she shook her head.

    “Ah, that’ll make things difficult.” He did manage to stand before they slid off, Alex catching all five of the little things as they went forward. An assortment of floppy Earth animals, stuffed with beads. He turned and handed them back one at a time, naming each animal as he did. “Elephant, lion, cheetah, hippopotamus, honey badger. Looks like they’ll be safer with you.”

    Kaseya was disappointed but thanked him and went back to playing.

    Alex was already familiar with doing laundry, and it seemed like this was mostly bedding, so there was no complex separation of clothing to worry about. Pillow cases and sheets got split up into equally sized piles, along with a smattering of towels, and before long they had all of the washing machines going at once.

    Astada had woken up and was fussing again, so Su gathered the little group together and they retired to the great hall. Carbon was sitting in the dining area, talking to a couple of Tsla’o as they slipped past into the kitchen to get the wee kid something to eat. While her jacket was one of her simpler ones, the shade of blue really stood out amid the mixed bag of older, worn Tsla’o clothes and mostly Human outerwear everyone else had.

    Su slipped Astada’s carrier off and left him with Nata, both of them at the table with the tea. Alex helped himself to another mug and then joined Su and Kaseya as the elder rummaged through some drawers and the younger wheedled her for snacks of her own.

    “Is there more chocolate? I can have that. My mother said so.” Kaseya stood impatiently beside Su, who was picking through a row of boxes that Alex was entirely unfamiliar with. Didn’t recognize the packaging, which was mostly simple colors and written in... One of them was in Korean. He did know that much.

    Was this how everyone lived on the frontier? It was so much different in the movies.

    “Well, I do know it is safe. Worst case for eating a lot of Human food is magnesium deficiency.” He was a font of knowledge sometimes.

    “Magnesium?” Su straightened up a little bit, glancing over her shoulder at him like that unlocked some knowledge for her. She closed the drawer and checked the next one down. “You cannot have chocolate, because I think we are out. Perhaps when Suna returns. I asked him to get some treats for the children as all of you had to visit the doctor today. You did visit the doctor?”

    Kaseya groaned and kicked the tile. “Yes, I did. It was boring! I am fine.”

    “I was going to mention this earlier, but there’s actually a lot of overlap between Human and Tsla’o physiology.” Alex sipped his tea, the timing very inopportune based on the wildly incredulous look that Su was giving him. “Human docs can probably do checkups and basic stuff like that without much trouble, particularly if we get them some medical texts to familiarize themselves with the differences.”

    “Ah... Given our food compatibility, I do not find that too surprising.” She grabbed out a green box with a picture of a cracker on the front out and pried the flap open, pulling a packet of the golden disks out and handing it over to Kaseya. The child took it and toddled off, wrapper crinkling as she made her way back over to her sister.

    “Yeah, that was a surprise - I half expected we would need to eat separately on the Kshlav’o before that report came down. But, aside from taste, no actual limitations.”

    “I take that, as you are traveling on a Tsla’o ship, you are not having any trouble with our food?” She continued rummaging, moving on to a cabinet and finding a box with a baby on the front in short order, an annoyed grunt punctuating the discovery. “Has the Lan had the opportunity to try Human cuisine?”

    “Yes, on both accounts. There was a Tsla’o dispenser on the Kshlav’o, but none on the station that we launched from. I would say we have both found things we did and did not like.” Even the many kinds of bugs landed better than that awful cabbage-potato.

    Su shook her head, a hint of a smile peeking out from the silver fur as she set about making cereal for Astada, shaking some powdered flakes into a bowl and giving them a splash of hot water. “Would it trouble you much to give us some instruction as far as Human foodstuffs are concerned? There is much to work with, and while we have translations, some of the early experiments have left our cooks somewhat shy to the idea of trying new recipes.”

     

    First | Prev

    Royal Road

    *****

    Everybody loves having puppy neighbors, and Alex is a really useful engine. He just likes keeping busy.

    Worldbuilding notes: All the buildings have basic power and a water production and reclamation system built in, negating the need to run utilities over distances. The great hall and utility building do share a larger power supply to run all the extra stuff, and a larger water system.

    Art pile: Cover

    Alex, Carbon, and Neya, by CinnamonWizard

    Carbon reference sheet by Tyo_Dem

    Neya by Deedrawstuff

    Carbon and Alex by Lane Lloyd

    23 Comments
    2025/02/03
    12:02 UTC

    0

    On Another Planet - 4: My Lesbian Babel Fish

    FIRST | PREVIOUS | NEXT

    (NOTE: I WAS GONNA KEEP THE TRADITION HERE OF NOT INCLUDING CHAPTER TITLES. BUT THIS WAS JUST TOO FUNNY TO KEEP AWAY.

    ***

    When the Soviet Cosmonauts became the first to touch the black waters of space, one of the main equipment they were issued were a uniquely designed handgun, in case their landing accidentally took them to the hell of Siberia’s wilderness. Whether it be for food or to fend off those big grizzly bears Russia was and is very famous for.

    This practice in space travel has not changed. Since the discovery of subspace, every personnel within the British Star Charters or were required to have any sort of firearm on them. It did not matter which scenario you were placed it, whether it be making contact with new civilisation, exploring the majesties of alien worlds, or even cleaning out the blocked toilets because it was curry night in the ship’s pub. You were always safer with a semi-automatic in your arms.

    Devon grabbed his rifle before leaving the car. He was not much of a gun-nut, he was from California for goodness sake. Still, all this time swimming in the stars properly made him understand the sharks always next to him. Always modified this one firearm whenever he was off shift.

    The helmets materialised on everyone’s suits, with every firearm half raised. The source of the signal was within a cave opening. Security personnel had been sent off to scout the area with a couple automated drones, each prepped with automatic machine guns. No plans on entering the cave had been acted upon.

    “All personnel,” the group was notified by Ensign MacLean, “Found a structure. Seems like a camp.”

    Everyone’s heads-up displays pinged the position of the camp. Devon spoke over the comms, “Devon speaking, is it safe?”

    “Drones ain’t picking up anything, neither are the suits. Seems completely empty, sir.”

    “Copy that, stand by.” He turned around, facing the girl. Cyril was clutching onto her arm. She continued pretending to seem defiant. “I think we found your camp.”

    Her face dropped. She stammered slightly before asking, “What camp?”

    Devon pressed for the comms again, maintaining eye contact with the girl. “MacLean, Devon here, I’m coming up with the girl. Half-confident it’s her place.”

    By the time they arrived, nobody was impressed. It was a few big tents with some crudely-designed science equipment under them. The tech were certainly not associated with the UN, or any other group Devon recognised.

    The girl was trying her hardest not to screech out over the crew touching everything. Crates, a footlocker, Cyril was on the verge of crushing her lips shut.

    He did eye two beds, however. This girl was certainly not alone. Nobody her age could have properly set up a place like this.

    Onshe sat down at what looked like a computer, still active. She could understand some of the readings, but not enough to the point she could have worked with it.

    There was something that was designed similar to a scroll on the side. The Arvan opened it up, turning her head to the side for her eye to properly read. The girl barged forward once she noticed, until Cyril kept her stuck in one place.

    “Don’t read that!” She shouted.

    “This is in… the hell? It’s Pyeri.” It was in her native language.

    Devon moved over, a puzzled look dominated his face. “Are you sure?”

    “No, they were just fibbing when I was reading books in primary school. Of course I’m sure!”

    “I’m seeing English, Lieutenant.”

    Multiple ideas spun in Onshe’s head. “Is it reading our minds?”

    Devon’s helmet scanned the material of the parchment. “There ain’t anything special about it.”

    Onshe read through the text. “Like a posh child’s written it.”

    “Stop reading it!” The girl screamed, though much more embarrassed than distressed. Cyril tightened their grip, metal fingers almost digging into her skin.

    The Arvan began to read. “’I can’t stop thinking about that girl on Derafan III, her eyes, the way her hair swayed in the wind’… oh, shit.” She smirked, as much as she could with her beak. “Is this your diary?”

    The girl went silent for a bit. “No?”

    Onshe continued to read the passage. “’We never really spoke. I would only watch her from the other side of the market whilst Dad was in a meeting. Yet, closing my eyes, I’m always thinking of resting on her lap, her fingers brushing my h—’”

    “IT’S MINE!” The girl finally confessed. “It’s mine, please stop reading!”

    Onshe read on silently to herself, her eye widened. She placed the scroll back on the table, trying not to throw up. “You really went all-out on your imagination, didn't you?”

    “So,” Devon said to the girl, “Now that we’ve confirmed this is your camp, are you ready to start talking?”

    Her fake defiance propped back up. “Never.”

    “Lieutenant Onshe, please keep reading the scroll.”

    “I’d rather not, Devon.”

    He sighed, grabbing the paper and finding a passage to read out. “It can’t be that bad.” The girl’s face went paler than before. Not even a minute passed before he said, “Cyril, you’re an Android, you haven’t got standards, please read this until she cracks.” He passed them the scroll, turning on his helmet’s noise-cancellation.

    Before the Android read the first sentence, the girl tried her best to rip it off his hand, to which they raised it only a few inches above her reach.

    “’I’m starting to think I don’t particularly find myself interested in boys—’”

    Her face went red now. At long last, the girl finally hit her limit. “Fine, I’ll talk!”

    “You could’ve started with something more embarrassing, Cyril,” Onshe remarked.

    “This was,” they said, “The rest of this is just pure—”

    The girl finally managed to grab the scroll off his hands. Well, she grabbed the bottom, the whole parchment ripped in two.

    “You understand,” Cyril said, “I’ve already memorised six very interesting entries.”

    Devon turned off his noise cancellation. “What happened, is she talkative yet?”

    “Hopefully,” Cyril replied. He looked down at the girl. “You gonna talk or am I going to have to expose to everyone in this camp your very rigid collection of a very certain thing?”

    The girl nodded. She was backed into a corner, and instead of lashing out like an animal, she sat down.

    “First question,” Devon said, “How are you speaking English?”

    “I— what’s English?”

    “What you’re speaking right now.”

    “I’m not speaking…” She trailed off, beginning to stare at the personnel like their brains melted and oozed out their ears. “It’s a universal interpreter.”

    Devon was intrigued. “A translator?”

    “We have those,” Onshe said.

    “Not like this. Lips are syncing, tone’s very convincing, it’s like in those old science-fiction shows. Tell me, how does it work?”

    “I— I don’t know,” the girl said. “Everyone has one built into them when we’re born. I don’t know the specifics.”

    “Why am I hearing English from her, then?” Onshe asked. “My first language is Pyeri.”

    “Try speaking it to her,” Devon said.

    The Arvan spoke her native tongue. At least, she thought it was her native tongue. Everyone else just heard her hesitantly say, “Hi, how’s life?”

    The girl’s eyes trailed off before returning. “Errrm… good?”

    Onshe nodded. MacLean shouted from the back of the tent, “All due respect, ma’am, I just heard English!”

    “Really? Oh.” Onshe was disappointed.

    “Well, now that that’s out of the way. Let’s get the real questions in,” Devon said, taking a seat.

    ***

    Kumar just needed air, just for a little bit. For all the intents of the suit allowing her to feel like she was breathing fresh air, she knew she wasn't. It wasn’t proper.

    She leaned on a rock face near the camp. Her helmet slowly receded back into her suit. For the first time in weeks, Kumar felt as if she was back home.

    “You’re going to catch your death if you keep that up,” Louis said.

    Kumar’s helmet quickly re-materialised. “Keep what up?”

    “Just keep your helmet on, the last thing we need on the ship is a mini-epidemic.”

    “I thought you would be with Devon.”

    “MacLean and Cyril are handling it, I trust them. Besides, they’re just over there.” He pointed to the tents, before leaning on the wall next to her. “What do you reckon’s down that cave?”

    “Again, I don’t know.”

    “You haven’t speculated anything, at least?”

    “No. I haven’t. I haven’t really been thinking that much about this mission.”

    “Maybe…” Louis thought for a few seconds. “It’s a temple. At the end of it, is a golden idol. You need a bag of sand to replace the weight on it once it’s in your hands.”

    Kumar squinted her eyes in confusion. “What?”

    Louis deadpanned. “Indiana Jones.”

    “What about him?”

    “You haven’t watched the films?”

    “No, no. Old films were always my… they were always my brother’s thing.” Kumar looked down to the floor, watching a blue worm burrow itself out of the ground, passing the metal shine of her shoe.

    Louis lowered his voice. “I’m sorry, again. Do you want to talk about him?”

    “I don’t think it’d be a good time right now.”

    “I’m always free to talk, you know.”

    Kumar looked at him, a half smile was etched on her lips. Eventually, they were called into the camp.

    ***

    “They think we’re… cultists?” Xian asked.

    “Apparently so,” Devon said on the bridge’s viewscreen. “Still, threatening to read her diary to her finally made her talk. Her name’s Heni, claims to be a Seroran. As far as we’re concerned, she isn’t native to this planet.”

    “But, she’s essentially Human?” Allen asked, placing his flask of tea back down in the chair’s cup holder.

    “According to Nurse Pale, it’s a point six-percent difference to Terran DNA. Akin to the Farahali, no discernible differences.”

    “What about the ‘interpreter’, how does it work?”

    “She doesn’t seem to know. I can figure it out with an understanding of the design. Best I can say is whatever language you’re speaking, the other person will speak it back. This doesn’t change with writing, however.”

    An actual translator. With one of those, so much effort would be saved in first contact situations.“Right, well, we’ll talk about putting language teachers out of a job at another point, Devon. Have you got any information on the source of the signal?”

    “Well, Heni just discovered lying a couple minutes ago. Every time we threaten her with a diary entry, the story changes.”

    “Basically, there’s no winning with her,” Allen stated.

    “Not for the moment, no. We’re planning to send a probe down into the cave, the data we’ve gathered from the computers have provided some use to us, but nothing of overall significance.”

    “If I may enquire,” Xian chimed in, “Was there any information on these ‘cultists’ we should be concerned about?”

    “No. I will ask, now that you mention it.”

    “WHAT THE HELL IS THIS?” The voice of a Brummie cried.

    An accented female’s voice followed, “DON’T LOOK AT THAT! PUT IT DOWN!”

    Allen jumped out of his seat. “What’s happening?!”

    Devon looked to his side before averting back toward the screen. He sighed, tightly pinching the bridge of his nose. “Nothing… just… Devon out.” The Science Officer’s face disappeared, the hue of the planet returned to screen.

    The Captain and First Officer exchanged glances.

    “Should we be worried, Captain?” Xian questioned.

    “Ignorance is bliss, Commander. Whatever’s going on down there is Devon’s problem.”

    “I’m talking about the mention of ‘cultists’, sir.” Xian leaned to the side of his chair. “I think we should be preparing ourselves for any sort of attack. Any rumour of a threat to the crew I’d feel much safer being prepared for.”

    “I mean it’s a bit early to commit to any decisions.”

    “If these cultists are going to be a problem, we won’t know their true capabilities. We may as well.”

    Allen tapped his hand, thinking for a few moments. “JADE?”

    The AI’s voice popped in from above. “Yes, Captain?”

    “Prep a few more probes, we might have some unwanted visitors sometime soon. I want to be aware when they come.”

    “Of course. Would you like me to place the nuclear warheads on standby?”

    Allen looked at Xian for approval. The First Officer gave a nod. “Please do. I’d much like it to be the entire arsenal.”

    “Sir,” one of the bridge officers, Leftenant Mahogany, spoke up, “Would that not be a bit excessive?”

    “Well, err…”

    Xian attempted to take over. “If I may, Captain?”

    “Be my guest, Commander.”

    Xian smiled at Allen before glaring to Mahogany. “Leftenant, you might as well figure this out now, when exploring strange new worlds, you are much safer with several-hundred nuclear warheads than without them. Otherwise, the only place you’re boldly going to is a bloody cremation.”

    ***

    The caverns deep below spanned perhaps for miles and miles. That was, at least, according to the readings from the drone and the camp.

    It took a few seconds for a map to be pathed. If it was correct, they would only arrive within ten minutes.

    The drone slowly hovered through, Monso tried his best to make sure no weird formations or tight spaces would be its downfall. They only had so many of these.

    As expected, it was uneventful. Oddly enough, this was therapeutic for the Farahali engineer. Most of the time, he could not work without Kendrick cracking some braindead conversation starter. One of his previous ones, how werewolves would fare if it was on Luna, was stuck in his mind for ages.

    Each turn, each moment of descent, he was in full focus. Whenever someone said anything, either him or another engineer told them to, in the most polite sense, shut their gobs.

    At some point, however, he stopped. The drone hovered in place staring at the floor. Monso raised an eyebrow, switching between different readings. Infrared, thermal, chemical. For a full minute, he was focussed on the glowing phenomenon on the ground. His intellect cycling through tens of possibilities. Could it be a plant? A liquid? A peer into an entirely separate dimension?

    “Why’s he staring at a glowstick?” He heard Kumar whisper.

    The Ensign was about to turn and shut her up, before realising that there was a slight chance he was being what would be best referred to as, in the scientific sense, completely and utterly obtuse.

    Monso shifted the drone’s gaze straight. More glowsticks were traced along the path. He turned it around, the same set of glowsticks.

    “Someone’s been down here,” he declared, before turning around. “Likely entered through the cave entrance. Should I follow the lights, sir or proceed along the designated path?”

    Devon looked at the girl, Heni. There was something off about her look, as if Monso’s whole performance pinched a nerve.

    “Proceed with caution, Monso.”

    “Copy.” His golden eyes were glued back to the control screen.

    The drone furthered through the system. There were more signs of that person, a snapped rope, bits of fabric on the limestone floor. No signs of major injury, the guy likely only fell ten, fifteen metres.

    About three more minutes passed by before old alloys were detected in the stone. Devon popped closer to the screen, Monso nearly scolded him before remembering he worked with the man who wrote his paycheques.

    “Scan them, send the readings to me,” he ordered. Monso did so. Devon stared over the tablet, a slight smirk appeared on his lips. “Solar Empire. Keep going, record as much as you can to my device.”

    The scans could only penetrate the surface, only alloy readings were picked up. There had been carvings on the walls, however. Devon couldn’t recognise them, he called Kumar over.

    The contractor squinted at the screen, trying to make out the ancient engravings. “Wouldn’t the girl’s translator work on this?”

    “Apparently not.”

    “I-it doesn’t work on symbols,” Heni said. Surprisingly, she had been completely infatuated with the process the entire time.

    “I feel like the more I think about the translator, the bigger migraine I’ll get,” Onshe remarked from the back.

    Kumar moved on, asking Monso to brighten the screen. The symbols had clearly eroded over time, she was still able to make something out. She thought back to her university days.

    A couple moments passed. Devon said, “If you don’t know, it’s fine. We can just pull up something on the tablets. Maybe ask JADE.”

    “No, wait… I’m trying to figure out if it means… I think it’s telling us to eff off. Hang on…” Kumar squinted six different ways before she narrowed down some more likely results. “Tomb, vault, chamber, no parking after six… no, hold on, no parking after seven.”

    Monso pressed something on the controls, something showed up on the screen. “I’d like to correct you: no parking after ten. You were close.”

    “Just keep moving ahead, Monso.”

    The screen suddenly fuzzed a few more metres in. Monso stopped the search. “We’re edging out of bounds. We can’t go any further without the drone losing connection.”

    Devon sighed out his nose. “Bring the drone back. The rest of you, we’re going caving.”

    ***

    “I want to come!” Heni shouted as seven of the soldiers planned to make their way into the caverns.

    Everything told her this was a terrible idea, but she couldn't have just stayed up here. Her father was down there, and right now, he needed her. She might have been killed either way by these people, but she would rather have died trying to make an effort.

    “No,” the bearded one, Devon, stated to her. “You’re not going anywhere. This is dangerous.”

    “I can help! I’ve worked— I’ve been to ruins of the ancients before!”

    “So have we. Difference is, you could get yourself hurt. A shirt and pants ain’t the most ideal clothing for something like this.”

    Perhaps she could have tugged on their mirage of heartstrings. “My father, he’s down there. He’ll… he’ll want to know— I want to know if he’s safe.”

    A few of the soldiers glared at each other. This was good, maybe she was able to sway them.

    “No,” Devon said.

    “I have climbing equipment.”

    “It’s a helmet and some ropes, sir,” Cyril brought up.

    “She’s not going anywhere, then,” Devon said.

    Heni stammered again. “I can translate!”

    That caught the leader’s attention. “What?”

    “My translator. It doesn’t work after a certain distance. If you need to read the Ancient’s words, you need me.”

    A few seconds of silence took place. Devon groaned. “Someone get the girl’s stuff.”

    Heni hid her glee.

    Unfortunately, caving meant more that she would have to be carried by the bird person the entire way.

    They decided to take the route of her father’s flares before diverting somewhere else. Eventually, the daylight faded, perhaps the last time Heni would have seen it. Their only visibility were the bright lights beaming from everyone’s helmets, burning the girl’s retinas.

    “So, Heni,” the bird woman said, “What err… what brought you to do all of this?”

    Was she being probed for more information? They had more than what they needed from the computers. Heni tried to cut her off. “You know I can walk on my own, right?”

    “Not with what you’ve got on, love. A helmet can’t stop half a cavern collapsing.”

    “Can yours?”

    “Well… no. Not really. But we’d have less bones broken.”

    Devon suddenly cut the conversation short. “Big drop up ahead.”

    “Does this suit have thrusters or anything?” The brown-skinned one asked. Heni wondered what the point was bringing her in the first place.

    “Yeah,” the bird woman said. “You’re better off jumping, though. The thrusters should be automatic.”

    The brown woman looked at the bird concerningly. “What if it doesn't activate?”

    “Then the impact goes into your suit,” the soldier said. “You’re fine either way, Kumar.”

    One of the other soldiers went first. There was a hiss before they reached the bottom. “Forty metre drop, lads!” His voice echoed from below.

    A few more went after. The brown woman hesitated. “No, no. I’m going back up. I’m not doing th—”

    One groaned and shoved her off. She screeched at a constant pitch the whole way down.

    “YOU’RE A CUNT, LOUIS!” She shouted from below.

    “Did you land properly, Indie?!” The one who shoved her asked.

    “I CAN’T FEEL MY LEGS!” There was a pause. “NEVER MIND, IT’S JUST PINS AND NEEDLES!”

    The bird woman stepped forward. “Hold on tight,” she told Heni.

    “Actually, maybe I should—” Heni quickly shut her eyes and gripped onto the bird as she leaped off. “—I REGRET EVERYTHING!”

    A hot hiss came from below, Heni felt the drop slow. Eventually, she dropped, and every moment of her life, from the memory of walking to her father as a foundling to… well, now. She didn’t realise the bird woman dropped her once they were already on the ground.

    Heni scowled at the bird. “What was that for?!”

    “We’re already here now.”

    “I thought you were trying to keep me safe!”

    “I thought you wanted to stretch your legs, love.”

    The rest dropped down, slowing as lights shifted out of their wastes, softening the landing.

    Heni switched the light on her helmet on, it was simply more rock for the next ‘hundred-and-twenty metres’, as one stated.

    Devon said something over the radio, updating the soldiers above on their status. Soon enough, the markings from the computer earlier showed on the walls.

    “A few more paces ahead, and we’ll have no more radio contact above. Remember, we don’t know what’s ahead.” Devon took off his rifle from his back. “Could be anything down here.”

    The soldiers positioned themselves in a way to keep sure Heni would not breach her own captivity. Even so, there would be nowhere else to go. There was only so much charge in her torch. Best case scenario, she would escape and starve before anyone ever found her.

    Soon enough, a great door stood ahead of them, towering high above with the hanging stalactites. The material was an odd concoction between artificial alloys and the grey rock surrounding them, with further markings dotted on its rim.

    There was one more flare on the floor. No body. Her father must still have been alive.

    “We don’t have to do a puzzle, do we?” One asked.

    “This is a vault,” the brown woman said. “We have one like this back on Earth in Indonesia. Went there on a trip.”

    “What was in there?” The bird woman asked.

    “Bored tour guides and some funky markings. Oh, and a stupidly expensive gift shop.”

    “Anything that could help us now, Kumar?” Devon requested.

    “Well, the Japanese bought all of it to get back at the Chinese in the late 21st Century. All I remember were the weird excavation machines left in there. The actual artefacts are all in Tsukuba.”

    “Do you know, or not?!” Devon shouted.

    “S-sorry, I don’t know.”

    “Are there any relations to other ruins you have found, sir?” The soldier that pushed the brown one off the drop, Louis, asked.

    “There weren’t any parking rules or anything.” Devon pointed. “Console up ahead. Anybody getting any traps on their HUDs?”

    Multiple ‘nos’ came from the group, and so they marched forward with their guns raised on all angles.

    There was a console-looking thing to the side of the door. Heni moved towards it, something black was swirling, glistening the light of her helmet.

    Devon ran ahead. “I’ll handle this! Nobody touch anything.” His hand reached out to the console, the black enveloped his hand. He stood frozen for several seconds.

    “You okay there, sir?” One of the soldiers asked.

    “Loads of Solarian tech uses this. So long as I’m Human, it’ll let me in.”

    The black moulded in and out through his hand, analysing each pore, each bit of dead skin hanging under his fingernails.

    It receded, Devon pulled away, checking to see if his hand was still intact. There came a low rumble, the gap between the two great doors lit up as they departed.

    Heni squinted as she turned off the light on her helmet, allowing the bright yellow to consume the whole room. It was as if she was glimpsing into paradise itself. All this work, all this time, resulting in this majesty.

    And she was waiting to get shot.

    ***

    “You ever reckon what it’s like to be Human, Ben?” Kendrick asked.

    Ben looked up. “Why would I want to be a Human?”

    “I dunno. Experience food, experience… sex? I mean Androids are a bit limited, aren’t you?”

    “If I would be any sapient being, it would be a Deq’inril.”

    Kendrick raised an eyebrow. “Like Stephen? He just sits around all day!”

    “Exactly. As per his biology, he is well in his rights to do so. Humans need to be on the move all the time.”

    “So, you’d just want to be a lazy sod?”

    “I wouldn't expect you to understand the struggles of my people.”

    “Ben, you’re basically unionised with more disposable income than me. If anything, you’re bleeding privileged.”

    “I was making a joke, William.”

    Kendrick’s organic eye looked to the side for a second before going back to the Android. “Right. Right. Never took you one for jokes.”

    “That’s because you’re always the loudest.”

    Kendrick got up off the table. “I’m going for a smoke.”

    “Your funeral if you inhale the next Black Death.”

    “I have to die somehow, mate.”

    Kendrick stepped outside from the building, pulling out a box of cigarettes. He stuck one in his mouth, before flicking a lighter.

    He inhaled the chemicals. Compared to the wet air, the wonders of nicotine had played much more naturally to him.

    Rustling suddenly caught his ears. Kendrick looked to the side, something was skittering in the tall grass. Not skittering, lurking.

    His helmet materialised, he activated his heat vision, silently signalling the rest of the base at the press of a button on his wrist.

    There was someone in the grass, attempting to lay low. The large automated turret next to him seemed to be aware of it, at least Kendrick had a friend at the moment.

    “You know we can see you, right?!” He shouted to the grass.

    The heat signature, a humanoid crouching, flinched upon hearing his voice.

    “Look, my fifty-calibre friend here has a very itchy trigger finger.” Kendrick leaned on the turret. “So, unless you want to be looking like my spaghetti bolognese in the next three seconds, I’d suggest you come out with your hands in the air!”

    The signature stayed low, they attempted to grab something from the side. Immediately, the turret sprayed into the grass. The bright orange on Kendrick’s visor split into a hundred different parts like a smashed Lego set.

    “Oh, bollocks.”

    Ben ran over, holding a submachine gun in their arms. A few others followed behind. “What’s the situation?”

    “We had someone on the rim of the perimeter.” He pointed to the red blood in the grass, with a few pink bits laying around for the birds. “The gun set off.”

    “Were they showing any hostile intent?”

    “I asked them to put their hands in the air, I gave them a ch—” An alert appeared on Kendrick’s HUD, on everyone’s HUD. The turret sprayed again into the distance as bright flashes dashed by.

    Kendrick got hit in the head, sending him to the mud. Plasma cracked his visor, but no proper damage was made.

    Ben dragged him behind a barricade. “Are you okay?!”

    “It’s plasma ammo!” Kendrick shouted. His breath was heavy, his heart was hammering, but he was smiling like a loon.

    “Thirty hostiles on the southeastern flank!” Leftenant Weiss shouted over the comms.

    Ben scanned Kendrick’s body. No injuries, maybe a mark to the head. “Can you walk?!”

    “Of course I can!” Kendrick pulled himself up, just underneath the protection of the barricade. “I need a gun!”

    One of the security personnel threw him a handgun. “Twelve rounds in there!”

    Kendrick ended up scanning the gun, the ammunition was recorded to the top left of his HUD. A few more magazines were thrown at him, hitting him in the shoulder.

    ***

    “So, I was thinking switching from Virgin to Kosmo, then? I mean, I’d’ve preferred BT but—”

    Imogen was cut off as JADE barged from above. “Captain, the base is currently under attack!”

    Allen took a few seconds to process, then groaned. “For God’s sake.”

    “Answer me, bab!” Imogen shouted.

    “Steal Tariq’s service or something!” Allen hung up, marched out of the room and onto the bridge.

    Xian left the middle seat for Allen. “We’ve got perhaps thirty to fifty hostiles taking up flank against the base,” he told him.

    “Casualties?”

    “Two injured so far. The front seems to be holding.” A map of the site showed up on the viewscreen. Their side was marked in blue, the other in a blurred red. “The hostiles seemed to be armed with plasma firearms. They do not seem to have as much effect on the crew’s armour - in small doses, at least.”

    “I thought we were the only sapients on the planet,” Allen stated. “Did we miss something? JADE, did you pick up anything from the probes we sent off earlier?”

    “Negative, Captain.”

    “Oh, God. Erm…” Allen went through all the options in his head. The base was too close for an orbital strike. They could have sent off a fighter craft to do a bombing run, but that would take it perhaps ten minutes at the quickest for it to arrive. A lot could happen in that time. But it was the only option they had. “Fighter craft, bombing run. Do it.”

    “Affirmative, Cap— oh, hello.” JADE trailed off. “We’re getting a transmission.”

    “No doubt our new friends,” Allen moaned pinching the bridge of his nose. “JADE, put the whole ship on red alert and prepare the nukes.”

    The screen halved into two, with the map of the battle on one side, and on the other, a hooded silhouette.

    “You are no doubt aware of our actions on the surface, dear Captain,” the hooded figure said. “You have simply forced yourselves onto an event you were not invited to. Your crew are doomed. Unlike my sisters and brothers, I am much more merciful. We will give you this one chance to leave.”

    JADE muted their audio. “Six warheads ready on your command, Captain.”

    ***

    NEXT

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    11:52 UTC

    97

    Ovinophobia OR Why We Actually Had To Acknowledge The Welsh

    London, July 14th, 1917.

    General Nelchet had never faced this staggering quantity of paperwork in his entire life. His aid Captain Barling was scrambling desperately to try to sign and sort the ever increasing pile of folders, files and documents. The door opened, both men groaning as Captain Balkadder walked into the room, an angry scowl on his face as he plopped yet another pile of paperwork on the floor.

    "God I can't do this anymore!" Nelchet yelled out in anguish.

    "I know sir. Soldier on! We can't stop now. We honestly can't afford to." Barling said meekly from behind his mountain of papers.

    "It's the most ridiculous thing I've ever seen since someone pointed at something and said 'that's bloody ridiculous!'." Balkadder said with an annoyed tone.

    "Oh hello Balkadder. How many more pallets of documents have we left?" Nelchet said.

    "Forty one pallets. Including some 'gifts' from the Garanians, The Romori, The Achardi and a few... let's call them 'ritual sacrifices' from the Wahandai. I pointed them all towards the canteen instead of the gas chamber... they weren't expecting it." Balkadder replied in annoyance.

    "How did we come to this!?" Nelchet yelled out. "I mean look at this! Twenty seven notices of unconditional surrender, thirty seven notices of conditional surrender, forty one requests to become vassals and even this... What's this one Balkadder?"

    "It's a breeding request form sir." He replied.

    "Indeed it is! This is absurd! I can't deal with this!" Nelchet said.

    "Unfortunately sir it is our duty to sort through this stuff. Sort the unofficial stuff from the official stuff. Parliament is in a full closed panic session at the moment." Captain Barling said as he finished one pile of papers.

    "What are the Americans up to? And the Russians?" Nelchet asked.

    "Well near as I can tell the Americans are taking full advantage of the situation and are changing their mascots. It's gone from eagles to a barnyard open house over there. They've already sent up a dozen more ambassadors in the time it's taken for this nonsense to start. As for the Russians... Well they're being Russian, revolution is in full swing and everyone who can speak to the aliens is being shot so, not much going there." Balkadder said.

    "So basically the same as usual. Well... At least that's helpful." Nelchet said.

    Two more men walked in, depositing yet more paperwork in the room. "Daldrich, Jeorge. How goes the sorting?" Balkadder said.

    "Goin' pretty well ser. Got 'alf the division tryin' ta sort through it all..." Daldrich’s hefty cockney accent said as he hefted some papers into a corner.

    "My god this is exciting!" Jeorge said as he proudly puffed out his chest.

    "What's exciting about it, exactly Jeorge? Is it the concept that we as a species barely had the ability to manage our own nations and suddenly we have an entire galaxy to care for, or is it the mountain of paperwork we have to do instead of fighting a war? Speaking of, weren't we supposed to be doing that? Last I recall Field Marshall Guage was still trying to move his drinks cabinet six inches closer to Berlin." Balkadder replied with annoyance.

    "Well that's the excitement sir! The wars’ been called off!" Jeorge said.

    "Seriously." Balkadder asked with a raised brow.

    "Oh indubitably Balkadder. Soon as we got First Contact the entire frontline was effectively abandoned on all sides. Everybody just gave up and went home to hear what the aliens wanted to say." Barling replied as he handed some papers to Nelchet.

    "God... Well at least that's over. Doubt we'll start that shit again. So now what? Should I grab a spade and start filling in the trench line again?" Balkadder asked.

    "We can let the engineering corps return No Mans Land to... Yes Man's Land, I suppose. We can sort that out when this mess is fixed." Nelchet said gesturing to his paperwork.

    "Permission to speak ser?" Daldrich said.

    "Granted private, with all due sense of dread." Balkadder said.

    "So... I was thinkin' right? A month ago there wasn't aliens everywhere right? And now we does 'ave aliens everywhere right? And we was fightin' right? And now we isn't fightin' right? So what I wanna know is, how did we gets from one case of affairs, to the other case of affairs?" Daldrich said.

    Everyone just stared at him for a minute. "Do you mean, 'How did this all start?'" Balkadder asked.

    Daldrich stared blankly for a moment, smiled and said, "Yeah!"

    "Well Daldrich it happened because we live in a galaxy made of people that have a genetically crippling case of Ovinophobia." Balkadder replied.

    "Ovinophobia ser? Sounds like someone scared of Ovals! Who would be scared of ovals? Now Cubes... That I can understand." Jeorge replied in earnest.

    "Well yes I do say that cubes are rather terrifying but Ovals? Seems a bit Frenchie to me." Nelchet replied.

    "No, that's O-V-I-N-O-phobia sir. It means one is scared of anything of the genus Ovis." Barling said.

    "Genus Ovis sounds pretty scary doesn't it?" Jeorge replied.

    "SHEEP YOU IDIOTS SHEEP! THE ALIENS ARE SCARED OF SHEEP!!!" Balkadder said with an angry tone.

    Balkadder leaned against a tower of paperwork near the wall. "The aliens are scared of SHEEP? Of all things, sheep?" Nelchet asked.

    "Near as I can tell In the far flung history of the ancient galactic races there lived a species called the Harvarris…" Balkadder said.

    "Ooh a story, I love these!" Jeorge said, and he and Daldrich settled into a spot to listen.

    Balkadder took a deep, frustrated breath and began again. "According to the information we have been able to get from our new... Vassal states, deep in the ancient history of the galaxy there lived a great scourge known as the Harvarris. A herbivorous race of creatures that dealt upon the galaxy great misery in the form of slavery, torture, military conquest and blah, blah, blah. These creatures were apparently SO adept at combat and military warfare, and So very good at the whole subjugation thing, they controlled a full quarter of the galaxy. Much like the British Empire as of now."

    "So they're like the space British? Only worse?" Daldrich said.

    "I guess you can say that but we aren't quite as brutal. Sure we shot people and nicked their countries but at least we did it with dignity. Anyway, eventually some of the galaxy's less proficient denizens got really annoyed with the constant attacks and formed a coalition in order to deal with them. It took them a thousand years of traumatizing war to finally force the Harvarris into extinction and release the galaxy from their influence. Only it didn't work." Balkadder said.

    "What do you mean didn't work Balkadder? They won didn't they?" Nelchet said.

    "Well sort of. They got rid of the problem but not the phantom they left behind. See over a thousand years of war, a thousand years of military recruitment, a thousand years of propaganda and a thousand years of trauma from invasions... It left a mark of the race's existence on their very soul. Like that boil on Daldrich's right cheek. That won't ever go away no matter how much soap you use." Balkadder said.

    "That relates to our present mountain of paperwork, how?" Nelchet asked.

    "Simple. They had done themselves into this hatred of these enemies so deeply that it became a factor in the entire galaxy's collective genetic spectrum. In short, everyone got scared shitless into permanently hating sheep." Balkadder replied.

    "Well... That seems silly. What happened then?" Barling asked.

    "Well sir, the rumour goes that a Varkarian scouting party was attempting to put in an infiltration team to do the usual things aliens apparently do. Unfortunately for them they landed in Wales. Odd place to choose to perform any kind of infiltration mission if you ask me but that's where they were. Their first port of call was a sheep farm. They apparently panicked at the sight, retreated and alerted the rest of the galaxy of some kind of threat." Balkadder replied.

    "Are you telling me what I think you are telling me?" Barling asked as he peered from behind his wall of papers.

    "Well let's see then. This scouting party went back to the galaxy and told everyone that their ancient enemy had returned, and several invasion fleets were sent to Earth. Only they didn't find their ancient enemy. They found a facsimile of their ancient enemy that humanity had apparently domesticated. To the point of using them as both a food and clothing source. The shock and ridiculousness of the situation broke their brains." Balkadder said.

    "Broke they brains 'ow ser?" Daldrich asked, clearly still confused.

    "Well the Ovinophobia they developed as a result made them so completely scared shitless they went in a near catatonic state when encountering a sheep of any kind. In short - the entire galaxy has a nearly lethal fear of anything mutton or wool. And the sight of US having NO fear at all when near sheep freaked them out even more. It's like us with big spiders or elephants with mice. That's how terrified they are." Balkadder said.

    "So let me get this straight sir... Ancient aliens had killer sheep, and they hated those killer sheep so much that now when they even see something that resembles sheep, they get terrified to the point of silliness?" Jeorge asked.

    "Yes. Precisely Jeorge, well done, you got one right for once. In essence we, humanity, the silly bastards who were throwing fifty thousand men into a meat grinder every week, have basically passed with flying colours, a contest of strength and bravery that we weren't even aware existed. And because we not only passed it - by being near sheep without dropping dead - and more importantly, in their eyes at least, domesticating them and turning them into pets, clothing and food. Because we passed, we are now considered the most powerful force in the galaxy, purely because of the fact we aren't scared shitless at the mention of the word 'mutton.'" Balkadder said.

    "So that is why Balkadder, the last three weeks of work has been nothing but sorting surrender notices?" Nelchet asked with a crooked brow.

    "Yes sir. It is. The first Contact with the aliens was an interesting circumstance apparently." Barling replied.

    "It was? Tell, tell." Nelchet said.

    "Well intelligence says the aliens attempted to place infiltration machines called 'drones' in a barnyard and got the absolute piss scared out of them by a sheep that had wandered into the barn. The local farmer, a Welshman, came in, and brought the sheep away. The aliens went into a full on panic and the farmer, at least in their eyes, 'saved them' from the sheep. As far as I remember the farmer then fed the aliens, unknowingly apparently, mutton based shepherd's pie. This traumatized the aliens as they were essentially eating the remnants of their ancient enemy. Panic ensued and the aliens demanded their own surrender." Barling replied as he shovelled another stack of paperwork onto his desk.

    "That's what pisses me off about this whole thing the most sir." Balkadder said.

    "Oh?"

    "It isn't the fact that the war is suddenly and inexplicably over. It isn't that we suddenly became the controlling empire in a galaxy-wide state when we barely have the resources to manage our own world. It isn't the sudden burden of responsibility we are about to undertake. And it isn't the sudden inexplicable change of global body-politic that is about to happen. No. There's one part about this whole situation that pisses me off more than anything." Balkadder said with a sigh.

    "What would that be ser?" Daldrich asked.

    "It's the fact we now have to, whether we like it or not, we now have to actually acknowledge the Welsh." Balkadder replied with an angry growl.

    All the men thought about it for a second, sighed and said "Bugger."

    23 Comments
    2025/02/03
    10:35 UTC

    763

    Sexy Steampunk Babes: Chapter Fifty Nine

    Marinna grinned fiercely, her flight goggles reflecting the flames below as she banked her airship over the smoldering wreckage of an enemy vessel. The ship in question was still afloat, even as it burned, the mithril core within still performing its function. Though it was only a matter of time until the aether ballasts or pipes within burst, at which point the blazing inferno would drop down to the city below, further adding to the confusion and fires already present.

    The veteran pilot had seen such scenes before, but they never lost their grim majesty. She wasn’t driven by cruelty, not really, but by the satisfaction of flawless execution. Every maneuver, every shot from her aether-cannons, had culminated in this night’s grim symphony of destruction.

    She took a deep breath, savoring the acrid scent of scorched metal and coal-tainted air as her gloved fingers danced over the brass controls of her craft as she changed course again, swooping over the bow of the ‘undership’ she was escorting.

    It was an ugly beast. All-patchwork welds and hasty mage-smithing. So much so that it was hard to believe that it and others like it had been responsible for tonight’s victory.

    She wasn’t alone in her initial skepticism about the Underships. The very concept of descending beneath the ocean’s surface in an airship – practically kraken bait - had felt like tempting fate.

    And as for emerging at sea level, directly into a live combat zone?

    The tactical disadvantages were glaring.

    Altitude was life after all  - every shard pilot and airship captain knew that. Whether you soared across the skies in a nimble fighter craft or commanded the bulk of an airship, altitude was both your sanctuary and your weapon.

    A fact she’d spent the last two hours driving home to any colonial beatnick that was foolish enough to try and tangle with her sisters in the sky. After clearing up the initial fleet launches in short order, she and her colleagues had turned on any foe that dared to launch from the beleaguered airfields that dotted the city’s outskirts – reducing them to shrapnel within moments before sending their mangled remains tumbling back to the ground in showers of sparks and aether.

    It had been a slaughter – and not because the enemy pilots were entirely incompetent. What few had managed to survive long enough to engage in something that might have been called a fight by the charitable had been decent enough.

    At least half-life standards, she thought as she glanced over at a small chip in her craft’s paint where one of those craft had in fact managed to clip her with a fire-bolt before being savaged by Marinna’s wingmate.

    Now, either the enemy were out of shards, or they were biding their time for reinforcements. It mattered little either way. Marinna and the fleet would be long gone by the time the latter showed up.  Already, she could see figures descending from airships hovering over both the ‘palace’ and the ‘academy’.

    Dark Elf Stormtroopers. Elites who would make short work of any enemy opposition and swiftly claim whatever it was they’d traveled all this way for.

    Though what that objective was, Marinna couldn’t say - and didn’t particularly care. It wasn’t her concern. Her mission was simple; keep the skies clear for the commandos’ insertion and extraction. Yet as she hovered at altitude, watching streaks of vibrant spellfire whip out from the palace grounds at the descending mage-commandos, frustration gnawed at her at her inability to perform her role to the fullest.

    “Wing Two still not resupplied yet?” she muttered under her breath.

    Casting a glance toward The Merciful, its massive bulk cutting an imposing silhouette against the star-dappled night sky, she clicked her tongue irritably at the ongoing presence of the “Maintain Operations” lights above her launch bay.

    By all appearances, the enemy had exhausted their flight assets, but Marinna knew better than to assume the skies were hers. The Lunite Empire hadn’t thrived for centuries by embracing complacency. Fleet doctrine demanded unbroken aerial coverage, with shards cycling back to their carriers for resupply in carefully calculated shifts.

    Any lapse in cover, no matter how brief, was a risk the Empire wasn’t willing to take.

    Unfortunately, that left her hovering here with guns that were near empty after the last two hours spent savaging enemy shards, which meant she couldn’t afford to waste any striking ground assets until she’d been resupplied, lest she end up being caught without ammo against a real threat.

    “Probably Ahmada and her damned Firebolt,” she muttered.

    The Firebolt, damn thing was a hangar prince, its once-proud legacy as a frontline shard reduced to that of a second-line burden. Sure, its bolt-cannons packed a punch, but their feed mechanisms jammed often enough to be a nightmare in protracted battles or even while resupplying.

    Ahmada swore by it, claiming its quirks were manageable, but Marinna suspected the woman loved the shard more for its rarity than its reliability – given the interest it tended to generate from young men with an above average interest in shards.

    She paused, her muttering cut short by a distant sound.

    A low, ominous droning, barely audible against the sound of cannon fire and the rushing wind. Her eyes narrowed as she scanned the murky skies, searching for any sign of a new threat. The fires below offered some visibility, their flickering glow casting long, dancing shadows across the fractured cityscape, but little beyond that. The world beyond the city limits was filled with little more than darkness.

    Worse still, she knew the flames below meant that the fleet and her own shard would be all too visible for an outside force looming in the darkness. Unfortunately, she couldn’t risk repositioning to the outskirts of the city to take advantage of that self-same darkness. Abandoning her current post would leave the ships offloading commandos below dangerously exposed.

    And still, as her thoughts raced, the droning grew louder.

    Something was closing in.

    Marinna’s pulse quickened, her grip tightening on the controls ever further. She wasn’t unwomaned by the unknown, but her nerves stood on a razor’s edge, ready for anything.

    Unbidden, a memory surfaced. As a child, she’d once thrown a rock at a wasp’s nest, spurred on by a mix of bravado and a desperate desire to impress a watching servant boy as much as her friends with her ‘bravery’. Unfortunately for her younger self, the rock struck true. However, instead of the admiration of her friends and the attention of a cute boy for her bravado, she earned for herself a swarm of ticker-nats.

    Fortunately, they’d been near a lake at the time, and as such, she, the boy, her friends, and a number of her mother’s dinner guests for that particular outing, managed to escape said swarm by leaping into a nearby lake.

    Naturally, her mother had been rather unimpressed with the whole ordeal.

    With that said, as great as the punishment after had been, she never forgot the sound of all those insects bearing down on her. The terror as they swarmed about her like a singular living being.

    The sound of that enraged swarm? It had been a lot like this.

    She shook her head, ignoring the way the hairs on the back of her neck raised as the droning swelled, the low hum turning into a layered, resonant thrum that set her teeth on edge. It wasn’t just sound now - it was vibration, a palpable pulse in the air, rattling her shard’s cockpit.

    Glancing over at her wingmates, she was relieved to see that she wasn’t alone in noticing the oncoming threat – whatever it was.

    ‘Climb’ the raised flag on her squadron leader’s shard indicated.

    “Thank the Fae,” Marinna muttered, her voice low and tight.

    Sure, they’d be leaving the commandos a little more exposed, but they’d also be better positioned to engage whatever it was that was making that noise.

    She adjusted the shard’s altitude slightly, her stomach sinking slightly as the craft entered an incline. Her eyes flicked to the skies overhead, but no threat presented itself just yet. Merely the clouds and the stars beyond.

    “Wait, is that-”

    Then it happened.

    From the skies above, she had but a moment to see it as something flashes and nearly a dozen peculiarly shaped shards illuminated themselves against the darkness as their wing mounted guns flung hot death at the enemy below them.

    Enemies that included her.

    “Fuck,” she barely had time to hiss, yanking hard on the controls, but it was too late.

    She watched, the world seemingly coming to a half for just a moment, as one of those lines of fire lanced towards her – and then the air was filled with the shriek of tearing metal as a rapid staccato of bangs erupted all around her, vibrating through the frame. Each one sent brutal shocks through the elf and her and the controls as the world tilted violently.

    Controls aren’t responding, she thought as she wrestled with the now limp control stick. I need to-

    Something slammed into her chest, a brutal, numbing force that stole the air from her lungs. She gasped, her fingers scrabbling weakly at her harness as her vision blurred. She was dimly aware of the world spinning, but it all seemed so distant now, muffled by the roaring in her ears.

    And then… nothing.

    Darkness claimed her, swift and merciless.

     

    -------------

     

    This new variant of the Corsair was a beast, and Xela was barely holding it together. It was absurdly fast, almost like it wanted to break free of her control, and the guns - stone, the guns- were something else entirely. The first time she squeezed the trigger, the violent kick from them had rattled her entire frame, sending a jolt of adrenaline through her.

    They were loud. Louder than even this new false core.

    She continued to hold down the trigger though, watching as a streak of tracers tore through the night, cutting a blazing line straight into the target she’d been aiming for – silhouetted against the city behind it. The enemy craft buckled under the assault as it spun out of control, aether bleeding from it as it tumbled toward the city below.

    There were no attempts by it to stabilize as it tumbled. No signs of an ejection either.

    Xela blinked, her breathing heavy in the tight confines of the cockpit. It seemed she’d just gotten the first ‘kill’ of the engagement in more ways than once.

    Around her, the rest of the twenty-shard formation had not been idle, filling the sky with blazing lines of tracer fire as they picked their own targets from the formation below. To Xela’s eyes, it was as if the heavens themselves had opened up to unleash fury upon the enemy fleet, caught off guard as they were beneath the concealing veil of cloud cover.

    Xela’s eyes flicked across the chaotic scene, catching sight of plumes of aether as enemy ballasts exploded in brilliant flashes. Of course, it lasted for just a moment before the enemy scattered, the location of their new foe established as they broke off.

    The moment of surprise had passed, and Xela knew any kills from this point forward wouldn’t come so easily. The enemy had been caught off guard initially, silhouetted against the burning city as her formation dove through the clouds to strike from above.

    Now though, they’d be getting ready to strike back. Getting ready for Xela’s formation to break off and pursue, at which point the enemy shard’s superior agility and experience would allow them to quickly reverse said pursuit.

    They’d downed what? Four craft in that initial attack? That meant there were still about nine left based on her rough count in that split second before she’d fired.

    Based on what they’d already done to the city’s defenses, Xela would wager that was more than enough to tear apart her formation of green pilots – no matter what wonder machines they were piloting.

    Fortunately, her people had come on from a very steep angle, this new corsair having a much higher max altitude ceiling than she was accustomed to. A feat that had likely played a role in why the enemy had been so caught off guard.

    “Remember kids, don’t get lured into a dogfight. Do as we trained. Dive. Fire. Pull off. We have the energy advantage. Use it.”

    Around her, some of the craft that looked like they were on the verge of pursuing their foes down to the deck, pulled back. The wood elf smiled.

    Radio. Oh, what she wouldn’t have given to have had this when she was still in the navy.

    “Corsair-5, I repeat, pull off. They’re luring you,” she stressed.

    Once upon a time, she’d have been powerless to do anything but watch as a green pilot from her squadron fell into an enemy trap, outmaneuvered and cut down in the chaos. Now, with the comms system in place, she could intervene - at least to some extent.

    “Aye, ma’am,” came the shaky reply, the pilot’s voice laced with the tension of her first battle but obedient.

    Xela breathed a sigh of relief as her five plane squadron continued to climb, leaving their pursuers on the deck.

    Of course, she knew the new communication system wasn’t being utilized to the fullest. How could it be when it had been sprung on the Instructors turned squadron leaders barely a few hours ago? And the cadets themselves less than an hour ago?

    Theoretically, they could have been using the radio to allow each pilot to call targets and coordinate their attacks - but that wasn’t the kind of system that could be implemented in less than an hour. Instead, it had been limited to instructors only, to allow them to direct the fight better.

    Of course, the moment she had that thought, she saw it - a break in the formation. Now hers. Someone from squadron one or three. One of the planes there had drifted out, nerves or bloodlust getting to the rookie pilot within, as rather than break off to climb, she continued her pursuit of her target, guns blazing away recklessly as the enemy craft danced around her crosshair. The girl’s squadron leader either hadn’t noticed or was too preoccupied with their own target to use their comms.

    Xela wanted to bark a warning, to snap the pilot back into position as she saw, rising through the smoke another craft - but she couldn’t. Cursing, she started fiddling with the unfamiliar radio system as she desperately tried to recall how to tune into another squadron’s channel.

    She wasn’t fast enough though.

    Like the veterans they were, the first shard had seamlessly lured the pursuing corsair into the perfect position for one of her wingmates to take a shot. A shot the second shard did not miss.

    The strike was almost surgical in its precision, barely a half a second squeeze of the trigger, the enemy pilot no doubt conscious of her flagging ammo reserves. Still, the half dozen bolts she unleashed was more than enough as they struck the corsair at the base of the wing.

    Xela wondered idly if the enemy pilot was as surprised as the wood elf herself when rather than receiving a burst of aether from her target in response, the shard instead burst into flames in a brilliant flash of light.

    Indeed, they must have been given the speed with which they broke off, no doubt fearing the now blazing craft was a result of some kind of new spell.

    It wasn’t though. The pilot inside wasn’t capable of such.

    But the alchemical concoction that held her craft aloft was.

    Contained explosions, Xela absently recalled.

    She hadn’t fully grasped how that might be a problem at the time. At least, not specifically. She could see it now though, as the craft burned merrily as it darted across the skies. Her hands tightened on the controls, as she held her breath, waiting for the faint, hopeful plume of a parachute.

    None came.

    As the plane began to dip, she realized she’d just watched one of her students die.

    The weight of it settled heavily on her chest.

    …She’d had the tools to prevent this, to warn them, to guide them - but the damned system, and the chaos of William springing it on her at the last moment, had tied her hands.

    Her jaw clenched as she forced her focus back on the battle. Regret couldn’t help that young woman now.

    She’d need to have a talk with William after this though. Changes needed to be made.

    “Ma’am, should we-” one of her cadets began, their voice hesitant, no doubt having just seen the same thing Xela had.

    “Keep climbing,” Xela snapped, her tone sharp as a blade. “Do not get suckered into a turn fight. And don’t use the radio for anything less than emergencies!”

    “I’m being shot at, ma’am!” another voice squawked. “Permission to break formation!?”

    Xela glanced out at her cockpit glass to where, sure enough, at the rear of the formation an enemy shard had turned its nose upwards and was taking potshots at them.

    “Something just sparked!” Sela continued, the rising pitch of her voice betraying her nerves.

    Xela clenched her jaw, suppressing the urge to bark back. Instead, she spoke as calmly as she could, “Move that stick an inch in the wrong direction, and I’ll make sure you’ll do more than catch a few sparks up your ass, cadet.”

    The enemy’s tactics were painfully obvious. They weren’t just trying to bring Sela down outright. No, they were trying to rattle her, force her into a sudden maneuver that would bleed her speed and allow them to catch up. They only needed her to hesitate, to panic and bank too hard, just enough for them to close the gap and get within the optimal range of their weapons.

    “Maintain your climb - don’t slow down! At this range, their guns will be lucky to do more than scratch your paintwork.”

    Of course, even as she said the words, Xela knew she wasn’t being entirely honest. If the enemy did ‘get lucky’ at this distance, there was every chance they could clip the corsair's elevator, props or flaps - crippling the craft’s ability to maneuver.

    It was unlikely, but possible.

    The enemy’s shots served a dual purpose: keep her pilots on edge, while increasing the odds of a critical hit.

    “Sela, listen to me,” she said firmly, forcing a calm tone into her voice. “Keep your nose up, stay on course, and don’t let them box you in. You’re faster if you keep climbing. They can’t keep this up forever.”

    The Corsair had the energy advantage, having just come out of a dive, and a more powerful engine. It would out climb a craft that had been sitting on the deck. And that craft was taking greater and greater risks the longer it kept its nose up. The more speed it burned maintaining that position, the more it turned itself into a sitting duck for other corsairs in the area.

    A beat of silence passed before Sela’s voice came through, still shaky but resolute. “Aye, ma’am.”

    Sure enough, barely a second later, the enemy fire stopped. They were out of range – or their attacker had either stalled out or run out of ammo.

    Hopefully the latter.

    Still, with the altitude advantage firmly secured once more, they were effectively untouchable by anything beneath them. The enemy would have to claw their way up, losing precious speed and energy in the process. Meanwhile, her formation could dictate the terms of engagement, picking their targets at will. The enemy, by contrast, would be forced to take whatever engagement came at them.

    William had called it ‘boom and zoom’. In Xela’s experience, the navy referred to it as ‘eagle striking’.

    Different names, same principle: dive in fast, unleash a volley, and use your momentum to climb back out of weapon range before they could retaliate. It wasn’t an intricate strategy, and that simplicity made it all the more effective.

    She glanced at her instruments, ensuring her shard was primed for the next pass. “Alright, Wing One,” she called through the comms, her tone cool and commanding. “Turn around and line up for another run. Now that the enemy knows we’re here, we’re going to go sequentially. Squadron-One will be acting as bait. Once the enemy locks onto them, we’ll have a clear window to take them out. Remember, we’re here to clear a path for the bomber wave, either by cutting down their numbers or draining their ammo. Remember to keep your speed up and your heads steady. You’ve got this.”

    The formation shifted smoothly, each shard banking into position with practiced precision. Xela smiled faintly. It wasn’t perfect yet, but it was damn close for a group of rookies.

    Her thoughts briefly flickered to the second wave that had likely already been launched from the Jellyfish’s hangars. She knew what payloads they’d be carrying. Even seen them in action, in a way, via the medium of William’s dreams.

    She could only hope they would be half as effective in reality as they were there.

    Because I have a feeling we’re going to need it, she thought as she stared down at the two disparate fleets hovering over both the palace and academy, their cannons occasionally roaring as they rained fire down on the defenders below.

    That wasn’t her problem though. For the moment, that was the protective screen of shards that stood between the second wave and those ships.

    Shards that needed to be gone before the second wave arrived.

    Slowly, she pushed her insane reality defying corsair into a dive, the roar of its fake-core somehow more… comforting than it had been when she’d first started the great metal beast up.

    Around her, the rest of the now nineteen shards that made up one half of the Jellyfish’s flight complement dived too.

    She also knew that now the enemy knew they were coming, there’d be a lot more casualties on their side with this second clash.

    The best she could do was make them pay for it.

     

     

    --------------------------

     

    Willaim frowned as the woman on the other end of the orb repeated her command.

    “I’m sorry ma’am, I must have misheard you,” he said slowly, his voice only slightly higher than normal to compensate for the ambient noise generated by the controlled chaos of the bridge. “You’re saying you don’t want me to move to support the palace’s defense, but the academy?”

    “You’d be correct, Count Redwater,” the admiral on the other end said. “Her Majesty claims that while your support would be appreciated, it is also unneeded at this time. She has it well in hand. To that end, she’d rather you focus your efforts on safeguarding the future of Lindholm from these… aggressors.”

    William’s nose twitched as he tried to read into that. Was that Yelena’s way of saying that the recipe for gunpowder was actually being held at the academy rather than the palace? Or was the tactical situation at the palace not as bad as it seemed?”

    He didn’t know.

    What he did know was that this new request wasn’t… undesirable.

    After all, both Griffith and the twins were both located at the academy. At least, he hoped they were. He was very aware that it was entirely possible all three women had been part of the initial doomed defense of the capital.

    Though he hoped that wasn’t the case.

    “So be it,” he said. “The Jellyfish will focus her efforts on defending the Academy rather than the palace, ma’am.”

    “Excellent. Good hunting to you, Lord Redwater,” the woman said crisply, before departing from the orb’s cone of vision, no doubt busy with a myriad other tasks.

    Taking a breath, he turned around, coming face to face with the complicated emotions playing across the features of three of his teammates – Bonnlyn being downstairs preparing to launch as part of the second wave in one of the Jellyfish’s two remaining aether-driven craft. Of the three he could see now, confusion was most definitely the most predominant emotion. As had been the case from the moment they’d launched the first corsairs.

    It didn’t help that none of them really had any duties to see to. Theoretically, they did, but those duties had been effectively superseded by the many other mages he had aboard. Even the role of captain, which Olzenya was slated to take up, had swiftly been robbed from her the moment it became clear that the capital was under an actual attack.

    To that end, the ship was now being commanded by one of Marline’s aunts, while the other two served as both the ship’s saboteur and defender.

    And while there was nothing saying that Marline, Olzenya and Verity couldn’t also take up those roles, they seemed to have universally ignored that option in favor of following him about like a gaggle of lost ducklings.

    “Well,” he said slowly. “It seems we have a few minutes before I’ll be needed elsewhere for the dashing rescue of my fiancees, and I take it you all have questions?”

    They did, though it was hard to answer any specifically when they all spoke at the same time.

    -----------------------

      Previous / First / Next

    Another three chapters are also available on Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/bluefishcake

    We also have a (surprisingly) active Discord where and I and a few other authors like to hang out: https://discord.gg/RctHFucHaq

    86 Comments
    2025/02/03
    09:43 UTC

    21

    The Cryopod to Hell 613: Back to the Future

    Author note: The Cryopod to Hell is a Reddit-exclusive story with over three years of editing and refining. As of this post, the total rewrite is 2,390,000+ words long! For more information, check out the link below:

    What is the Cryopod to Hell?

    Join the Cryoverse Discord server!

    Here's a list of all Cryopod's chapters, along with an ePub/Mobi/PDF version!

    Want to stay up to date on TCTH? Subscribe to Cryopodbot!

    ...................................

    (Previous Part)

    (Part 001)

    Inside the Labyrinth Core, Demon Deities Melody, Yardrat, Auger, and Kristoff continue to remain standing in place, their feet adhered to the ceiling. With the low spirits of the humans having been uplifted by the return of Jason Hiro, the three Deities currently positioning themselves as humanity's enemies also find themselves in an awkward spot. It would be one thing if the Wordsmith was dead. They could continue to bully the humans and taunt Melody repeatedly. But with him still alive, all their plans have to change, and nobody is more cognizant of this fact than Auger himself.

    The former Emperor strokes his goatee thoughtfully, his aged face making him appear as old and decrepit as Agares once did. Even so, age is merely a mirage for the demons. Since they are all immortal, any signs of 'aging' are likely a result of overextending their life-force by overusing their powers. Naturally, they can still die from this, but few demon elites have ever been so stupid as to die in this way.

    "So." Melody says, smiling at the other Deities. "What were you saying earlier? I seem to have forgotten. Perhaps you can refresh my memory?"

    Kristoff sighs. "Sharmur is yours. Do as you see fit with it. We will not interfere. Consider your pet humans fortunate that their protector returned, alive and well."

    "How did he survive, anyway?" Yardrat asks, looking at Melody suspiciously. "Did he die and then revive? If so, how? The Lazarus Tower fell before anything else. The Psions would not be so stupid as to leave it standing."

    Melody shrugs. "The Wordsmith is smarter than you think. He probably faked his death, just to see what would happen."

    "No." Auger counters. "I very much doubt that. Why would he allow Tarus II to be blown up? If he's as smart as you say, he would surely have protected it from the Psions. I believe he did die, then he revived. It might explain how Beelzebub became a Demon Deity. Perhaps Beelzebub Ascended through some pre-planned mechanism between the two of them."

    "Beelzebub does have the ability to revive from death endlessly." Yardrat points out. "The little bastard is an unkillable cockroach. He is likely the strongest Cosmic in the Milky Way at this point. Even if Founder Dosena had not met such a terrible fate, I doubt she would be able to outlast a truly immortal Cosmic in a battle of endurance."

    Melody's smile turns to a slight frown. Even she has no idea how Jason came back to life, but based on the other Deities' words, they seem to be thinking Beelzebub's power had something to do with it.

    Their guesses certainly don't seem implausible. Once he ascended to a Cosmic, all bets were off the table. Beelzebub could already regenerate from death within seconds as a mere Emperor. Surely, as a Cosmic, it wouldn't be outside the realm of possibility for him to resurrect other fallen entities, including the Wordsmith.

    If so, then the loss of the Lazarus Tower won't affect humanity nearly as adversely as the demons expected. Beelzebub might even be reviving humans en-masse as they speak!

    The other Deities wear troubled expressions. This at least gives Melody a hint of delight. The fact they're visibly alarmed by Beelzebub's power means they won't dare act too far out of line. They have to consider what sort of swift and violent retaliation he might bring about if they piss him off.

    "You know," Melody says playfully, "while you lot bitch on and on about the humans, it occurs to me... the Volgrim don't have a Middle Cosmic protecting them anymore. Isn't that interesting?"

    Auger sneers. "Who knows what measures those ancient monsters have at their disposal? Even if they lack a Middle Cosmic, they might be able to uplift a High Psion to the position quicker than we expect. Their 'weakness' could easily be a charade. For Founder Dosena to so foolishly trigger an Akashic backlash despite knowing the price she'd have to pay, it makes one's mind wander. We'll worry about the Volgrim later. We still have the Plague to deal with."

    "Indeed, that we do." Melody says, putting this discussion to rest. She glances down at the humans, noting the distinct split between people traveling to Pixiv and people traveling to Sharmur. "We're all friends here, right? So I can speak to you honestly?"

    Auger smirks, but says nothing to refute her words. He simply nods.

    "What happened at Maiura was a wake-up call." Melody says solemnly. "Forget your feelings toward the humans for a moment. Do you understand just how fucked we are? Humans, demons, and Volgrim alike. The Plague is not a mindless organism hellbent on feeding. It is an intelligent super-entity capable of thoughtful planning and deception. It waited to reveal its mass-psionic capability until the moment humanity was least able to counter it. It nearly swallowed another Executor. The Kolvaxors it now possesses are Low Cosmics that fight like Bottom Cosmics but have bodies as durable as Middle Cosmics. If those Kolvaxors come for Sharmur, Yardris, Hell Harbor, or any of demonkind's other worlds, none of you will be able to resist. Being a Middle Cosmic means nothing in the face of such massed power."

    Her words cause the other Deities to cease their smirking and gloating.

    Indeed, every word she speaks is 100% correct. Their petty disputes mean nothing in the face of this galaxy consuming super-organism.

    "Speak plainly." Kristoff says. "What are you proposing? A ceasefire? A treaty?"

    "Why not? We only have to deal with Jason Hiro now. Not Hope, and not Neil Adams." Melody points out. "Jason wants all the Sentients to unite against the Plague. He has already demonstrated his willingness to bolster demonkind's members."

    "That was before the Volgrim betrayed him." Yardrat points out. "We have no idea what sort of headspace he's in now. You saw how panicked he was earlier? He was practically frantic with fear, looking for his wife. We can't assume the old status quo will remain."

    "You should at least entertain the idea." Melody says. "In fact- hmm?"

    She pauses, then looks off into the distance, her cosmic vision piercing the Labyrinth walls. At the same time, the other Deities also look in that direction as well.

    "Wait, is that...?" Kristoff starts to ask.

    "It is." Auger answers, his expression darkening.

    Inside the Labyrinth Core, the humans continued moving through the two portals to Pixiv and Sharmur in a relatively calm and orderly manner. Naturally, even with the Wordsmith having returned, many people were broken-hearted and despondent. A massive number of humans perished on Maiura and Tarus II, leaving only 180,000 alive in Realspace. Among those, roughly 120,000 chose to go to Sharmur, while 60,000 migrated to Pixiv. This alone showed how Jason's survival affected the survivors, giving a bit of spirit to those who would rather thrive under his future rule.

    Among the people choosing to migrate to Sharmur is a surprising pair of faces; Cassiel and Soleil. The two angels naturally disguise themselves as ordinary humans, but they opt to go to the demon-controlled world of Sharmur rather than the friendlier world of Pixiv.

    "I must protest..." Soleil hisses under her breath to Cassiel. "You will be in greater danger there if the demons uncover your identity. I do not believe 'Melody' will allow you to live if she knows who you are. She is not a true ally of humanity."

    "Perhaps not." Cassiel says stoically. "But I am a human at heart. Transformed into a lesser angel, yes, but still one who aligns with her people. There are going to be more humans on Sharmur than on Pixiv. I can draw upon a higher volume of faith energy and convert it into a weapon to protect them."

    Beside Cassiel and Soleil, another woman slinks along, her face and body covered by a shawl.

    Lily Brown, the daughter of Benjamin Brown.

    "Cassiel was really brave, staying as long as she did to save people." Lily whispers. "I agree with her judgment. Humanity needs more people to stand out in these dangerous times. I believe in her."

    "She is not strong enough to protect herself." Soleil argues. "We are dancing on a knife's edge. We can't risk the last living angel's life just to save some ordinary humans!"

    "These 'ordinary humans' are my kin." Cassiel argues back. "I don't look at myself as an angel, anyway. I am still a human at heart. My life is no more valuable than theirs."

    "But..." Soleil starts to protest.

    "No more buts, Soleil. I need you to trust me and protect me from the greatest dangers. Are you still willing to do that?" Cassiel asks, looking her construct companion in the eyes.

    Soleil lowers her head, looking a little glum. "Of course. We'll do it your way, then- ah!"

    Soleil's eyes suddenly narrow. She grabs Cassiel and pushes the angel behind herself protectively, then looks to the great doors of the Labyrinth Core with fear and hatred in her eyes.

    "It's... him!"

    Cassiel's heart turns cold. She quickly peeks out from behind Soleil, her bravado from earlier disappearing in an instant.

    "No... it can't be..."

    The three women watch in horror as a figure slowly strolls toward the Labyrinth Core, causing the soldiers positioned outside to shriek in fright.

    "G-Gressil! It's Emperor Gressil!"

    "All soldiers to battle stations- wait, what's he dragging behind him? Two bodies...?"

    "Oh my god! NO! Say it isn't so!!"

    The soldiers lose their composure. These battle-hardened warriors scream in horror as Gressil walks right past them, unbothered by the weapons they've trained on him, and the terror on their faces.

    "Haha. Hello, humans." Gressil says, his rumbling voice reeking of smugness. "It's been a while. Come, take a look. I brought presents."

    The moment Gressil steps into the Core, he pauses for half a breath, then casually chucks two bodies from his right and left hands out into the central area, causing a few humans nearby to jump back in fright. When the bodies land, their eyes shrink to pinpricks.

    "J-Jason Hiro? Phoebe?!"

    "Dead?! Oh, divines! They're dead!!"

    "Aaaaaiiieee!!"

    Jason Hiro's cold corpse stares forward unblinkingly, as does his wife's. The two former leaders of humanity lay immobile on the ground, their very existence sucking all the remaining hope from anyone who looks upon them.

    On the ceiling, the Demon Deities stare at the corpses in disbelief.

    "Unbelievable! How could he..." Melody exclaims, her heart turning to ice.

    "Why didn't he do this sooner?" Yardrat snarks. "Well, if those two are the real deal, then it looks like a lot of problems just got solved!"

    "What an... interesting development." Auger adds, a cold smile playing upon his face.

    Gressil swivels his head from side to side, soaking in the fear and terror of the humans around him.

    "Haha. Anyone having doubts? I've been planning this for a while, you know. I waited until the Hero was busy fighting his clone. Then I killed his wife. When he came to get her, I used the emotional shock to strike him when he was most vulnerable. All that power, and the Wordsmith still fell to me. Haha."

    Gressil grins evilly, looking up at the Deities with a smile that gives even them pause.

    "That's right. I killed the last living Wordsmith. Now humanity has no Hope, and it doesn't have Jason either! Haha."

    Many people drop to their knees. They lose their will to live, staring hollowly at the body of the Wordsmith in despair.

    At this moment, Linda and Chadwick push through the crowd, having been alerted by the commotion. Despite the tragic sight before them, Linda remains stoic. She looks at Jason and Phoebe for a moment, then turns to look at Gressil.

    "You don't really expect us to believe these bodies are real?"

    Her words cause an ember of hope to flicker in the hearts of those present. Many people turn to look at her, then they look at Jason and Phoebe's corpses.

    That's right. These remains could be fake!

    But Gressil merely laughs. "Haha. You can examine them yourselves. They're the real deal. I've already accomplished my goals. Haha. Hahahaha... like I'd resort to such a petty trick. I'm sure these cadavers have some value to the Demon Deities, but they won't make a move on them. Not without my permission. Isn't that right?"

    The moment the words leave Gressil's mouth, Auger flickers from the ceiling and reappears beside the Emperor of Chaos, his arms crossed. He grimaces slightly, marveling at how Gressil's chaos energy somehow manages to affect even his Middle Cosmic power. Likely, this is because his Astral Avatar only possesses strength at the Demon Emperor level.

    "We will not interfere. It would be disrespectful to desecrate the bodies of humanity's honored dead. But Gressil, tsk. How rude of you to kill the Hero without the permission of your superiors. You have truly soured relations between our species!"

    Gressil sneers. "Oh, I do beg your pardon, great Deity. Haha. I'll be expecting a punishment most severe. Make sure you think carefully on what it will be. It must be proportional to my crime, after all."

    "Indeed. We'll discuss this matter later." Auger retorts, taking no action to punish Gressil beyond some hollow words. He vanishes from the spot and reappears on the ceiling, leaving the Emperor of Chaos alone once more.

    Gressil smiles. He looks at Linda, then his gaze flicks toward a seemingly random part of the crowd.

    In that moment, Cassiel's heart metaphorically freezes solid. She starts to shiver as she meets Gressil's gaze, finding herself unable to look away.

    But a moment later, he averts his eyes, returning his attention to Linda.

    "Terribly sorry about leaving this mess on your floor. Well, at least I found a good drop-off spot for my trash. Haha. Make sure you bury the bodies somewhere these naughty grave-robbers won't find. I'll be on my way now."

    "Demon." Linda hisses. "Do you think we'll let you leave here alive?!"

    She raises her fist, and all at once, a thousand guns train on Gressil's position. However, nobody shoots, as she hasn't given that order.

    Gressil pauses. He cocks his head and frowns.

    "Oh? You want to attack me, after I so generously returned these trinkets? I gave you the opportunity to bury the Wordsmith instead of leaving him in a hallway for Hellhounds to feast, and this is how you repay me?"

    Linda's eye twitches.

    Every fiber of her humanity screams to gun Gressil down, but unfortunately, logic warns her not to.

    Gressil is not helpless. He is a Demon Emperor, and a powerful one at that. Even with humanity's enhanced weapons, they might not be able to take him down.

    Additionally, she is all too aware that the Deities are watching. Melody alone is no match against three powerhouses at her level, and Beelzebub isn't here to help either.

    Most importantly, Auger's words confirmed that he and the other Deities were extremely pleased by Gressil's actions. By eliminating the Wordsmith, Gressil completely neutered humanity's threat. They will almost certainly lose the ability to stand up to the demons as time drags on.

    Attacking Gressil could spark a flame that would swallow all the humans still present in the Core. Countless precious civilians would die, lowering humanity's numbers even further!

    Linda's eyes flicker with rage. Losing Neil, then Hope, then Jason, and even Phoebe, as well as hundreds of thousands of other humans has her experiencing levels of rage she never could have fathomed a week before. But now, those emotions threaten to jeopardize everything humanity has left!

    Just as Linda is about to give up and tell her soldiers to lower their weapons, a voice rings out from the crowd.

    "You! You fucking BASTARD!!"

    A demoness pounces from behind the wall of humans, her eyes feral with rage. She snaps a long, stretchy arm at Gressil's neck, aiming to decapitate him as her fingers turn to knives.

    Gressil instantly teleports to the side, dodging the attack. He looks at Belial, his smile vanishing as he senses her volcanic hatred erupting into the heavens.

    Of all the Emperors in the Labyrinth, she is, without a doubt, the one who poses the greatest threat to him.

    After all... she nearly killed him the last time they fought!

    Belial's knives stab into the ground. She yanks herself forward, then alters course by relying on her strength to continue striking at Gressil's new position. He quickly teleports away, and she hits the floor running, immediately locking onto his second position. With so many humans taking up space, Gressil can't maneuver freely even in such a wide-open area as the Labyrinth Core.

    "Ahhh!!"

    Belial roars. Her arms swiftly start to morph and stretch, snapping at Gressil faster than any human's eyes can react.

    Gressil teleports once, twice, three times. He flickers around rapidly, narrowly evading death as Belial's highly attuned demonic vision easily tracks him by the void left wherever his body teleports. Instead of sensing his demonic energy, she senses the point where all the mana in the room is at its lowest, and uses that to quickly lock-on to his spatial coordinates.

    She pursues him relentlessly, forcing him to escape back into the Labyrinth.

    "Come back here, you dead dog!" Belial screams. "Is that all you can do, RUN?! You took her from me! YOU TOOK HER!!"

    Some of the human troopers look on, wanting to at least shoot at Gressil to try and assist Belial, but without Linda's express approval, they don't dare.

    Linda watches as Belial and Gressil disappear further into the Labyrinth, eventually disappearing from sight. The Labyrinth quakes and rumbles each time Belial's fists smash its walls, making the humans and monsters still in the Core shudder at the thought of the fates they'd meet if she came after them.

    Eventually, Linda lowers her fist, causing the troopers to lower their guns, and she gestures toward Jason and Phoebe's bodies.

    "Recover those two." Linda says, her tone empty. "We'll verify their identities and determine what to do next based on whether those bodies are really... them."

    The humans fall silent, watching as four troopers each hoist up Jason's body, then four more retrieve Phoebe. The moment of silence extends outward as people lower their heads, respectfully acknowledging the passing of their Hero and his wife.

    Jason was humanity's muscle. Phoebe was its heart.

    With the two of them gone, many people can't help but fall into despondency.

    How can they possibly continue, knowing that they no longer have a Hero on their side?

    Linda, seeing the pain on everyone's faces, comes to a swift decision.

    She takes a step forward and raises her voice.

    "Brothers. Sisters! I know this is hard for all of you to accept. It pains me to say this... but both Wordsmiths are likely dead. Phoebe Hiro joins them. And Neil Adams, my husband, and our great Commander... he is also dead!"

    She remains silent for a moment, swallowing heavily before continuing to speak.

    "But do not give in to despair! Have you forgotten?! We still have Heroes! Hope raised a fine family! His sons and daughter will carry on their father's work! No doubt, they will need time to grieve, and it is a fact that their powers are not as versatile as those of the Wordsmiths. But a Hero is a goddamn Hero! Many Heroes have existed, and all of them have left an impact on our species!"

    Linda closes her eyes and pounds her fist against her chest, beating it in grief.

    "Even if all our Heroes die, it does not matter. Do you hear me?! IT DOES NOT MATTER!! Because we are humans! We improvise! We adapt! We overcome! Even when the odds are stacked against us, we resist those who think themselves our superiors!"

    Acting on pure instinct, Linda raises a finger to point at the Deities on the ceiling above.

    "Do you hear me, you villains?! You may think you've won the war, but we STILL have Champions! And if you kill them, we'll just raise more! We will never give up! Because we are humans! And humanity ALWAYS rises to fight its greatest threats! Unless you exterminate us entirely, you will never go to sleep thinking it will be smooth sailing for your evil, disgusting, demonic machinations!"

    Linda's words lift the spirits of the humans listening. Countless soldiers record her speech from a myriad of angles and broadcast those words to the soldiers in the back, who in turn broadcast it to the platoons that migrated to Pixiv and Sharmur. They, likewise, broadcast her words to the rest of the people on humanity's new makeshift homeworlds.

    "So go ahead!" Linda says, her face contorting into a jeering expression. "Laugh at us! Mock us! Revel in our pain! But someday soon, you will eat shit when we spray it in your faces! Humanity will not be bullied by any of your ilk! We will have the last laugh, no matter how long it takes or how many lives we lose in the process! And someday... someday we will conquer this entire galaxy! When that day comes, you'll wish you had stood beside us from the beginning!"

    Her words evoke a chorus of cheers. The humans inside the Core raise their fists to the sky, then extend their middle fingers toward the Deities above them.

    "Screw you, demon bastards!"

    "Humanity will reign supreme!"

    "We're not afraid of a bunch of bullies!"

    "Humans never give up!!"

    As the humans chat various slogans, Melody's heart sinks.

    Linda, you idiot! If the Deities choose to attack, they'll massacre you all! I can't protect you by myself!

    But to her surprise, Auger and the others remain mute. They simply cross their arms and look down on the humans, unbothered by their protest.

    "Hmm. I pray that made them feel a little better." Yardrat says. "But what a shame. I've looked at the remaining Heroes and found them lacking. A bunch of brats consisting of a musclehead, a fancy magical-girl, and a boy barely out of diapers. They're no threat to us."

    "We only need to worry about two people." Kristoff says, directing a smug smile at Melody. Naturally, the other entity he is thinking of can be none other than Beelzebub.

    "It was a fine speech." Auger says, surprising the others by praising Linda. "Who knows? It may even have some positive, if otherwise minor effects. Now, Melody, if you'd be so kind, I tire of these insects taking up valuable space in my Core. Tell them to scurry off to their safe-worlds."

    Melody grimaces. Luckily, the other Deities didn't lash out, or the humans would truly be in for a world of hurt.

    "Yeah. Sure. I'll do that." Melody says, disappearing from the ceiling and reappearing in the crowd below.

    Auger strokes his goatee thoughtfully after she departs.

    I do wonder if Hope's children will ever pose us a threat, though. Perhaps we should try finding their location, just in case a... preliminary strike... would best suit demonkind's interests.

    ...

    Meanwhile, Belial chases Gressil at top speed. She tears down the Labyrinth halls, sticking to him like a fly on a turd. Even when Gressil teleports hundreds of feet away and reappears inside a tunnel disconnected from the one Belial is in, she merely smashes through the Labyrinth's ultra-hard walls like a brute, reaching Gressil's new position within seconds.

    "How troublesome!" Gressil growls.

    Belial pounces at him, but this time, when he teleports, he changes his strategy and reappears within arm's length of Belial, taking her by surprise.

    THUMP!!!

    Gressil smashes his fist against Belial's face, pounding her into the side of the Labyrinth walls. While he might not be as strong as her, he is absolutely a powerhouse among the Emperors, and he manages to put her lights out for a second or two.

    Instead of continuing his successful attack in the hopes of killing her, Gressil takes the chance to put some serious distance between himself and Belial. He teleports away and withdraws his Chaos Aura within himself, making his presence much smaller. Then he turns invisible, hiding within his illusions while sending out fake versions of himself to travel down multiple hallways. By the time Belial recovers from her momentary stun, she has already failed to lock-on to Gressil's new position.

    "No! NO! You coward!!" Belial yells. "Come back here! Face me like a man!!"

    But Gressil does not oblige. He fades away, and before long, Belial loses track of him entirely.

    A minute later, her rage deflates, turning to despair. She heals her wounded face, then slumps against the wall of the pitch-black hallway, her heart turning to stone.

    "Phoebe... Phoebe... I... I'm so sorry... I failed you. I should have been there for you."

    It wasn't long ago that Fiona recalled Belial to Chrona. There, she learned that Phoebe had died during teleportation, likely perishing due to the sudden increase in time dilation speed. But hearing Gressil speak, Belial thought at the time he must have somehow been the one to kill her instead!

    It's only now, after her rage has cooled, that Belial realizes the truth of the matter.

    "No... it wasn't Gressil." Belial whispers, her eyes flickering with insight. "Phoebe did die during teleportation. That scheming... he didn't kill Phoebe. He lied to everyone in the Core... but to what end? If he didn't kill Phoebe, then does that mean he didn't kill Jason, either? But... Jason is dead! Does it even matter if Gressil killed him or not?"

    Belial grabs at her hair in frustration. Unable to think clearly, all she can feel is grief swallowing her soul from all directions.

    Phoebe was everything to her.

    She loved Phoebe. She loved her as much as she loved Satan, all those years ago.

    She would have killed for Phoebe. She would have died for her.

    But now Phoebe is gone.

    "I... I don't have anything left to live for." Belial mutters.

    She lays there, in the hallway, her back slumped against the wall.

    Minutes pass. Belial stares ahead, her expression vacant, tears slowly trickling down her face.

    But eventually, Belial regains her composure. She staggers to her feet and wipes her tear-filled eyes.

    "Phoebe loved humanity. If... if she's gone... then I'll love humanity too."

    "And... there's still Timothy. I can't let him grow up motherless. I'll take care of him. I'll do what I can to raise him right. That's what Phoebe would have wanted."

    Belial looks up at the ceiling.

    "That's the least I can do to honor her memory...!"

    5 Comments
    2025/02/03
    08:48 UTC

    42

    Humans, and 'music'

    Of the 52 species registered as a Class-2 and above on the Galactic Development Scale, 49 have some form of artistic self-expression, or 'art'. Of the 3 that do not, 2 are hivemind-like species with no individualism, and the 1 is a synthetic, robotic society governed by a centralised AI. They aren't the kind that particularly care about art or aesthetics.

    The most common artform in the galaxy by far is visual art. Paintings, statues, dioramas... All 49 species perform some form of visual art. From the gorgeous Klix-ian hydrostatues, to the surreal psionically-laced murals that the Dolhan are so fond of making. Most galactic species have a visual sense as their primary one, so art is centered around it.

    Some species express a more unique form of art. Commonly called body art or dancing, it involves the movement of ones physical vessel in artistic, often gracefull fashion. Warlike species do it as a form of pre-battle intimidation, showcasing their dexterity and strength. A fine example is the Dvonian Battlesteps. Powerfull stomping, combined with guttural shouting and the brandishing of their ceremonial, but no less deadly weapons. More gentlehearted species use dance to tell tales, as the Vlixian... Well, the most pronounceable name for their dance it is the Vlxxxvviin... Insectoid species have oft such strange names for things.

    Verbal art also exists. The crafting and retelling of tales, stories, histories through a vocal medium. Often accompanied by actors physically acting or re-enacting the story. Humans have a particularly interesting form of that they call 'Drama Theatre'. Truly, if you have a chance to observe a 'play' of theirs, you absolutely must. Written tales, like books, fall under this category too, though even human writing pales by T'Koki scrolltales.

    Speaking of humans, they have a truly unique form of self expression. One that completely suffused their society. An auditory form of artistic expression they call 'music'. The combination of sound and speech in a rhythmic method. Combine rhythm and pitch, you get something the humans call a melody. A cascade of frequencies following a specific sequence and speed. Add speech, you have a 'song'. From their very primitive history, to this very day, humans create music through a wide array of mechanical devices they call 'instruments'. They come in so many varieties. From impact-based 'percussion' instruments, to instruments that work by vibrating a string that's pulled tight between 2 points. Sometimes its a membrane instead of a string, or even airflow that's disrupted in such a way to create tones. If a physical instrument is not available, humans use 'synths' to digitally mimic them.

    It should be noted that humans are not unique in creating sounds. A lot of species do so for transferring information. The sound of a siren informing those who hear it of imminent danger, or a sequence of notes used in advertisements as a memetic device. If you hear those notes, you will likely recall the advertisement. Sound carries information. All species that have hearing use this fact. But for humans, sound is much more.

    Sound carries emotions. It carries thought, feelings, sensations even. Expose a human to certain melodies, and they start feeling dread. Or joy. Or tension, or sadness. Humans enjoy music, as it illicit emotions and memories in them. Music has so deeply suffused human society, its commonly use to manipulate their emotional state to match whatever the artist desires. When in one of their 'plays', pay close attention to the music that accompanies. When the story turns sad, grim and dark, the music's frequencies turn low and deep. The tones slow down in speed. They wax, and wane, like a ocean of sadness. But when happiness needs to be conveyed, the speed picks up. Note become shorter, and higher in frequencies. They jump up and down, left and right, almost like the music itself is alive and responding to the story by jumping for joy. And when a battle is afoot, the tones become brusque and thumping. Slamming, clashing, almost like the sounds of guns and steel in the war they convey.

    Beyond the conveyance of emotion, humans listen to music for their own entertainment. You can very easily tell when a human is listening to music, as their heads bob, feet tap, hands clap... All 'to the rhythm of the beat'. Even when exposed to mundane sounds, humans can quickly find a rythm in it, and start they start verbalising. Not too long ago, the lock to a hatch in my facility failed. The intense wind caused it to start clattering at a steady pace of 2 strikes per second...

    Jake, my personal assistant, quickly started to bob his head, and making strange noises h called 'scatting'. And just like that, a human made music from the clatter of a hatch. Leave them with any object that can create a noise when striking another, and you'll find them making their own improsived instruments within minutes. I think I will call this phenomenon.... 'Time to Music', or TTM

    Ah, I must end my log here for now. Jake brought a couple of 'bands' to my attention for research purposes. He insists that digital files do not carry the same quality as physical media, and procured large polymer disks he calls 'Vinyls', and an achaic device to play the embedded audio. The covers of these disks are pleasantly decorated, and I can read the human 'English' script well enough to make out some names.... 'Iron Maiden'. 'Black Sabbath'. 'Judas Priest'. Such curious names

    3 Comments
    2025/02/03
    08:48 UTC

    5

    🌙 WALK ME HOME: Darkness Fears the Human - Part 40 - And He Was Only Human 🙋🏾‍♂️

    SYNOPSIS: "You don't know what a human is.  You don't know what planet you're standing on."

    Looking for an eldritch superhero story?  Well, you've found it.

    Monsters have appeared, and Norman's girlfriend is the strongest of them all.  Meanwhile, Norman is just ... Norman.  She can't always save him, but maybe she doesn't have to.  With martial arts, parkour and a high-powered flashlight, he fights through the nights.  Survival's not enough.  Monsters or not, there's nothing scarier than a human.  The world forgot that.  It's time for an unfriendly reminder.

    He's a normal guy. Just slightly more normal than the norm.

    Visual Version

    Visual SAMPLE

    First | Previous | NEXT>> (link will go live with next update)

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    “WHY DIDN’T YOU TELL ME!?” Mr. Squeam bawled.

    Norman squinted. “What?”

    “I THOUGHT THIS WORLD WAS ABANDONED!” sobbed Mr. Squeam. “I thought they … HE was gone! Why didn’t you tell me!?”

    Blinking in surprise, Norman’s lips parted as he, for the first time, was briefly taken aback. “I didn’t know you knew. Didn’t think you’d care …”

    “HOW WOULD YOU KNOW!?” Mr. Squeam spat. “I’VE-! … I’ve done terrible things …”

    Norman sighed. “If you knew they were terrible, why’d you do them?”

    Mr. Squeam avoided his gaze, fists clenched ‘til the knuckles whitened. “I didn’t think it mattered anymore …”

    Norman placed a hand on the landlord’s shoulder. His tone softened.

    “Hey, it’s not too late-”

    ShLuNk!

    "̶̗̣̾̀͊̎̀͘͠Yes it is!"̸̣̼͎̣̲͖͛͌͜ John Crow chirped.

    Norman acted almost instantly. For Mr. Squeam, it felt like slow motion. He didn’t have to look. He already knew the keychain was in deep. Norman’s aerosol yanked it out, filling the wound with biomass, but Mr. Squeam could sense it.

    That keychain had sucked out something important.

    His vision blurred as the world tilted. Dimly aware as he crashed to the ground, he saw Norman whirl to face John Crow. The towering nyctal was already upon the boy. With a sweeping blow between a slash and slap, John Crow sent him flying towards the the wall that Amy had torn through. The flesh parted to allow Norman’s exit. Tendrils of aerosol shot out from his armour, anchoring him between the hole.

    John Crow surged forth with ravenous speed. In a blink, he was before Norman. His leg shot out. A thundercracking kick.

    Norman’s tendrils snapped and out he flew, into the night. The hole sealed behind him.

    Mr. Squeam briefly blacked out. A flickering excuse for consciousness returned and he saw John Crow was standing over him stock-still, watching, grinning. The towering nyctal even giggled. At this stage, Mr. Squeam understood John Crow well enough.

    He was there to watch him die.

    It fascinated John Crow to no end, how a person could be there one second, gone forever the next. What a strange, funny world he lived in, where lives could be taken as easily as anything.

    He checked his sensors. He’d made good distance from Amy and her scattered units. The building knew where to go, with minimal input. Amy had eased off. She seemed to sense that Norman was out there, caught in the brainfly storm. John Crow had a little time for this. Norman would be dying at the moment. Too bad he couldn’t witness it as well. Mr. Squeam’s demise would have to do for now.

    John Crow’s dreadlocks descended to taste those oh so delicious final thoughts. With the A.M.E.’s power, he could perceive such a thing like never before.

    On the way to Mr. Squeam’s skull, one of his tentacles slid through something.

    I͓̽c͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽v͓̽u͓̽l͓̽s͓̽i͓̽o͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽p͓̽i͓̽k͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽r͓̽o͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽g͓̽u͓̽t͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽h͓̽o͓̽k͓̽e͓̽d͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽e͓̽d͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽l͓̽m͓̽o͓̽s͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽r͓̽e͓̽w͓̽ ͓̽u͓̽p͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽W͓̽H͓̽A͓̽T͓̽ ͓̽W͓̽A͓̽S͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽H͓̽A͓̽T͓̽!͓̽?͓̽

    ͓̽A͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽A͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽u͓̽n͓̽s͓̽p͓̽e͓̽a͓̽k͓̽a͓̽b͓̽l͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽A͓̽n͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽t͓̽t͓̽e͓̽m͓̽p͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽e͓̽s͓̽c͓̽r͓̽i͓̽b͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽e͓̽l͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽h͓̽o͓̽r͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽r͓̽r͓̽e͓̽d͓̽e͓̽e͓̽m͓̽a͓̽b͓̽l͓̽y͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽A͓̽l͓̽i͓̽e͓̽n͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽I͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽a͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽u͓̽n͓̽l͓̽i͓̽k͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽n͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽e͓̽’͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽e͓̽v͓̽e͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽u͓̽c͓̽h͓̽e͓̽d͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽Y͓̽e͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽a͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽o͓̽t͓̽h͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽e͓̽e͓̽n͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽p͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽d͓̽l͓̽o͓̽c͓̽k͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽a͓̽c͓̽l͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽r͓̽o͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽o͓̽u͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽o͓̽o͓̽m͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽f͓̽t͓̽e͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽l͓̽l͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽o͓̽s͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽e͓̽n͓̽s͓̽i͓̽t͓̽i͓̽v͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽p͓̽a͓̽r͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽o͓̽f͓̽ ͓̽D͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽O͓̽n͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽i͓̽g͓̽n͓̽a͓̽t͓̽u͓̽r͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽r͓̽e͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽E͓̽l͓̽e͓̽v͓̽e͓̽n͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽D͓̽o͓̽z͓̽e͓̽n͓̽s͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽H͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽d͓̽l͓̽o͓̽c͓̽k͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽r͓̽a͓̽c͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽i͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽m͓̽s͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽L͓̽i͓̽k͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽h͓̽o͓̽c͓̽k͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽D͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽c͓̽o͓̽i͓̽l͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽t͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽a͓̽c͓̽l͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽i͓̽n͓̽k͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽a͓̽m͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽l͓̽u͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽k͓̽u͓̽l͓̽l͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽’͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽p͓̽h͓̽a͓̽s͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽f͓̽u͓̽g͓̽e͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽f͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽J͓̽o͓̽h͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽C͓̽r͓̽o͓̽w͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽e͓̽l͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽k͓̽n͓̽e͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽t͓̽c͓̽h͓̽e͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽D͓̽e͓̽e͓̽p͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽s͓̽t͓̽i͓̽n͓̽c͓̽t͓̽u͓̽a͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽r͓̽r͓̽o͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽w͓̽i͓̽s͓̽t͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽g͓̽u͓̽t͓̽s͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽e͓̽a͓̽r͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽y͓̽c͓̽t͓̽a͓̽l͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽u͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽o͓̽s͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽s͓̽?͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽C͓̽a͓̽l͓̽l͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽d͓̽e͓̽o͓̽u͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽e͓̽r͓̽c͓̽y͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽C͓̽a͓̽l͓̽l͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽e͓̽a͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽o͓̽c͓̽k͓̽e͓̽r͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽o͓̽f͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽n͓̽c͓̽e͓̽p͓̽t͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽e͓̽e͓̽p͓̽e͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽a͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽e͓̽a͓̽r͓̽t͓̽h͓̽l͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽r͓̽r͓̽o͓̽r͓̽s͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽o͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽a͓̽c͓̽l͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽i͓̽t͓̽h͓̽d͓̽r͓̽e͓̽w͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽i͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽o͓̽u͓̽t͓̽l͓̽i͓̽n͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽m͓̽a͓̽i͓̽n͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽u͓̽r͓̽n͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽k͓̽n͓̽e͓̽w͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽h͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽c͓̽a͓̽u͓̽s͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽l͓̽e͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽a͓̽m͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽s͓̽o͓̽n͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽a͓̽s͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽o͓̽r͓̽e͓̽:͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽a͓̽t͓̽c͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽M͓̽r͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽S͓̽q͓̽u͓̽e͓̽a͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽i͓̽e͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽l͓̽a͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽a͓̽r͓̽v͓̽e͓̽s͓̽t͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽q͓̽u͓̽e͓̽e͓̽z͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽e͓̽y͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽h͓̽u͓̽t͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽u͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽t͓̽i͓̽l͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽e͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽m͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽n͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽o͓̽s͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽m͓̽a͓̽g͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽e͓̽a͓̽r͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽i͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽o͓̽m͓̽e͓̽t͓̽h͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽t͓̽r͓̽a͓̽n͓̽g͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽i͓̽d͓̽n͓̽’͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽o͓̽v͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽a͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽i͓̽s͓̽c͓̽e͓̽r͓̽n͓̽i͓̽b͓̽l͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽a͓̽c͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽p͓̽e͓̽a͓̽k͓̽ ͓̽o͓̽f͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽y͓̽e͓̽t͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽u͓̽r͓̽n͓̽e͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽l͓̽o͓̽o͓̽k͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽g͓̽r͓̽i͓̽n͓̽n͓̽e͓̽d͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽i͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽e͓̽e͓̽t͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽l͓̽i͓̽k͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽e͓̽e͓̽d͓̽l͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽g͓̽a͓̽i͓̽n͓̽s͓̽t͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽r͓̽a͓̽i͓̽n͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽i͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽t͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽i͓̽o͓̽n͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽s͓̽l͓̽i͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽r͓̽o͓̽u͓̽n͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽l͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽a͓̽l͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽e͓̽f͓̽e͓̽n͓̽s͓̽e͓̽s͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽p͓̽r͓̽e͓̽s͓̽s͓̽i͓̽n͓̽g͓̽ ͓̽i͓̽n͓̽t͓̽o͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽i͓̽n͓̽d͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽ ͓̽O͓̽n͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽a͓̽y͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽c͓̽o͓̽m͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽f͓̽o͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽a͓̽t͓̽c͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽i͓̽e͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽H͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽o͓̽u͓̽l͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽i͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽a͓̽r͓̽v͓̽e͓̽s͓̽t͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽M͓̽r͓̽.͓̽ ͓̽S͓̽q͓̽u͓̽e͓̽a͓̽m͓̽ ͓̽m͓̽u͓̽m͓̽b͓̽l͓̽e͓̽d͓̽ ͓̽u͓̽n͓̽d͓̽e͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽h͓̽i͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽b͓̽r͓̽e͓̽a͓̽t͓̽h͓̽.͓̽

    ͓̽T͓̽h͓̽e͓̽ ͓̽e͓̽n͓̽t͓̽i͓̽t͓̽i͓̽e͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽d͓̽e͓̽p͓̽a͓̽r͓̽t͓̽e͓̽d͓̽,͓̽ ͓̽a͓̽s͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽o͓̽u͓̽g͓̽h͓̽ ͓̽t͓̽h͓̽e͓̽y͓̽ ͓̽n͓̽e͓̽v͓̽e͓̽r͓̽ ͓̽w͓̽e͓̽r͓̽e͓̽.͓̽ They just … moved in a direction that shouldn’t exist, and then they were gone.

    … John Crow wasn’t sure how he knew that.

    He massaged his brow. What was the world coming to? Couldn’t he take a life in peace anymore?

    “Mr. … Crow …” muttered Mr. Squeam, smiling soberly.

    John Crow frowned down at him. Maybe Mr. Squeam was growing delirious. He seemed to look up and beyond John Crow, borderline ignoring him, though he continued to speak.

    “… You cannot take … what you cannot own … Mr. Crow,” grinned Mr. Squeam.

    Dread screeched louder than ever. John Crow froze. Norman’s triple signature was in Mr. Squeam’s head!

    John Crow stomped fast, hard and frantic, as one would squish a centipede. It was overkill, he knew, but whatever it took to stop whatever this was, he would implement it liberally. Staring down at the silenced landlord, he smoothed back Dread’s locks, soothing himself and the A.M.E.

    "̶̳̟͓̍̌̈́͊́Ugh, how annoying,"̶͎͎͎̍ John Crow muttered as he walked away.

    ~~~

    BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!

    Brainflies. Everywhere. Their din was deafening. Norman could scarcely tell up from down, but he knew he was falling, somewhat. The brainflies buffeted him this way and that, so falling was a slow, chaotic affair. Dread’s aerosol shield was like a pitch-black river, inhabited only by piranhas of the air. They tore at his aerosol: what little he’d managed to take with him. His armour disintegrated as they feasted on the mental energy cohering it. He could feel them nibbling the edges of his mind.

    The great, bulbous eye of the building sped past him, impassively watching his descent. Okay. Now he knew which way was up. He had to-

    Wait, what was his plan again? Oh, right, he could-

    Aaand the thought was gone.

    With those parasites gnawing at his thoughts, it was hard to come up with a coherent idea.

    Man, this was annoying.

    ( ( POOM! ) )

    The edges of an atmospheric blast hit him. It felt like it came from below. Suddenly, his mind cleared, and so did the air. He had fallen through the threshold of Dread and the brainflies. Something had dispersed them beneath him, creating a safe zone for him to fall through. Well, that could only mean one thing. He could already see the rosy glow coming in hot.

    “Amy,” Norman grinned.

    Her avatar snatched him from the air. “Gotcha, Normie!”

    The eyescraper’s tentacle plowed after them. Its atmospheric disruption nearly ripped him from her grip, but it missed. Barely. More precisely, she was too swift.

    Brutal G-force yanked at Norman as Amy zoomed away at blinding speed, drawn by a bungee cord attached to her main biomass. To Norman, it felt like somewhere between 7G and 8G: just enough acceleration to get him out of there, fast, without messing up his system.

    Perhaps that wasn’t fast enough.

    As the eyescraper rapidly receded to the backdrop, some of Amy’s many sensors caught its tentacle curling, prepped for a dim stream. She reached back to forge a shield from the pocket of aerosol she’d brought along. So far, blocking something like this had proven impractical, but- Wait, why did Norman reach back alongside her? As the shield bubble manifested, his fingers went to work as though dancing on an invisible keyboard. The bubble’s configuration grew 3x stronger.

     Did he just backseat-drive her body!?

    There was no time to think about that. The dim stream raged from the distance. It seemed to slow as it reached them, thanks to their acceleration away from it.

    It reached them all the same.

    Burning, putrid gasses engulfed them. The turbulence was vicious, like an earthquake of the air. Thanks to their speed, it didn’t hit as hard as it could, but what good was that? Intellectually, Amy knew her bubble stood little chance. She didn’t care. She threw every ounce of willpower into holding it firm.

    She gasped as a supernova of will flared beside her.

    Amy glanced at Norman, his arm still extended beside hers. Sweat poured from his forehead, cast to the air by inertial drag. His teeth were gnashed. His gaze was iron. Their indomitable wills intertwined. The shield couldn’t hold, but it did, because they made it so. Amy always assumed, but seeing it was a whole different story: Norman’s mental fortitude was as strong as hers. No, stronger. More polished. She felt like a bush cutlass witnessing a royal knight’s sword.

    And he was only human.

    She’d asked herself many times, found answers that only begged for more. Yet again, the question burnt in her heart.

    Who was Norman? A city full of mysteries and she dated the biggest of them all!

    Amy’s avatar plunged into her main biomass like a fish to water. The dim stream receded around them, forced to dissipate. She made a face. Those concentrated blasts sure tasted awful.

    Perching on a nice, big balcony, Amy set Norman down. Her hair tendrils sniffed him all over, looking for injuries. She smelt iron. One tendril stopped at drops of red on his lip. She shuddered, looking up at him in question. Internal injury? Was he gonna be okay? His mental aura showed no fear. It mirrored her concern, directing it back at her. Somehow, he was both more concerned yet calmer and firmer about it. Unlike her, he wasn’t shaking.

    And he was only human.

    Technically, she didn’t have to fear for him, but artificially manufactured empathy was tricky. She couldn’t pull it off and steady herself at the same time. Not without-

    Wait, what was he doing with her hair?

    He’d taken a lock and a- attached it to his head?!? Didn’t he know that she ate minds with those things?? Maybe he trusted her self-control, or perhaps her self-control didn’t matter. His eyes were closed as he focused …

    She felt the A.M.E. respond to him. Inscrutable things passed back and forth through the tendril. Was he talking to it? This felt more interrogation than conversation. He asked, and it answered. There was no room for debate. She took a moment to digest that revelation. The A.M.E. answered to Norman?

    And he was only human.

    He opened his eyes. They spoke in unison.

    “Are you okay? You go first.”

    “Are you okay? You go first.”

    Norman started gesturing her to go on, but her tentacle beat him to it.

    “Physically, we’re in the same boat,” Norman assessed. “I’d say my body’s no worse off than your biomass.”

    “Oh …” Amy grunted, eyes downcast. “That’s not great. Sorry.”

    “Why?” he asked.

    She sighed. “There’re a billion things I could have done better tonight. I could have shut this down before it escalated. Getting mind-slurped by an A.M.E. is a fate I’d wish on no one, but … I can’t help wondering how things would play out if someone better were in my shoes. Someone like … like you.”

    At the side of her eye, Amy couldn’t help studying his face. He looked almost ashamed, as though it all fell on his shoulders.

    She was dead on, wasn’t she?

    He sighed. “You’re right. It’s on me. This isn’t your fight, but it doesn’t matter anymore.”

    His eyes mellowed as he lifted her chin so that their gazes met. “Amy, whatever you do, I’m here for you. I know you’re just a little lonely, as I stand right next you, lightyears away merely. I wish I should just take the wheel and sail your seas, but you’re enough for you, more than enough, more than enough for me.”

    She pounced into him. Arms, tentacles and all cocooned him in a snug hug, as though she were afraid that he’d vanish if she ever let go. Her embrace ran the risk of absorbing him, if the A.M.E. got any ideas. And yet, she didn’t. Couldn’t. No more than a tsunami could dissolve a granite pebble. It didn’t matter how small the stone. The tsunami never had a chance.

    He reached straight through her tentacles, as though they were nothing but cobweb, and hugged her back. It took her off guard, but she welcomed it. He wasn’t supposed to be able to move when she hugged him like this, but he did anyway.

    And he was only human.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Part 41 - Six Wings 👼

    Part 42 - Uncle ⬛

    Part 43 - The String Thing 🎻

    First | Previous | NEXT>> (link will go live with next update)

    2 Comments
    2025/02/03
    07:24 UTC

    Back To Top